(Translations of Mathematical Monographs) v. v. Ishkhanov, B. B. Lure, D. K. Faddeev-The Embedding Problem in Galois Theory-American Mathematical Society (1997)

Selected Titles in This Series
165 V. V. Ishkhanov, B. B. Lur'e, and D. K. Faddeev, The embedding problem in

Galois theory, 1997
164 E. I. Gordon, Nonstandard methods in commutative harmonic analysis, 1997
163 A. Ya. Dorogovtsev, D.S. Silvestrov, A. V. Skorokhod, and M. I. Yadrenko,
Probability theory: Collection of problems, 1997
162 M. V. Boldin, G. I. Simonova, and Yu. N. Tyurin, Sign-based methods in linear
statistical models, 1997
161 Michael Blank, Discreteness and continuity in problems of chaotic dynamics, 1997
160 V. G. Osmolovskir, Linear and nonlinear perturbations of the operator div, 1997
159 S. Ya. Khavinson, Best approximation by linear superpositions (approximate
nomography), 1997
158 Hideki Omori, Infinite-dimensional Lie groups, 1997
157 V. B. Kolmanovskir and L. E. Sharkhet, Control of systems with aftereffect, 1996
156 V. N. Shevchenko, Qualitative topics in integer linear programming, 1997
155 Yu. Safarov and D. Vassiliev, The asymptotic distribution of eigenvalues of partial
differential operators, 1997
154 V. V. Prasolov and A. B. Sossinsky, Knots, links, braids and 3-manifolds. An
introduction to the new invariants in low-dimensional topology, 1997
153 S. Kh. Aranson, G. R. Belitsky, and E. V. Zhuzhoma, Introduction to the
qualitative theory of dynamical systems on surfaces, 1996
152 R. S. Ismagilov, Representations of infinite-dimensional groups, 1996
151 S. Yu. Slavyanov, Asymptotic solutions of the one-dimensional Schrodinger equation,
1996
150 B. Ya. Levin, Lectures on entire functions, 1996
149 Takashi Sakai, Riemannian geometry, 1996
148 Vladimir I. Piterbarg, Asymptotic methods in the theory of Gaussian processes and
fields, 1996
147 S. G. Gindikin and L. R. Volevich, Mixed problem for partial differential equations
with quasihomogeneous principal part, 1996
146 L. Ya. Adrianova, Introduction to linear systems of differential equations, 1995
145 A. N. Andrianov and V. G. Zhuravlev, Modular forms and Hecke operators, 1995
144 O. V. Troshkin, Nontraditional methods in mathematical hydrodynamics, 1995
143 V. A. Malyshev and R. A. Minlos, Linear infinite-~article operators, 1995
142 N. V. Krylov, Introduction to the theory of diffusion processes, 1995
141 A. A. Davydov, Qualitative theory of control systems, 1994
140 Aizik I. Volpert, Vitaly A. Volpert, and Vladimir A. Volpert, Traveling wave
solutions of parabolic systems, 1994
139 I. V. Skrypnik, Methods for analysis of nonlinear elliptic boundary value problems, 1994
138 Yu. P. Razmyslov, Identities of algebras and their representations, 1994
137 F. I. Karpelevich and A. Ya. Kreinin, Heavy traffic limits for multiphase queues, 1994
136 Masayoshi Miyanishi, Algebraic geometry, 1994
135 Masaru Takeuchi, Modern spherical functions, 1994
134 V. V. Prasolov, Problems and theorems in linear algebra, 1994
133 P. I. Naumkin and I. A. Shishmarev, Nonlinear nonlocal equations in the theory of
waves, 1994
132 Hajime Urakawa, Calculus of variations and harmonic maps, 1993
131 V. V. Sharko, Functions on manifolds: Algebraic and topological aspects, 1993
130 V. V. Vershinin, Cobordisms and spectral sequences, 1993
129 Mitsuo Morimoto, An introduction to Sato's hyperfunctions, 1993
128 V. P. Orevkov, Complexity of proofs and their transformations in axiomatic theories,
1993
(Continued i'li the back of this publication)
The Embedding Problem
in Galois Theory
Translations of
MATHEMATICAL
MONOGR APHS
Volume 165
The Embedding Problem

in Galois Theory
V. V. Ishkhanov
B. B. Lur'e
D. K. Faddeev
EDITORIAL COMMITTEE
AMS Subcommittee
Robert D. MacPherson
Grigorii A. Margulis
James D. Stasheff {Chair)
ASL Subcommittee Steffen Lempp {Chair)
IMS Subcommittee Mark I. Freidlin (Chair)
B. B. MmxaHOB
B. B. Jlypoe
.Il. K. CI>~eeB
3A.IlAqA norPY>KEHMJI B TEOPMM rAJIYA

«Hay:Ka~, MocI<Ba, 1990
'franslated from the Russian by N. B. Lebedinskaya

1991 Mathematics Subject Classification. Primary 12F12; Secondary 11R32, 11820.
ABSTRACT. The "embedding problem" is a part of modern algebra that is related to the arithmetics
of algebraic number fields, theory of algebras, group homology, and the inverse Galois problem. In
the book the authors give formulations of the embedding problem and present certain necessary
and sufficient conditions for its solvability. The cases of local and global number fields are treated
in more detail.
The book can be used by researchers and graduate students working in algebra and number
theory.
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Ishkhanov, V. V. {Vladimir Vaganovich)
[Zadacha pogruzheniia v teorii Galua. English]
The embedding problem in Galois theory / V. V. Ishkhanov, B. B. Lur'e, D. K. Faddeev ;
[translated from the Russian by N. B. Lebedinskaya].
p. cm. - (Translations of mathematical monographs, ISSN 0065-9282; v. 165)
Includes bibliographical references and index.
ISBN 0-8218-4592-6 {he : alk. paper)
1. Galois theory. I. Lur'e, B. B. {Boris Beniaminovich) II. Faddeev, D. K. {Dmitri! Kon-
stantinovich) III. Title. IV. Series.
QA214.18413 1997
5121.3-dc21 97-12187
CIP
Copying and reprinting. Individual readers of this publication, and nonprofit libraries acting
for them, are permitted to make fair use of the material, such as to copy a chapter for use
in teaching or research. Permission is granted to quote brief passages from this publication in
reviews, provided the customary acknowledgment of the source is given.
Republication, systematic copying, or multiple reproduction of any material in this publication
{including abstracts) is permitted only under license from the American Mathematical Society.
Requests for such permission should be addressed to the Assistant to the Publisher, American
Mathematical Society, P. O. Box 6248, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-6248. Requests can also
be made by e-mail to reprint-permissionGams. org.
© 1997 by the American Mathematical Society. All rights reserved.
Translation authorized by the
All-Union Agency for Authors' Rights, Moscow
The American Mathematical Society retains all rights
except those granted to the United States Government.
Printed in the United States of America.
(§ The paper used in this book is acid-free and falls within the guidelines
established to ensure permanence and durability.
Visit the AMS homepage at URL: http://www. ams . org/
10987654321 02 01 00 99 98 97
Contents
Foreword ix
Chapter 1. Preliminary Information about the Embedding Problem 1
§1. Statement of the problem 1
§2. A module of the regular representation of a finite group 2
§3. S-Algebras 3
§4. Galois algebras 4
§5. The standard representation of a Galois algebra 5
§6. The algebra of T-invariant elements of a Galois algebra 7
§7. Generalized Galois algebras 9
§8. Speiser's theorem for a Galois algebra 11
§9. The semidirect embedding problem 12
§10. Associated problems 12
§11. An extension of the base field 13
§12. Direct multiplication of embedding problems 14
§13. Lifting, descent, and factorization of embedding problems 15
§14. A splitting field for the embedding problem 18
§15. Look "from above" at the embedding problem 21
Chapter 2. The Compatibility Condition 23
§1. The crossed products 23
§2. The compatibility module 24
§3. Compatibility for a problem with Galois algebra 26
§4. Inheritance of compatibility for associated problems 27
§5. Multiplication 28
§6. Lifting and descent 28
§7. Compatibility systems 29
§8. The structure of the crossed product G x K 29
§9. Reduction of the compatibility condition 33
Chapter 3. The Embedding Problem with Abelian Kernel 37
§1. The Brauer problem with cyclic kernel 37
§2. The Brauer problem with Abelian kernel 38
§3. The compatibility condition and the solvability of the associated
Brauer problems 39
§4. The embedding problem with cyclic kernel 40
§5. The first Kochendorffer theorem 44
§6. Free normal extensions of normal fields 44
§7. The generalized wreath product 46
vii
viii CONTENTS
§8. The second Kochendorffer theorem 49

§9. The Artin-Schreier theorem 50
§10. Witt's theorem 50
§11. Embedding conditions 51
§12. The semidire.ct embedding problem with Abelian kernel 55
§13. The second approach to the description of embedding conditions 56
§14. Embedding conditions for local and global fields 60
§15. Composition law on the set of solutions of the embedding problem 64
Chapter 4. The Embedding Problem for Local Fields 75
§1. The embedding problem for local fields 75
§2. Proper solutions of the embedding problem for local fields 83
Chapter 5. The Embedding Problem with Non-Abelian Kernel for
Algebraic Number Fields 93
§1. The embedding problem with non-Abelian kernel of order p 3 . I 93
§2. The embedding problem with non-Abelian kernel of order p 3 . II 99
§3. The Shafarevich lemma 103
§4. The Neukirch theorem 108
§5. The semidirect embedding problem with nilpotent kernel 118
§6. The inverse problem for solvable groups in Galois theory 134
Appendix 139
§1. Associative algebras 139
§2. Simple algebras 141
§3. The Tate duality 144
§4. The structure of factors of the decreasing p-central series of a free
operator group 167
§5. The Frattini subgroup and its properties 170
§6. A duality theorem in cohomology of finite groups 171
Bibliography 175
Index 181
Foreword
Parascientific folklore contains the following scheme parodying a certain kind

of scientific research. Consider a difficult problem A. Rather than solve it as
such, consider a more general and more difficult problem B. Next, weaken the
requirements in the problem B and try to solve the problem C obtained in such a
way. We shall call this activity an approach to the problem A, even though "the
intersection" of A and C is empty.
From the formal point of view the embedding problem fits in the above scheme.
The central problem of modern Galois theory involves the inverse problem that is
as follows: given a field k and a group G, construct an extension L/k with Galois
group G. The embedding problem for fields generalizes the inverse problem and
consists in finding the conditions under which one can construct a field L normal
over k, with group G, such that L extends a given normal extension Kjk with
Galois group G/A. Moreover, the requirements applied to the object L to be found
are usually weakened: it is not necessary for L to be a field, but L must be a Galois
algebra over the field k, with group G. In this setting the embedding problem is
rich in content. But the inverse problem in terms of Galois algebras is poor in
content because a Galois algebra providing a solution of the inverse problem always
exists and may be easily constructed.
Nevertheless, the embedding problem is by no means a whim but a fruitful
approach to the solution of the inverse problem in Galois theory. We hope that
the reader of the book will gain the evidence of this. Here we indicate only a few
arguments that confirm this thesis.
1. If the group G contains a normal subgroup A,. then a natural approach
to solving the inverse problem for the field k and the group G lies in choosing a
field K that extends the field k with Galois group G /A such that it can in turn
be embedded in an appropriate extension L. We see that the embedding problem
naturally arises while solving the inverse problem (historically, it originated in just
this manner).
2. In trying to choose a field among the Galois algebras that solve the embed-
ding problem under consideration, we usually must overcome difficulties that are
of a technical but not a fundamental nature, because the request that the solution
be a field imposes inequality-type conditions.
3. Finally, several basic results in Galois theory are obtained by way of solving
the embedding problem. The solution of the inverse problem for solvable groups
over algebraic number fields that is obtained in papers by Shafarevich is primarily
such a result.
The embedding problem has a rather long history. As early as the 1920s, Scholz
established the solvability of the embedding problem for the algebraic number fields
in the case where the group G is a semidirect product of an Abelian group A and
ix
x FOREWORD
the complementary subgroup. In 1932, under rather severe restrictions on the field
K and the group G, Brauer found a necessary and sufficient condition for the
solvability of the embedding problem in the case where A is Abelian (A is called
the kernel of the embedding problem).
In 1944, in a joint paper by Delaune and Faddeev, a necessary condition of
embeddability called the compatibility condition was formulated. Under the as-
sumptions of Brauer, this condition turns out to coincide with Brauer's necessary
and sufficient condition. In 1947, the compatibility condition was rediscovered by
Hasse in somewhat different form. Hasse also conjectured that this condition is
not only necessary but also sufficient for embeddability. Hasse's conjecture was
disproved in two different ways by Faddeev and Shafarevich in 1954.
We have mentioned above the achievements of Shafarevich in the solution of
the inverse problem during the 1950s.
In homological terms a complete solution of the embedding problem with
Abelian kernel was given by Yakovlev in 1963.
Embedding theory was a common topic of Faddeev's lecture courses at St.
Petersburg University. This book is based on these lectures and contains the main
results on the embedding problem, which belong for the most part to the schools
of Faddeev and Shafarevich.
In embedding theory research tools from the theory of algebras and homological
algebra are used successfully. In our book both of these approaches are introduced.
In Chapter 1, the reader is acquainted with the formulation of the embedding
problem (more precisely, with various formulations) and with the most general
techniques applied to the embedding problem.
In Chapter 2, the compatibility condition is stated and studied; it is an impor-
tant necessary embedding condition. The first sections, like Chapter 1, are general
in nature. In the last sections it is shown that in the most interesting cases the
compatibility condition is reduced to rather simply verifiable conditions (by Lur'e).
In Chapter 3, the embedding problem with Abelian kernel is studied. Here, the
case investigated by Brauer is considered; reduction theorems (by Kochendorffer
and Faddeev) that enable one to reduce the embedding problem top-groups are
proved. It is proved that the embedding problem for local fields has a positive
solution {by Demushkin and Shafarevich). Central to the chapter is the theory
devised by Yakovlev.
Chapter 4 is devoted to the study of the embedding problem with noncom-
mutative p-kernel for local fields. Under certain additional assumptions it can be
reduced to the problem with commutative kernel. The embedding problem that
has a solution in the proper sense (the solution is a field) is also studied.
Chapter 5 is concerned with the embedding problem for algebraic number fields
(the kernel is not assumed to be Abelian). In the first two sections the problem
with noncommutative kernel of order p3 is solved (by Lur'e). Next, a theorem by
Neukirch (see §4) is proved that yields a complete solution of the embedding prob-
lem with solvable kernel of odd order in the absence, in the field to be embedded, of
primitive roots of unity of degree dividing the period of the kernel. The concluding
sections of the chapter are devoted to studying the results on the inverse problem of
Galois theory in the case of solvable groups of arbitrary order obtained by Shafare-
vich. A simpler proof of the Shafarevich theorem based on the techniques of Galois
cohomology is presented. In addition, in the last section the embedding problem
FOREWORD xi
in which the order and the index of the kernel are relatively prime is solved in the
proper sense (by Ishkhanov).
The exposition of the material in the book assumes the knowledge of the bases
of algebra, representation theory, algebraic number theory, and technique of Galois
cohomology. References [1, 4, 6, 29] provide the necessary background. Other
information not related immediately to the embedding problem is included in the
Appendix.
Generally accepted notation (for example, Z is the ring of integers and so on)
is not specifically stipulated.
The authors are indebted to Professor Yakovlev for useful discussions and also
to Professor Oskolkov for his help in preparing the manuscript for publication.
***
While this book was in press, our teacher, Associated Member of the Russian
Academy of Sciences Dmitrii Konstantinovich Faddeev, passed away.
Faddeev was one of the founders of embedding theory and an initiator in the
writing of this book. He wrote a major part of the text and coordinated the efforts
of the authors.
Since this foreword was prepared with the participation of Faddeev, his basic
contribution to the embedding problem was not reflected adequately.
Dmitrii Konstantinovich Faddeev, eminent scientist and wonderful person, will
always remain in the memory of those who lived and worked with him.
V. Ishkhanov, B. Lur'e
CHAPTER 1
Preliminary Information
about the Embedding Problem
§1. Statement of the problem

Let A be a normal extension of a field k with Galois group G. Let N be a
normal subgroup of G. The field K of elements of A invariant with respect to
automorphisms from N is a normal extension of k with group F isomorphic to
G / N in a natural way; namely, under restriction to K the automorphisms of A
from the cosets of G by N merge. The question arises: What conditions must the
field K with group F isomorphic to G / N satisfy in order that it can be embedded
in the field A with group G in the sense indicated above? The study of this question
forms the subject of the embedding theory in Galois theory.
The embedding problem can also be stated as follows. Let a normal extension
K of the field k with Galois group F and a surjective homomorphism cp of a group
G onto F be given. Under what conditions can one construct an extension A of the
field k containing Kin such a way that G is the Galois group of the extension A/k
and the homomorphism of restriction to K of the automorphisms from G coincides
with cp?
Thus, the embedding problem is related to the exact sequence of groups
l~N~G..:!:..+F~l.
The kernel N of the mapping cp is called the kernel of the embedding problem. We
denote such a problem by (K/k, G, cp) or (K/k, G, cp, N) if the indication to N is
essential in the context. Sometimes it is expedient to omit the mapping cp, using
the notation (K/k, G, N).
Hereinafter we assume that G is finite, unless otherwise stated.
The conditions under which the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp) is solvable are
called embedding conditions. The notion of a solution of the embedding problem
admits various formulations. In the least precise form this is merely an extension
A/ k without indicating how the elements of G act as automorphisms of A. On the
other hand, a solution in the strict sense assumes an indication of not only a field
A but also an isomorphism G---+ Gal(A/k). The intermediate statement consists of
presenting a field A and an isomorphism N---+ Gal(A/k). A tantamount question
can be formulated as follows. What solutions of the problem (K/k, G, cp) may be
treated as equivalent? For more details, see §§1.14 and 3.15.*
If F = 1, i.e., if the fields K and k coincide', then the embedding problem
becomes the inverse problem in Galois theory, i.e., to the problem of the existence
of a normal extension A/k with given Galois group G.
*The notation §1.14 means §14 of Chapter 1, and so on.-Editor's remark.

2 1. PRELIMINARY INFORMATION ABOUT THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM
Consider the simplest example of the embedding problem. Let G be a cyclic

group of fourth order: G = {g}, g 4 = 1. Let k be a field of characteristic different
from 2 and K = k( -Id) a quadratic extension of k. The epimorphism cp of G .onto
the Galois group of K/k has the group N = {g 2 } as kernel, and the elements g and
g3 induce the automorphism -Id---+ --Id on K. We also assume that k does not
contain y'=I, otherwise the embedding problem can be solved trivially:
A= k({/d).
Assume that the problem is solvable and A/k is a solution. Consider a primitive
element 0 of A and put m = ( O-Og 2 ) / ( Og - Og 3 ). By the primitivity of 0, the element
m is well defined and is different from zero. Furthermore, mg = (Og - Og 3 ) / ( Og 2 -
0) = -m- 1 , mg 2 = -(mg)- 1 = m, so that m EK. Clearly, m ·mg = -1, i.e., the
norm of m is equal to -1.
It is almost obvious that in a quadratic extension K = k( -Id) of k, an element
with norm -1 exists if and only if d is representable as a sum of two squares of
elements from k. Indeed, if N(m) = -1 and m = x + yy'd, x,y Ek, then y ;:/; 0
and d = (x/y) 2 + (1/y) 2 in the relation -1 = N(m) = x 2 - dy 2 . Thus, for the
solvability of the problem it is necessary that d be representable as a sum of two
squares. We show that this condition is also sufficient. Let d = u 2 + v 2 , u, v E k,
v ;:/; 0. Then, putting m = (u + v'd)/v, we obtain m ·mg = -1, where g is the
automorphism -Id---+ --Id of K = k(v'd). We put A= 1 + m 2 • Then A;:/; 0 and
.Ag = 1+1/m2 = Afm 2 • Let 0 = v'>. and A= K(O). Let g be an isomorphism
of A extending the automorphism g of K. Then (09) 2 = _Ag = Afm 2 = (O/m) 2 ,
whence, up to sign, 09 = O/m EA. Thus, g is an automorphism of A/k. Further,
092 = 09/mg = O/(m ·mg)= -0; 093 = -0/m; o"Y4 = 0, i.e., g4 = 1. Consequently,
A= K(O) is normal over k and has over k a cyclic group of order 4 as Galois group,
which proves sufficiency.
Thus, even for the simplest problem under consideration the embedding con-
dition is nontrivial.
§2. A module of the regular representation

of a finite group
As is known (see [6]), in a normal extension K of k with Galois group G there
exists a normal basis consisting of all elements ag conjugate to a certain element
a E K. Thus, the field Kasa vector space over k with operators from G is a module
of the regular representation of the group G. In the sequel we shall deal with other
objects which, as G-modules, also are modules of the regular representation. We
present some properties of such modules as a theorem.
THEOREM 1.2. Let G be a finite group, Ta subgroup, A a module (over k) of
the regular representation of G, B the subspace ofT-invariant elements of A. Then
(1) the dimension of B over k is equal to (G: T);
(2) if g E G and bg = b for all b EB, then g ET;
(3) the subspace B is invariant with respect to arbitrary g E G if and only if
T is an invariant subgroup of G. In this case, B is isomorphic to a module of the
regular representation of the group G /T.
§3. S-ALGEBRAS 3
PROOF. Consider G as the union of cosets with respect to T; namely, G =

Uw W = Uw WT. Here we denote cosets by W and their representatives by W.
Let {ag} be a normal basis for A, and let x = I:gEG cgag, cg E k. Then
xh = I:gEG cgagh = I:gEG cgh-1 ag, and xh = x if and only if Cg = cgh-1. If this
occurs for arbitrary h E T, then Cg 1 = cg 2 provided that gi and g2 belong to the
same coset W = WT. Conversely, if this condition is fulfilled, then the element x is
T-invariant. It is clear from what we have said that the elements bw = I:gEW ag
constitute a basis for the subspace B of T~invariant elements. Hence, the validity
of (1) follows.
Now we assume that h E G leaves invariant all elements of B; for that it is
necessary that all bw = I:gE\JI ag be h-invariant. This is the case if and only if
Wh = W for any W, i.e., WTh =WT, whence Th= T, i.e., h ET. Thus, the proof
of (2) is complete.
Finally, let B be invariant for any g E G. This is equivalent to the fact that·
bi E B for any g E G and for any W and, therefore, to the fact that the Wg are
right cosets of G with respect to T. Let Wg = WTg = lT for some l E G. Then
Wg E lT and lT = WgT. Thus, WTg = WgT and Tg = gT. This is valid for
all g E G, whence T is a normal subgroup of G. The cosets W are elements of
the quotient group, and, clearly, if g E W1 then Wg = WW 1 · Thus, the elements
bw = I:gEW ag move under the action of the elements from some coset W1 in the
same way as the elements of the quotient group under multiplication by W1 from
the right. Therefore, B is isomorphic to a module of the regular representation of
G /T. The proof of (3) is complete. D
§3. S-Algebras
An associative and commutative finite-dimensional separable algebra A over a
field k is called an S-algebra. As is known, such an algebra is isomorphic to a direct
sum of separable extensions of the base field k. The components of the unit in the
direct summands are units in these summands and constitute a system of minimal
idempotents of the algebra such that the product of any two different idempotents
vanishes. The sum of these idempotents is equal to the unit of the algebra. It is
naturally identified with the unit of the field k and defines a standard inclusion
of the field k in the algebra. Each of the fields isomorphic to direct summands
of the algebra is isomorphic to the quotient ring of the polynomial ring k[t] by an
irreducible separable polynomial for which a primitive element of the corresponding
field is a root. If the field k is infinite, then in any finite separable extension there are
infinitely many primitive elements, so that the irreducible polynomials associated
with the direct summands of the S-algebra may be chosen to be distinct even if
the corresponding direct summands are isomorphic. Thus, the S-algebra A is also
isomorphic to the quotient ring of the ring k[t] by a certain, possibly reducible,
polynomial without multiple roots in any extension of the field k.
The simplest S-algebra is a completely splitting algebra A= I:<B kei, where k
is the base field and ei are orthogonal idempotents. After tensoring an S-algebra
A with a field L containing the splitting fields of all direct summands, A becomes
the algebra A® Lover L that splits completely.
§4. Galois algebras

An S-algebra A over a field k is called a Galois algebra with group G if there
exists a homomorphism of G to the group of automorphisms of A over k and A has
a G-normal basis over k. Thus, a Galois algebra is simultaneously an S-algebra
and a k-module of the regular representation of G.
We observe that the indication of the group G in the definition of a Galois alge-
bra is necessary: the same S-algebra can sometimes be provided with the structure
of a Galois algebra for different groups. For example, if A is a completely split-
ting S-algebra, then its full group of automorphisms over k is the entire symmetric
group of permutations of direct summands, so that A can be provided with the
structure of a Galois algebra for any group of order equal to the number of direct
summands.
A normal extension A of the field k with Galois group G is a Galois algebra
by virtue of the existence of a normal basis. More general Galois algebras arise, in
particular, from normal extensions when one extends the base field. More precisely,
let A be a normal extension of k with group G and let L be an extension of k. Then
A= A® Lis an algebra over L (under the natural embedding of Lin A), and the
operators from G can be extended naturally to A by the rule (x ® c)g ~ xg ® c for
x EA, c EL.
When we study the embedding problem it turns out to be reasonable to weaken
somewhat the restrictions on the object we are looking for by requiring that it be
not a field but only a Galois algebra. More precisely, it is worthwhile to formulate
the problem of the embedding of a given field K / k with group F in a Galois algebra
with group G for which F is the homomorphic image under <p in such a way that
K coincides with the algebra of elements of A invariant under all automorphisms
from the kernel of the homomorphism <p: G ---+ F.
When a solution of the embedding problem is a field, such a solution is said to
be proper, and the embedding problem is called solvable in the proper sense.
The solution of the problem of the embedding in a Galois algebra admits a
broad and a narrow interpretation, similar to the solution of the problem of the
embedding in a field.
As a theorem, we state a property that completely characterizes Galois algebras,
so that it can be taken for a definition.
THEOREM 1.4. Let A be an S-algebra over a field k and assume that a ho-
momorphism of the group G to the group of k-automorphisms of A is given. In
order that A be a Galois algebra with group G it is necessary and sufficient that the
dimension of A be equal to the order of G and the algebra of G-invariant elements
of A coincide with k.
PROOF. If A is a Galois algebra, then it is obvious that its dimension is equal

to the order of G. Now let a E A be a generator of a normal basis, i.e., {ag }gEc is
a basis of A over k. Let x EA be an invariant element, i.e., such an element that
xg = x for arbitrary g E G. We express it in terms of the basis: x = LgEG agxg for
Xg Ek. Then xh =Lg aghxg =Lg agxgh-i. The relation xh =xis equivalent to
the system of relations Xg = Xgh-1 · Since these relations must hold for all g, h E G,
we have x =xi Lg ag, i.e., the algebra of G-invariant elements is one-dimensional
and, therefore, it coincides with the field k if k is naturally embedded in A. Thus,
the necessity is proved.
§5. THE STANDARD REPRESENTATION OF A GALOIS ALGEBRA 5
Now we prove the sufficiency. Let an S-algebra A satisfy the conditions [A: k] =
(G: 1) and AG= k.
n
First we assume that A splits completely, i.e., A = L::ai eik. Here, by the
i=l
first condition, n = (G: 1) and the ei are the components of unit in the direct
decomposition. Let e1 = e~ be one of them and let e~, e~, ... , e~, be distinct
elements that can be obtained from e 1 by the automorphisms from G. All e~ are
minimal idempotents, so that they occur in the set e 1 , ... , en. By orthogonality,
the sum e~ + · · · +e:,. is an idempotent different from 0, and it is invariant under
the automorphisms from G. By the second condition, e~ + · · · + e~ E k and, by
idempotency, e~ + · · · + e:,. = 1. Thus, m = n and all of the idempotents obtained
from e1 by the automorphisms from G are distinct and the set of these idempotents
coincides with the set ei, ... , en of basis idempotents. Thus, a normal basis {en,
g E G, exists in A. ·
Now we proceed with consideration of the general case. Let an S-algebra A
satisfy the assumptions of the theorem. We tensor it with the extension L of k
containing the splitting fields of all components of the algebra. Then the algebra
A= A©L splits completely over L (under the natural inclusion of Lin A@L). The
automorphisms from G can be extended naturally to A by the rule (a©y)Y = aY©y
for a E A, y E L. The algebra of G-invariant elements of A is equal to L which is
the base field for A because the invariance condition can be formulated as a system
of homogeneous linear equations with respect to the coordinates in an £-basis of A;
for such a basis one c'an take any basis of Aover k, and the dimension of the solution
space for such a system is not changed under extension of a field from k to L, i.e., it
remains equal to 1. The dimension of A over Lis obviously equal to [A:k] = (G: 1).
Therefore, the algebra A, splitting over L, satisfies the assumptions of the theorem
and, by the above results, it admits aG-normal £-basis. Thus, the representation of
Gover Lin the G-module A is equivalent to the regular representation. A theorem
of representation theory (see [29]) states if two representations realized in the field
k are equivalent over the extension L of the field k, then they are equivalent in k
as well. Therefore, the representation of G in A as in a G-module is equivalent to
the regular one, i.e., a normal basis in A for the group G exists. The proof of the
theorem is complete. D
In proving the theorem we essentially used the multiplicative structure of the

algebra. It is easily seen that a G-module whose dimension is equal to the order
of G and whose submodule of invariants is one-dimensional need not be a regular
representation module.
We observe that we have proved in passing a theorem on the existence of
a normal basis in a normal extension of a field because the assumptions of the
theorem are fulfilled for a normal extension.
§5. The standard representation of a

Galois algebra
Let G be a finite group, H a subgroup of G, and M a space over k. that is a
right H-module. Let k[G] be the group ring of G regarded as a right G-module
and as a left H-module. Then the tensor product M © k[G] over k[H] is a right
G-module M over k which is called the induced module for M and is denoted by
M = ind~ M. As is known (see [29]), this notion plays a fundamental role in

representation theory.
We recall in more detail the structure of M. We set Z[G] = E:EG Zu 9 , as-
suming that ug 1 = u 991 for g, gl E G and hu9 = Uhg for h E H, g E G. Then
M = L:gEG M ®u9. Let G = LJ Pp = LJ PHp be the decomposition of G with respect
to H. We assume that g E p, i.e., g = hp for h E H. Then x®u 9 = x®hup = xh®up
for x E M. Therefore, M = L:P M ®up· This sum is direct. The right operator
g E G acts on the element Lp Xp ®up, Xp EM, by the formula (Lp Xp ® up)9 =
Lp Xp®u759 . The element Upg belongs to the coset pg with representative pg. Thus,
u759 = u759 pg-lpg = (pgpg- 1 )up9 and (Lp Xp ® up) 9 = Lp x~9 P 9 - 1 ® Upg· In such a
way one may describe the action of right operators g E G in terms of "coordinates"
of the set M.
If the module M is not only an H-module but also a G-module, then the
description of M = ind~ M can be given in a simpler way. With the element
µ = L:P Xp ®Up E M we associate a function f defined on the cosets p with
values in M, namely, f(p) = x~. Then, to the element µ 9 = Lp x~gpg- 1 ® Upg
there corresponds the function f9 with values f9(pg) = x~g = (f(p))9, so that
f9 (p) = (f (pg- 1 ) )9. This correspondence is a G-isomorphism. Thus, in this case
Mis isomorphic as a G-module to the group of functions on the cosets p with the
natural action of operators: f9(p) = (f(pg- 1 ))9.
It is of interest to note that in this representati~ M seems to depend on the
action of the elements of G on M, although in fact M depends only on the action
of the elements from H.
Now we return to the consideration of a Galois algebra. We prove the following
theorem.
THEOREM 1.5. For a Galois algebra A with group G there exists a field K with
Galois group H that is a subgroup of G, and the Galois algebra A is isomorphic, as
a G-module, to ind~ K, where the field K is regarded as an H-module.
PROOF. As an S-algebra, the algebra A with group G decomposes into a direct
sum of fields. Let K be one of the components, Ethe unit of K, so that K = AE.
We denote by H the subgroup of G whose elements do not change E. Let G =
LJ p = LJP Hp be the decomposition of G with respect to H. Clearly, E9 1 = E9 2 if
and only if g1 and g2 belong to the same coset, so that the EP are distinct among the
E9. These elements, together with E, are minimal idempotents; the sum of them
is different from zero, it is idempotent and invariant under the action of all g E G.
~o Lp EP = 1 and A = I:~ AEP. The summands AEP are fields isomorphic to K
because AEP = (AE)P. For each p we fix an isomorphism of K to AEP assuming
that the image of x E Kin AEP is (xE)P. We denote this image by x · EP (this
symbol should not be regarded as a product of x E K = AE by EP in the algebra
A). We want to see how the element g E G acts in this notation. For any g E G
we have
(x. EP)9 = (xE)P9 = ((xE)P9P9- 1 )P9 = xP9P9- 1 • EP9,
Thus, the elements g E G act on the elements of the Galois algebra in the same way
as in the tensor product Y K ® H Z[G], if we regard K as an H-module. It remains
to establish that K is a normal extension of the field k with group H. It is obvious
§6. THE ALGEBRA OFT-INVARIANT ELEMENTS OF A GALOIS ALGEBRA 7
that the elements from H give automorphisms of K. It remains to prove that K is

normal over k ~ kE with group H. The dimension of the field K over k is (G : H)
times less than the dimension of A over k and, therefore, is equal to the order of H.
Next, if x E K is invariant for arbitrary h E H, then the element y = Lp x · EP E A
is invariant for arbitrary g E G because y9 = Lp xf5gpg-i · EP9 = Lp x · EP9 = y.
Therefore, y E k and x = yE E kE, i.e., x belongs to the image of the field k under
its natural inclusion in the field K = AE. Thus, the field K is normal over k with
group H. D
The field K is called the field-kernel of A. A Galois algebra is fully determined

by the field-kernel normal over the base field with Galois group H and by the
inclusion i: H - t G of this group in the group G.
Conversely, we construct the Galois algebra A = ind~ K, starting from the
field K with group H and the inclusion i: H - t G. Indeed, the dimension of A
over k is equal to (H: l)(G: H) = (G: 1), A is naturally an algebra over kin which
the operators from G act. It remains to verify that a G-normal basis exists in A.
But this follows from the fact that the module A obtained from a module of the
regular representation of the subgroup H by inducing is a module of the regular
representation for G. We recall why this is the case.
Let M be a module of the regular representation for H and M = ind~ M =
L:;~ M ® EP. We denote by the letter x a generator of a normal basis of the module
Mand show that y = x ® E generates a normal basis of M. In fact, let g =hp for
h EH. Then y9 = xh ® EP, so that {y9} is a basis of M ® EP for g E p, and all of
y9 comprise a union of bases of all of M ® EP, i.e., a basis of M.
The representation of a Galois algebra in the form A= ind~ K = L:;~ K · EP
is called the standard representation and denoted by (K; i: H - t G). If we assume
that K is a Galois algebra, then, by the above arguments, A = ind~ K is a Galois
algebra.
§6. The algebra of T-invariant elements

' of a Galois algebra
Assume that a Galois algebra A= (K; i: H - t G) and a subgroup T of Gare
given. We want to know the structure of the subalgebra B = AT consisting of
all elements of A left invariant under all automorphisms t E T. In the course of
studying it will be necessary to consider, along with the decomposition G = LJ p =
LJP Hp of G with respect to the subgroup H, the decomposition of G with respect
to the double module G = LJ 7r = LJ.,,. H1fT. Each double coset 7r is equal to pT,
where p is a coset in the decomposition with respect to H that is contained in the
coset rr.
THEOREM 1.6. The algebra B = AT splits into a direct sum of fields. The
direct summands are in one-to-one correspondence with the cosets 7r of the de-
composition of G with respect to the double module. The component BE.,,. of the
algebra B which corresponds to the coset 7r is isomorphic to the field KH", where
H.,,. = H n prp- 1 , p being a representative from any cos et p = Hp that is contained
in rr. The corresponding component AE.,,. of the algebra A is a Galois algebra over
the field BE.,,. with group T. Thus, the algebra A as a whole has a T-normal basis
over B.
PROOF. We write the algebra A in the standard form A= L~ K ·Eli. Let

y E A, y = Lp Xp ·Eli for Xp E K. Then yt = Lp x~t;;t-i · EPt and the relation
yt = y is equivalent to the system of relations x pt = x~tfil - l for all p. These relations
for the elements from B must hold for all t E T as well. Thus, the "coefficients" of
Eli are conjugate, provided that the cosets p occur in the same coset n = pT with
respect to the double module. The coefficients that correspond to cosets p occurring
in different cosets n are unrelated. In particular, the minimal idempotent element
of the algebra B for which the coefficient of Eli is equal to 1 has coefficient 1 at
all EP1 for p1 c pT and coefficient O at all other EP2. Thus, E1T = LpE1T Eli
are minimal idempotents of B. The component BE1T of B that corresponds to
the coset n is isomorphic to the field of "admissible" coefficients Xp of Ep, where
p En. Now we find out what restrictions the system of equalities established above
imposes on Xp· For the consistency of this system it is necessary and sufficient that
x~t1pt1 - i = x~t 2 Pt 2 - l whenever pti = pt 2. In turn, this is equivalent to the fact that
Xp is not changed by the automorphisms pt1pt1 - 1(pt2pt2 -l)_ 1 if pt1 = pt2, i.e.,
if Hpt1 = Hpt2, pt1t"2 1p- 1 EH; at the same time, pt1t2 1p- 1 E prp- 1. If this
requirement is fulfilled, then pt1pt1 -l (pt2pt2 -l)_ 1 = pt1t2- 1p- 1. Thus, for the
---1
consistency of the system of relations Xpt = x~tpt it is necessary and sufficient
that Xp belong to the subfield K1T of the field K of elements invariant with respect
to the group H nprp- 1. The component B1T = BE1T of the algebra B is isomorphic
to the same field K1T. The degree over k of this field is equal to (H: (H nprp- 1 )).
As was observed above, pti = pt2 if and only if t 1t2 1 E p- 1Hp n T, i.e., if and
only if ti and t2 belong to the same coset in the decomposition of the group T with
respect to p - l Hp n T. The number of these cosets is equal to the number of cosets
in the decomposition of the group prp- 1 with respect to H n prp- 1. We denote
the order of the group H n prp- 1 for p E 7f by the symbol c1T. In this notation
the number of those Eli that occur in E1T is equal to ITI : c1T and the dimension
of the algebra AE1T is equal to (K: k) · ITI : c1T = IHI ITI : c1T. The degree of the
field K1T = BE1T is equal to IHI : c1T. Therefore, the dimension of AE1T over K1T is
equal to the order ITI of the group T. By Theorem 1.4, the algebra AE1T is a Galois
algebra over the field K1T with group T.
All the statements of the theorem are proved. 0
COROLLARY 1. In order that the algebra B = AT be a field it is necessary and

sufficient that HT = G.
Indeed, this is the case if and only if the decomposition of G with respect to
the double module consists of a single coset.
COROLLARY 2. If T is a normal subgroup of G, then B = AT is a Galois
algebra with group G /T.
These corollaries follow from the theorem just proved and part 3 of Theorem 1.2.
From Theorem 1.6 it also follows that the field-kernel of this algebra is the subfield
of K invariant with respect to the normal subgroup H n T of H.
COROLLARY 3. IfT is a normal subgroup of G, then the algebra B =AT is a
field (normal over k) if and only if HT = G.
§7. GENERALIZED GALOIS ALGEBRAS 9
COROLLARY 4. If the algebra A is a solution of the embedding problem (K/k,

G, cp, N), then the condition H N = G is fulfilled and the field-kernel of the solution
is a solution of the embedding problem (K/k, H, cp, H n N).
In fact, the field K/k must be the algebra AN of invariants of the algebra A
with respect to the normal subgroup N of G. The last statement of Theorem 1.6
enables us to draw a conclusion concerning the field-kernel.
COROLLARY 5. If the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, N) is solvable and N is

contained iri the Frattini group of G, then all of the solutions of the problem are
fields.
In fact, the Frattini group is, by definition, the intersection of all maximal
subgroups of G, so that the relation H N = G is not possible for any proper subgroup
ofG.
The problem of embedding a field in a Galois algebra is a special case of the
formally more general problem of embedding a Galois algebra in a Galois algebra.
The precise statement of this problem is the same as for a field. Namely, for a
Galois algebra B with group F and an exact sequence 1 --t N --t G ~ F --t 1, it
is required to find an algebra A with group G containing the algebra B in such a
way that the restriction epimorphism of G to B coincides with the epimorphism cp.
However, this problem in essence contains nothing new. Namely, the following
corollary is valid.
COROLLARY 6. For the solvability of the problem of embedding an algebra B

with group F, having the field-kernel K with group H C F, in an algebra A with
group Git is necessary that the embedding problem (K/k, ii, cp, N) be solvable, where
ii is the preimage of H in G, Cj5 is the restriction of cp to ii.
In fact, if A is a solution of the embedding problem, then B = AN. By
Theorem 1.6, the component AE of A located over the component K =BE of B
is a Galois algebra with group cp- 1 (H) =ii.
The condition stated is not only necessary but also sufficient. It is easily seen
that if A is a solution of the embedding problem (K/k, ii, cp, N), then a solution of
the problem (B/k, G, cp, N) is given by the module ind~ A regarded as an algebra
in the standard representation (A; i: ii - t G).
§7. Generalized Galois algebras

Let B be an S-algebra over the field k, and let G be a given subgroup of the
group of automorphisms (over k) of the algebra B. We denote by A the subalgebra
of G-invariant elements of B. We say that B is a generalize,d Galois algebra with
group G over the algebra A if the ratio dim B / dim A of the dimensions (over k) is
equal to the order n of G.
LEMMA. Let B be a finite-dimensional algebra with unit over the field k, and
let G be a finite subgroup of order n of the group of automorphisms of B such that
the subalgebra of G-invariant elements coincides with k. Then dim B :::; n.
PROOF. We denote by u1, u2,. . ., Um a basis of B over k. We regard the

automorphisms from G as right operators and write them as superscripts. Then
ug
1
where A 9 is an (m x m) matrix over k. Assume that
is invariant under all g E G. We exclude the trivial case g = 1. Then

ug
1
u9m
and because of the relation z9 = z we conclude that*
g E G, g :f: 1.
Thus, the rows (c1, ... , cm) are solutions of a system of n - 1 homogeneous linear
equations. By assumption, the space of solutions of this system is one-dimensional.
Therefore, the number of equations cannot be less than m -1, so that n -'-1 ~ m - 1
and m = dim B :::; n, as required. 0
We note that if Bis an S-algebra and dimB = n, then, by Theorem 1.4, Bis
a Galois algebra with group G over k.
THEOREM 1. 7. A generalized Galois algebra B with group G over the S-algebra

A = BG is a direct sum of Galois algebras with group G over fields which are direct
summands of A.
PROOF. Let A = Ae1 EB··· EB Aem = ki EB · · · EB km be a decomposition of

the S-algebra A into the direct sum of fields ki = Aei, where {ei} is a system of
minimal idempotents. Then B = Be 1 EB··· EB Bem. Clearly, (Bei)g = Bei for
all g E G because ei E A, so that ef = ei. Let n be the order of G. By the
lemma, dimBei/ki :::; n. At the same time, by the assumption of the theorem,
dimB/dimA = (l:dimBei)/(l:dimki) = n (the dimensions are considered over
the base field k). Consequently, for every i, dim Bed dimki = dimBei/ki = n,
and by Theorem 1.4, Bei is a Galois algebra with group G over the field ki, as
required. 0
*Hereinafter, we shall write a row matrix llci ... cmll in the form (c1, ... , cm).-Editor's
remark.
§8. SPEISER'S THEOREM FOR A GALOIS ALGEBRA 11
§8. Speiser's theorem for a Galois algebra

In the theory of algebraic extensions the so-called "Hilbert Theorem 90" plays
an important role. The statement of this theorem is as follows: if K is an extension
of the field k with cyclic group and if the norm (from Kink) of an element x EK
is equal to 1, then x = y9y- 1 , where y is a certain element from K, g is a generator
of the Galois group of K over k. This theorem can be generalized to any normal
extension K of k in the following form. Let G be the Galois group of K over k. If
X9, g E G, is a system of elements from K satisfying the relations xz~x92 = X9192 for
arbitrary gl,g2 E G, then there exists an element y EK such that x 9 = y 9y- 1 for
arbitrary g E G. In the language of homological algebra this theorem means that the
one-dimensional cohomology group H 1 ( G, K*) of the group G with the coefficients
in the multiplicative group K* of the field K is trivial. This generalization is a
special case of a theorem proved by Speiser [102] and is usually called Speiser's
theorem.
Our aim in this section is to extend Speiser's theorem to Galois algebras.
THEOREM 1.8. Let x 9 be a cocycle of the group G in the multiplicative group of
the Galois algebra B with group G, i.e., a system of elements x 9, g E G, invertible in
B, satisfying the relations xz~x92 = X9192. Then there exists an invertible element
y such that x 9 = y9y- 1 •
PROOF. Consider the k-linear function l(z) = Z:::9 EG z 9x 9 on the algebra B.
Clearly,
~ z991 x91 = ~ z991 x
(l(z))91 = L..,, 9 L..,, 91 = l(z) . x-1
991 x-1 91 .
9EG 9EG
We prove that l(z) does not vanish identically. Let e be a minimal idempotent of
B, K = Be the field-kernel of B, H the subgroup of G that is the Galois group
of the field K over k. We have l(ze)e = Z::: 9 EG z 9e9x 9e = LhEH zh(exh), since
e9e = 0 for g </. H. If u 1 , ... , Um is a basis of Kover k, then the rows (u?, ... , u~),
h E H, are linearly independent, and the simultaneous fulfillment of the relations
LhEH ufexh = 0 is impossible because otherwise the elements exh E K yield a
solution of a system of m homogeneous linear equations with m unknowns which
has linearly independent rows of coefficients. Thus, there exists z E B (moreover,
z EK= BE) such that l(z) 'I 0. We show that all the components l(z)e9 1 of l(z)
are different from zero; therefore, l(z) is invertible in B. In fact,
and all of the components of l(z) do or do not vanish simultaneously. Thus, there
exists an element z such that l(z)e 'I 0 and, therefore, l(z) is invertible in B. Let
l(z) = y- 1 . Then x 91 = y- 1 y9 1, as is required to prove. D
This theorem can be extended to generalized Galois algebras as well. Namely,

if B is a generalized Galois algebra with group G over an S-algebra A and for
g E G, x 9 E B is a cocycle, i.e., a system of invertible elements satisfying the
relations xz~x92 = X9192' then there exists an invertible element y E B such that
x 9 = y9y- 1 . Indeed, a generalized Galois algebra is a direct sum of Galois algebras
with the same group over the fields.
§9. The semidirect embedding problem

Let G be a semidirect extension of the kernel N of the homomorphism cp, so
that in G there exists a subgroup F 1 such that F1N = G and Fin N = 1. In this
case F1 is isomorphic to G / N.
THEOREM 1.9. The semidirect problem of the embedding of a field in a Galois
algebra is always solvable, and there exists a solution whose field-kernel is isomor-
phic to the extendable field. Conversely, if the problem of the embedding of a field
in a Galois algebra has a solution whose field-kernel is isomorphic to the extendable
field, then the problem is semidirect.
PROOF. Let the problem (K/k, G, cp, N) be semidirect. Then the algebra
(K; i: F 1 - t G) is a solution to this problem; here, F1 is a subgroup that yields a
semidirect factorization of G, namely, G = F1 N and F1 n N = 1.
Conversely, iftheproblem (K/k,G,cp,N) has asolution (K;i: F 1 - t G), where
F 1 is a subgroup of G, then F 1 is isomorphic to the Galois group of the field K,
which is equal to G/N, and, therefore, G is a semidirect product F1N. D
§10. Associated problems

A problem related to a given embedding problem and whose solvability is nec-
essary for the solvability of a given problem is called an associated problem. We
describe two simple procedures which lead to associated problems.
Let (K/k, G, cp, N) be a given problem and let No be a normal subgroup of
G contained in N. We put G 1 = G/No, Ni = N/No. Then Gi/N1 ::::::! G/N ::::::!
F = Gal(K/k) and the homomorphism cp induces on G1 (because cp(N0 ) = 1)
a homomorphism cp 1 that maps G1 onto F and has kernel Ni. The embedding
problem (K/k, G1, <p1, Ni) is an associated problem for the initial problem. Indeed,
if the algebra A yields a solution of the initial problem, then, obviously, the algebra
A 1 = A No is a solution of the new problem. The constructed associated problem is
called an associated problem of the first kind.
We assume that the associated problem (K/k, Gi, <p1, Ni) for the problem
(K/k, G, cp, N) is solvable, and let an algebra L be a solution of this problem. Then
any solution A of the problem (L/k, G, <po, No), where <po is the natural mapping of
G onto G1 ::::::! G/No, also is a solution of the initial problem (K/k, G, cp, N). Indeed,
A contains the field K as a subalgebra and G is mapped onto F = Gal(K/k) by
the homomorphism <p1<po = cp.
Conversely, if A is a solution of the problem (K/k, G, cp, N) and L is the
corresponding solution of the associated embedding problem (K/k, G 1, cp 1, N 1),
L = A No, then A is a solution of the problem (L/k, G, <po, No). Indeed, by def-
inition, L is a subalgebra of the algebra A belonging to the normal subgroup N 0 of
G, and G is mapped onto the group Gal(L/k) identified with G1 = G/No by means
of 'PO·
Let No and Noo be normal subgroups of G and N :J Noo :J No, and let
G1 = G/No, G2 = G/Noo, Ni = N/No, N2 = N/Noo, N10 = Noo/No. Then
G 2 ::::::! GifN10. The homomorphism cp induces on G1 a homomorphism cp 1 onto
F with kernel Ni. The homomorphisms cp and 'Pl induce on G2 the same homo-
morphism <p2 onto F with kernel N2 ::::::! Nif N10. The problems (K/k, G 1, cp 1, N 1)
and (K/k, G2, <p2, N2) are associated problems of the first kind for the problem
(K/k, G, cp, N), and the problem (K/k, G2, <p2, N2) is an associated problem of the
§il. AN EXTENSION OF THE BASE FIELD i3
first kind for the problem (K/k, Gi, <pi, Ni). Thus, passing twice to an associated
problem of the first kind is equivalent to passing once.
Now we consider an associated problem of the second kind. Given a problem
(K/k, G, <p, N), let Gi be a subgroup of G that contains the kernel N of the ho-
momorphism <p. We put Fi= <p(Gi) and denote by ki the subfield of Fi-invariant
elements in K. The group of the extension K/ki is Fi. Thus, the embedding prob-
lem (K/ki, Gi, <pi, N) makes sense. It is clear that if the Galois algebra A provides
a solution to the initial problem, then it also provides a solution of the problem
(K / ki, G i, <pi, N) if we regard it as an algebra over ki. This problem is called an
associated problem of the second kind for the initial problem.
If G ::::> Gi ::::> G2 ::::> N, Fi = <p(Gi), F2 = <p(G2) and if ki and k2 are the
subfields of invariants in the field K for the groups Fi and F2, then the problem
(K/k2, G2, <p, N) is an associated problem for (K/k, G, <p, N) and for (K/ki, Gi,
<p, N). Thus, an associated problem of the second kind for an associated problem of
the second kind is an associated problem of the second kind for the initial problem.
An associated problem (K/ki, Gi/No, <pi, N /No) of the first kind for the asso-
ciated problem (K/ki, Gi, <p, N) of the second kind for the initial problem is called
a mixed associated problem.
It is easy to see that the associated problem (K/ki, Gi/No, <pi, N/N0 ) of the
second kind for the associated problem (K/k, G/No, <p, N/No) of the first kind for
the initial problem is at the same time an associated problem of the first kind for the
associated problem (K/ki, Gi, <p, N) of the second kind of the initial problem (but,
generally speaking, not vice versa because a normal subgroup No of a subgroup Gi
is not necessarily a normal subgroup of G), i.e., it is a mixed associated problem.
Hence it follows that the set of mixed associated problems is closed under passage
to the associated problems of both the first and the second kind.
§11. An extension of the base field

Let (K/k, G, <p) be an embedding problem and let L be an extension of k. We
tensor the field K with L (over k). It becomes a Galois algebra K = K ® L over L
with group F = Im<p. Clearly, the problem (K/L,G,<p) is an associated problem
to the problem (K/k, G, <p) in the sense that if the initial problem is solvable and
A is a Galois algebra providing a solution, then the problem (K/ L, G, <p) is also
solvable and the algebra A ® L is a solution.
In particular, if k is the algebraic number field, then for L we can take the
completion of k at a point p. The obtained problem (Kp/kp, G, <pp) is called a local
associated problem (here Kp = K ®k kp)· _
Here two cases may occur. First, the algebra K = K ® L may be a field if K
and Lare linearly separated over k. In this case we say that a free extension of the
base field holds. But it may happen that K = K ® L is a Galois algebra over L
with several components. Let E be an idempotent of the algebra K that is the unit
of a component, we denote by H the subgroup of F = Gal(K/k) whose elements
do not change E and by ii the preimage of it in G. As was clarified above, the
field-kernel Ki = KE of the algebra K has H as the Galois group over L. We
denote by ki the subfield of K/k belonging to the s~grou~ H. If x E ki, then
xE is an invariant for the Galois group of the field Ki = KE and, therefore, it
belongs to the base field L (more precisely, to the embedding LE of it in the field
i4 1. PRELIMINARY INFORMATION ABOUT THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM
Ki). Thus, the field L contains a subfield isomorphic to ki and multiplication by E

carries out an embedding of ki in L. The extension of k to L may be attained in two
steps. We first extend k to ki (by k-tensor multiplication), then we extend ki to L
by ki -tensor multiplication. At the first step the field K is converted to a Galois
algebra over ki with component K/ki, and the solution of the embedding problem
can be obtained by inducing indi a solution of the problem (K/ki, ii, cp), i.e., the
associated problem of the second kind for the initial problem. At the second step,
a free extension with the linearly separated fields K / ki and L / ki occurs.
§12. Direct multiplication of embedding problems

First we note a simple group-theoretical fact.
LEMMA. Let Ni and N2 be two normal subgroups of the group G such that
Nin N2 = 1. Then G is isomorphic to the direct product of the groups G/Ni and
G / N2 with amalgamated quotient group G /Ni N2.
Since the groups Ni and N2 are relatively prime, we have the following com-
mutative diagram with exact rows:
1 1
l id l
N2 ------+ N2
l 'Pl
l
1 ------+ Ni ------+ G ------+ . G/Ni ------+ 1
lid l 'P2 lcp;

"'r
1 ------+ Ni ------+ G/N2 ------+ G/NiN2 ------+ 1
l l
1 1
where the homomorphism of a group onto a quotient group is natural. The mapping
g E G--+ (cpig, cp 2g) yields the required isomorphism.
It is obvious that the lemma can be generalized to the case of several nor-
mal subgroups Ni, ... , Nk, where each Ni is relatively prime to the product of
the remaining subgroups. Here G is isomorphic to the direct product of the quo-
tient groups G/ Hi, where Hi= Ni ... Ni-iNi+l ... Nk, with amalgamated quotient
group G/NiN2 .. . Nk.
Let two embedding problems (K/k,Gi,cpi) and (K/k,G2,cp 2) with the same
embeddable field be given. Then cpiGi = cp2G2 = F = Gal(K/k). We denote by Ni
and N2 the kernels of the homomorphisms cpi and cp2. We denote by G the direct
product of the groups Gi and G2 with amalgamated quotient group F, i.e., the
group that consists of pairs (gi,g2), 9i E Gi, 92 E G2, such that cpi(gi) = cp2(92).
We define a homomorphism of G onto F by the formula cp(gi, g2) = cpi (gi) =
cp2(92). The direct product Ni x N2 of the groups Ni and N 2 is the kernel of this
homomorphism. The embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, Ni x N 2) is called the direct
product of given problems.
§i3. LIFTING, DESCENT, AND FACTORIZATION OF EMBEDDING PROBLEMS i5
THEOREM 1.12. If the problems (Kjk,Gi,<pi,Ni) and (Kjk,G2,<p2,N2) are

solvable, then their direct product is also solvable, and, vice versa, if the direct
product of embedding problems is solvable, then both factors are solvable.
PROOF. Let the problems (Kjk, Gi, <pi, Ni) and (Kjk, G2, cp2, N2) be solvable
and let algebras Ai and A2 be solutions. We denote by A the tensor product of
Ai and A2 over the field K. The algebra A is an S-algebra over k containing
the field K. Let xi E Ai, x2 E A2, xi© x2 E A and (9i,g2) E G. We put
(xi ©x 2)(gi,g 2 ) = x1{1 ©x~ 2 • Then for c EK we have (cxi ©x 2)(gi,g 2 ) = c9 1 xf 1 ©x~ 2
and (xi © cx 2)(gi,g2 ) = x1{1 © c9 2 x~ 2 but c9 1 = c9 2 • Thus, the elements (9i, 92)
do not destroy the structure of K-tensor product and are automorphisms of the
algebra A. By Theorem 1.6, the algebra Ai has an Ni -normal basis over K and
the algebra A2 has an N2-normal basis over K. Then tensor product of these bases
is an Ni x N2-normal basis of A over K. Therefore, the elements from A invariant
under the automorphisms from Ni x N 2 belong to the field K, hence G-invariant
elements belong to the base field k. The dimension of the algebra A over K is
INil · IN2I, so that its dimension over k is IFI · INil · IN2I = IGI. Thus, A is a Galois
algebra and it is a solution of the embedding problem.
The initial problems are associated problems of the first kind for the direct
product of them; namely, the problem (Kjk, Gi, cpi) can be obtained from the
problem (Kjk, G, cp) if in the kernel Ni x N 2 of the homomorphism cp one takes
1 x N2 as the normal subgroup N 0 of G by which one factorizes the problem;
moreover, the quotient group (Ni x N 2)/(1 x N2) is identified with the group Ni.
The problem (Kjk, G2, cp2) can be obtained similarly. D
Thus, if both problems are solvable, then their direct product is also solvable;
if the direct product of problems is solvable, then both factors are solvable as
associated problems.
If, for example, the problem (Kjk, G2, cp2) is solvable, then the problems
(Kjk, Gi, cpi) and (K/k, G, cp) are equivalent in the sense that they both are si-
multaneously solvable or unsolvable.
We also note that if A2 is a solution of the second problem, then any solution
A of the problem (A2/k, G, <Pi) is at the same time a solution of the problem
(Kjk, G, cp) (here <pi is a homomorphism of G onto G2 = Gal(A2/k) such that
<pi (9i, 92) = 92); conversely, any solution A of the problem (Kjk, G, cp) is a solution
of the problem (A2/k, G, <15i), where A2 = AN1 xi.
§13. Lifting, descent, and factorization

of embedding problems
First we give some preliminary information about extensions of groups.
Let an extension Gi of a group N by a group Fi be given, i.e., let an exact
sequence
be given, as well as an epimorphism () of a group F. onto Fi. Does there exist an

extension 1 ~ N ~ G .'£+ F ~ 1 and an epimorphism 'l/J: G ---t Gi such that the
following diagram
1 -------+ N ~ G1 ~ F1 -------+ 1
commutes? (Here we do not assume that the groups are finite.)
PROPOSITION 1.13 .1. The required extension exists and is unique up to equiv-
alence of extensions.
PROOF. Existence is almost obvious; namely, as G one can take the direct
product of G1 and F with amalgamated quotient group Fi, i.e., the set of pairs
(9i, f), where 91 E Gi, f E F such that <p1 (91) = O(f) with component-wise
multiplication. It should be assumed that a(a) = (a1(a),l), cp((91,f)) = f and
1/J( (91, f)) = 91. The exactness of the upper row and the commutativity of the
diagram are obvious.
Now we prove uniqueness. Let a commutative diagram (*) with exact rows be
given. We map the elements 9 E G to the pairs A(9) = ('1/J(9), cp(9)) E G 1 x F.
By the commutativity of the diagram, we have cp 11/J(9) = Ocp(9), so that A(9) is
contained in the direct product of G 1 and F with amalgamated quotient group F 1 .
The fact that the mapping A is a homomorphism is obvious. The kernel of A is the
set of 9 E G such that '1/J(9) = 1 and cp(9) = 1. From the condition cp(9) = 1 we
conclude that 9 = a(a) for a EN. Therefore, '1/J(9) = ai(a), and from '1/J(9) = 1 it
follows that a = 1 and 9 = 1. Thus, A is a monomorphism. We now prove that A
is an epimorphism. Let (91, f) = G1 XF1 F (i.e., the direct product of G 1 and F
with amalgamated quotient group F1), i.e., <p1(9i) = O(f). We find a 9 E G such
that cp(9) = f. Then <p1(91) = O(f) = Ocp(9) = <p1'1/J(9) and <p1(911/J(9)- 1) = 1, so
that 911/J(9- 1) = ai(a) = 'ljJ(a(a)). Consequently, 91 = '1/J((aa)9), but f = cp(a(a)9)
as well, so that (91,f) = A((a(a))9), which proves that A is an epimorphism and,
thus, an isomorphism. Thus, the extension 1 ---+ N ~ G ~ F ---+ 1 is equivalent
to the extension
1 ---+ N ---+ G 1 x F ---+ F ---+ 1. D
F1
We observe that the group G ~ G 1 XF1 F has two relatively prime normal sub-
groups, namely, (aN, 1) ~ N and (1,KerO) ~ KerO. The passage to the quotient
groups of G by (1, Ker 0) and of F by Ker(} performs the descent of the extension
1 --> N--> G--> F--> 1 to the extension 1 --> N--> G 1 --> F1 --> 1 from which the
extension 1--> N--> G--> F--> 1 was obtained.
The passage from the extension 1 --> N --> G 1 --> F1 --> 1 to the extension
1 --> N --> G --> F --> 1 (respectively, from 1 --> N --> G --> F --> 1 to 1 --> N -->
G1 --> F1 --> 1) .is called lifting (respectively, descent). ·
If N is an Abelian group, then the element from H (F, H) that corresponds to
2
the extension 1 --> N --> G --> F --> 1 can be obtained by the lifting of the element
from H 2 ( F 1 , N) that corresponds to the extension 1 --> A -->. G 1 --> F 1 --> 1. Indeed,
let {7} be the set of representatives from the preimages in G 1 of the elements f E F 1 .
---1- -
Then z = (Ji ,J2) = Ji h f if2 is a cocycle defining the element from H 2(F, H)
that corresponds to the extension of G 1 . Next, the pairs (7, l), where l ranges over
the preimages 0- 1 (!) of the elements f in F, form a full set of representatives
§13. LIFTING, DESCENT, AND FACTORIZATION OF EMBEDDING PROBLEMS 17
from preimages in G of the elements in F. A representative of the coset that

contains (f1,l1)(h,h) is U1h,lil2). The cocycle that corresponds to this set of
representatives is U1h - 17172, (lil2)- 1lih) = U1h - l fih 1) = a(f1h - 17172)
and the cohomology class thus obtained can be obtained from the initial class by
lifting.
We observe that here we interpret only a special case of cohomology lifting
in terms of extensions. In the general case, lifting is carried out from the group
H 2(F1, NT) to the group H 2 (F, N), where NT is a subgroup of elements from N
left fixed under the action of the elements from the kernel T of the epimorphism
0: F --+ F 1. In the case under consideration NT = N because we assume that
af = a 8 U), a E N, for f E F, so that at = a 1 =a fort ET. In the general case,
the interpretation of cohomology lifting in terms of extensions is somewhat more
complicated.
PROPOSITION 1.13.2. In order that the extension 1 ---+ N ~ G ~ F ---+ 1
lifted from the extension 1 ---+ N ~ G 1 ~ Fi ---+ 1 by the epimorphism 0 : F --+ F 1
split (i.e., the group G be the semidirect product of N and the complementary sub-
group isomorphic to F) it is necessary and sufficient that there exist a homomor-
phism w of the group F to G1 such that <p1w = 0.
PROOF. Let the extension 1 ---+ N ~ G ~ F ---+ 1 split. Then there exists
a monomorphism 'Y: F --+ G such that <p"f = id. Then one can take w = 'lj;-y,
where 1/J is an epimorphism of G onto G 1 which arises under lifting. Conversely,
let w: F --+ G1 with <p1w = 0 exist. We consider G the direct product G1 x F
with amalgamated quotient group F 1. We map F to the direct product G 1 x F by
putting -y(f) = (w(f), f). Since <p 1w(f) = O(f), we have -y(f) E G. It is clear that
'Y is a monomorphism of F to G, <p-y(f) = f for arbitrary f E F. Consequently, the
extension 1 --+ N --+ G --+ F --+ 1 splits. 0
Now we turn to embedding problems. Let (K/k,Gi,<pi,N1 ) be an embed-

ding problem and let L be a field normal over k and containing K. Then L
can be regarded as a solution of the embedding problem (K/k, G2, <p2, N2), where
G2 = Gal(L/k), Consider the direct product (K/k, G, <p, N 1 x N2) of these prob-
lems; here G is the direct product of G 1 and G2 with amalgamated quotient group
Gal(K/k). The constructed problem is equivalent to the problem (K/k, G1, <p1, Ni),
because the second factor is solvable. But, as we have seen in §12, the problem
(K/k, G, <p, N 1 x N2) is equivalent to the problem (L/k, G, <p1, Ni), where <p1 is a
homomorphism which maps the pair (gi,g2) E G to the element g2 E Gal(L/k).
The subgroup Ni x 1, which can be identified with N 1, is the kernel of <p1. The pas-
sage from the problem (K/k, G 1, <p 1, N 1) to the equivalent problem (L/k, G, <p1, Ni)
is called lifting.
We observe that the extension of groups 1 ---+ Ni ~ G ~ F ---+ 1 with
F = Gal(L/k) that is related to the problem (L/k,G,<p1,N1) can be obtained by
lifting from the extension 1 ---+ N 1 ~ G 1 ---+ F1 ---+ 1 with F1 = Gal(K/k).
The passage from the problem (L/k, G, <p 1, Ni) to the problem (K/k, G1, <p1,
N 1) is called descent.
If A is a solution of the problem (K / k, G 1, <p1, Ni), then A© K L is a solution
of the problem (L/k, G, <pi, Ni).
The group G of the problem obtained by lifting contains the normal subgroup
1 x N2, where N2 is the kernel of the natural homomorphism of G2 = Gal(L/k)
is 1. PRELIMINARY INFORMATION ABOUT THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM
onto Fi = Gal(K/k). If Bis a solution of the lifted problem, then the elements of
B invariant for the group 1 x N2 give a solution of the problem (K/k, Gi, <pi, Ni).
In general, the following proposition holds.
PROPOSITION 1.13.3. If the group G in the embedding problem (L/k, G, cp, Ni)
has a normal subgroup N2 relatively prime to Ni, then the passage to an equivalent
smaller problem (K/k,Gi,cpi,Ni) is possible, where K is the subfield of cp(N2)-
invariant elements of L, Gi = G/N2, <pi is a natural homomorphism of Gi onto
F = Gal(K/k). The initial problem can be obtained by lifting from the problem
(K/k, Gi, <pi, Ni).
PROOF. The field L/k can be regarded as a solution of the embedding problem
(K/k, G 2, cp 2), where G2 = cp(G) ~ G/Ni and the homomorphism <p2 maps G/Ni
onto Gal(K/k) ~ G/(Ni x N2)·
From the description of lifting it is clear that the passage from the problem
(K/k, Gi, <pi) to the problem (L/k, G, cp) can be realized by lifting with the help of
the multiplication by the problem (K/k, G2, cp2) having the field L as a solution.
Consequently, the problems (K/k, Gi, <pi) and (L/k, G, cp) are equivalent. The
proof is complete.
Let an embedding problem (K/k, G, cp) and a normal subgroup T of G be given.
Then To = cp(T) is a normal subgroup of F = Gal(K/k). We denote by Ko the
field KT0 normal over k and by cp0 the homomorphism of the group G /T onto
Gal(K0 /k) ~ cp(G)/cp(T) induced by the homomorphism cp. It is easily seen that
the problem (Ko/k, G/T, <po) is associated with the initial problem (K/k, G, cp)
in the sense that the solvability of the initial problem implies the solvability of
(Ko/k, G/T, cp 0 ). Indeed, if A is a solution of the initial problem, then AT is a
solution of the new one. The passage from (K/k, G, cp) to (Ko/k, G/T, <po) is called
factorization and the group T is called the kernel of factorization. It is clear that
if the kernel of factorization is contained in the kernel N of the initial problem,
then factorization coincides with the passage to an associated problem of the first
kind. If the kernel of factorization is relatively prime with the kernel N of the
problem, then factorization is descent. In the general case, factorization reduces to
descent from some associated problem of the first kind. Indeed, let T n N = No
and let A be a solution of (K/k, G, cp, N). Then AT = (AN°)T/No and A No is
a solution of the problem (K/k,G/No,<p,N/No), where cp is the homomorphism
of G/N0 onto Gal(K/k) induced by the homomorphism cp, i.e., a solution of the
associated problem of the first kind. Then (N/No)n(T/No) = 1, so that the passage
from AN° to AT is obtained by the descent from an embedding problem. D
§14. A splitting field for the embedding problem

Let (K/k, Gi, <pi, Ni) be an embedding problem. A field L normal over k
(possibly, an infinite algebraic extension) that contains K is called a splitting field
of the problem if there exists a homomorphism w of the group F = Gal(L/k) to the
group Gi such that <piw coincides with the natural mapping F --t Fi = Gal(K/k).
THEOREM 1.14.1. In order that the problem (K/k, Gi, <pi, Ni) be solvable it is
necessary and sufficient that a splitting field of this problem exist.
PROOF. Let the problem be solvable, let A be a solution, Ki the field-kernel
of A. The group H = Gal(Ki/k) can be realized as a subgroup of Gi that leaves
§i4. A SPLITTING FIELD FOR THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM ig
fixed a component Kie of A. Then HNi = Gi (Corollary 4 to Theorem 1.6). Let

L be a normal extension of k containing Ki (in particular, one can take L = Ki
or as L one can also take the algebraic separable closure of k). Then there is a
natural epimorphism of the group F = Gal(L/k) onto Hand wcpi is the required
epimorphism. Thus, L is a splitting field of the problem.
Conversely, let a splitting field L exist, let Gal(L/k) = F, and let w: F--+ G
be a homomorphism. We denote by Ki the field of invariants of the group Kerw
in £. Then Gal(Ki/k) = H and the Galois algebra in the standard description
(Ki, H --+ Gi) yields a solution of the problem. We observe that the inclusion
of the Galois group of Ki in Gi uniquely determines a solution as an induced
Gi-module for the H-module Ki. 0
THEOREM 1.14.2. In order that the field L :J K normal over k be a splitting

field of the problem (K/k, Gi, cpi, Ni), it is necessary and sufficient that the lifted
problem (L/k, G, cpi, Ni) be semidirect.
PROOF. The extension of groups 1 --> Ni ~ G ~ F --> 1, where F =

Gal(L/k), is obtained by lifting from the extension 1 --> Ni ~ Gi ~ Fi --> 1
with the help of the epimorphism ()of the group F onto the group Fi = Gal(K/k).
By Proposition 1.13.2, the extension 1 --> Ni --> Gi --> Fi --> 1 splits if and only
if there exists a homomorphism w of the group F to Gi such that cpiw = (). By
definition, this means that L is a splitting field for the initial problem. 0
COROLLARY. The embedding problem (K/k, Gi, cpi, Ni) is solvable if and only
if it can be lifted to a semidirect problem.
Before formulating the next theorem, we make some notions more precise.
Let N be a group (non-Abelian, in general) with operators from a group F.
A function Cf defined on F with values in N is called a one-dimensional cocycle
if the relations c~~ cf2 = cJi f2 hold. It is easily checked that for any b E N the
function df = b-f Cfb is also a cocycle. By definition, the cocycles Cf and df belong
to the same cohomology class of Hi(F, N). It is clear that if N is Abelian, then
this definition leads to the ordinary definition of Hi(F,N). The set Hi(F,N) is
not a group if N is non-Abelian.
Recall that in §1.1 we mentioned the solution of the embedding problem "in the
strict sense" without making a precise definition. Now we give such a definition.
Two solutions Ai and A2 of the problem (K/k, G, cp, N) are equivalent ifthere exists
an isomorphism (): Ai --+ A 2 that is identity on K and there exist isomorphisms vi
and v2 of G to the automorphism groups of Ai and A2 describing the actions of G
on Ai and A2 as solutions of the embedding problem. Moreover, we assume that
()(x~ 1 ( 9 )) = (()(xi)Y 2 <9 ) for xi E Ai, g E G.
We study the question on equivalence of solutions of the embedding prob-
lem (K/k, G, cp, N) in more detail. If Ai and A2 are two equivalent solutions of
the embedding problem with actions of G with the help of vi (G) c Aut Ai and
v2(G) C AutA2, then Ai and A 2 are isomorphic as algebras. If we apply to A2
any isomorphism acting on Ai together with compatible change of v2(G) we obtain
an equivalence of the problems that are realized on one and the same algebra. We
first show that the same Galois algebra A yields several different but equivalent
solutions of the embedding problem. Indeed, let A be an algebra (together with
the action of the elements of G) that yields a solution of the embedding problem.
We put vi(g) = g and v2(g) = b-igb for b E N and B(x) = xb for x E A. The
automorphism B leaves fixed the elements of the field K, so that it does not de-
stroy the structure of A as a linear space over K. Further, B(x"' 1 (Y)) = xub and
(B(x))"'2 (u) = xbb- 1 gb = B(x"' 1 (u)). Thus, on the algebra A we have constructed two
different equivalent solutions of the embedding problem.
Now let A be a solution of the embedding problem with vi(g) = g, and let the
same algebra be a solution of the same problem equivalent to the initial one, i.e.,
there are isomorphisms B: A ---+ A and v2 : G ---+ G such that B(xY) = (B(x)) "'2 (g) .
Let Ki be the field-kernel of A, let an inclusion of the group H = Gal(Ki/k) in
the group G be given, let A be given as a G-module induced for the H-module
Ki, let Kie be a component of the algebra A left fixed under the action of the
automorphisms from H, so that (ze)h = zhe for z E Ki, h EH. Then B(Kie) is a
component of A, possibly different from Kie. Let B(Kie) = Kiep, where pis a coset
in the decomposition of G with respect to H. Since G = HN, for representatives
of the cosets p one can take representatives in the decomposition of N with respect
to Ni = N n H. The elements from Ni do not move the components and induce
all automorphisms of the field Ki that leave the elements of K fixed. Therefore,
there exists an element b E N such that for z E Kie, we have B(z) = zb. We
put B'(x) = B(xb- 1 ) for x E A. Then B' is the identity automorphism on Kie
and, consequently, the identity automorphism on A = ind~ Ki. So B(x) = xb.
The relation (B(x))"' 2 (u) = B(x9) implies xb(v2 (u)) = xgb for all x E A, whence
v2(g) = b-igb.
In particular, for h E H, v2(h) = b-ihb yields a mapping of H to G corre-
sponding to the second solution of the problem.
Now we turn to the solutions of the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, N) that
are related to a given splitting field with the help of the construction described in
Theorem 1.14.1. Such solutions are called solutions belonging to the splitting field
L.
Let L be a field normal over k with Galois group F and (K/k, G, <p, N) the
embedding problem for which L is a splitting field. We take a solution Ao belonging
to the splitting field L. We denote by Ki its field-kernel and by H the Galois group
of Ki over k that is realized as a subgroup of G leaving fixed a component Kie
of Ao. Then NH = G. Next, there is a homomorphism w: F ---+ G whose image
is equal to H. The existence of such a homomorphism enables us to regard N as
an F-operator group by putting bf = (wf-i)b(wf) for b E N and f E F. If N
is non-Abelian, then the structure of N as an F-operator group depends on the
choice of A 0 . If N is Abelian, then al = a'Piw(f) = a.PU), where 7/J is the natural
epimorphism of the group F onto Fi= Gal(K/k) = G/N.
THEOREM 1.14.3. The solutions of the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, N) be-
longing to the splitting field L with Galois group F are in one-to-one correspondence
with one-dimensional cocycles of the group F with values in the group N regarded
as an F -operator group with the help of the solution Ao chosen.
PROOF. Let A be a solution of the embedding problem. We denote by wand
wo the homomorphisms of F to G that correspond to the solutions A and A 0 .
Then for every f E F we have w(f) = (wo(f))c1 for CJ E N because the elements
w(f) and wo(f) act in the same way on the elements of K. Then w(fih) =
wo(fih)c1i12 = wo(fi)wo(h)cfih• but, on the other hand, w(fih) = w(fi)w(h) =
§15. LOOK "FROM ABOVE" AT THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM 21
wo(f1)c1iwo(h)c12 = wo(f1f2)cj~c12- Consequently, cj~ch = CJif2 , i.e., CJ is a

cocycle of F with values in N.
Conversely, if CJ is such a cocycle, then the mapping w(f) = w0 (f)cJ is a
homomorphism of F to G, (w(F))N = (w 0 (F))N = G, and a solution of the
embedding problem corresponds to the homomorphism w. D
Among the solutions constructed in such a way there are equivalent ones.
THEOREM 1.14.4. In order that the solutions A 1 and A2 of the embedding
problem (K/k, G, <p, N) corresponding to homomorphisms w1 and w2 of the group
F = Gal(L/k) to the group G be equivalent it is necessary and sufficient that the
corresponding cocycles be homologous.
PROOF. We assume that the solutions corresponding to the homomorphisms
w1 and w2 are equivalent. Then they are isomorphic; in particular, their field-
kernels are isomorphic, so that we may assume that the solutions are realized on
the same algebra A. The kernels of the homomorphisms w1 and w2 coincide because
both of them coincide with the subgroup to which the subfield K 1 isomorphic to
the field-kernel of A belongs. Therefore, if w1 (f) = h E C, then w2(f) does not
depend on the choice off and we may assume that w2(f) = 11(h), where 11 is an
isomorphic inclusion of H in G. If the extensions are equivalent, then there exists
b E N such that O(x) = xb for x E A and O(x9) = (O(x))v 2 <Y>, where 112 is an
isomorphism of G that coincides with 11 on H. Thus, for g = h E H we have
O(xh) = xhb = (O(x))v(h) = xbv(h)_ Consequently, 11(h) = b- 1hb, i.e., w2(f) =
b- 1(w1(f))b. Using the cocycles we obtain (wof)dJ = b- 1(wof)cJb = (wof)b-JcJb,
whence dJ = b-J CJb, i.e., the cocycles dJ and CJ are homologous.
Since b can be arbitrary, the equivalence of the corresponding extensions follows
from the fact that the cocycles are homologous. D
§15. Look "from above" at the embedding problem

If an embedding problem is solvable and has a splitting field L, then the alge-
braic separable closure k of the base field also is a splitting field. Thus, the following
theorems are valid.
THEOREM 1.15.1. For the solvability of the embedding problem (K/k,G,<p,
N) it is necessary and sufficient that there exist a homomorphism w of the group
Gal(k/k) to the group G such that ipw is the canonical homomorphism.
THEOREM 1.15.2. The solutions of the embedding problem are in one-to-one
correspondence with the cocycles of Gal(k/k) with values in N.
THEOREM 1.15.3. The solutions corresponding to cocycles of Gal(k/k) with
values in N are equivalent if and only if the cocycles are homologous.
These theorems immediately follows from Theorems 1.14.1, 1.14.3, and 1.14.4.
CHAPTER 2
The Compatibility Condition
§1. The crossed products

Let K be a normal extension of the field k with group F and cp: G ---+ F a
homomorphism of a group G onto F with kernel N.
The algebra over k that consists of the formal sums I:gEG u 9x 9 , x 9 E K,
with multiplication rules u 91 u 92 = u 9192 and xu9 = u 9x"'(g) for x E K, g E G is
called the crossed product G x K of the group G and the field K. The algebra
G x K is associative. Indeed, (uJxu 9y) · uhz = UJ 9x 9yuhz = Ufghx 9hyhz and
UJX· (u 9yuhz) = Ufghx 9hyhz. The element ui is the unit of the algebra G x K. The
dimension of the algebra GxK over k is equal to (G:l)[K:k] = (G:N)(N:l)(F:l) =
(N: l)(F: 1) 2 because (G: N) = (F: 1).
The algebra G x K contains the group algebra K[N] of the group N over K
as a subalgebra. Indeed, the elements Ut with t E N commute ·with the elements of
K.
If A is a Galois algebra with group F, then the crossed product G x A is defined
similarly. It contains the group algebra of the group N over A, namely, z::::i:a UtA,
as a subalgebra.
If the embedding problem (A/k, G, cp) is given, then the conditions for con-
structing the crossed product G x A are satisfied. Therefore, this crossed product
is naturally associated with the problem (A/k, G, cp).
THEOREM 2.1. Let a Galois algebra A have the field-kernel Ki with group H.
Then A = G x A is isomorphic to the algebra of matrices of order (F : H) over the
crossed product ii x Ki, where ii= cp-i(H) is the preimage of the group H in the
group G.
PROOF. Recall that A= ind~ Ki =I:~ Kie75. Here p ranges over the cosets
of the decomposition of F with respect to H, the p are their representatives, and
the e75 are minimal idempotents that are the units of the components of the algebra
A. The spaces e75A are right ideals of the algebra A, and A is a direct sum of
them. These ideals are isomorphic as A-modules because e75 = uj;ieu75 , so that
e75A= uj;ieu75 A = uj;ieA and eA = u 75e75A.
By Theorem A.1.2, the algebra A is isomorphic to a matrix algebra over the
subalgebra eAe, where e is a component of unit in a direct summand of the algebra
A.
In our case, A = L:u9 A, Ae = L:u9 Ae, but Ae = Kie. Further, eAe =
L:eu9Kie. But eu9 = u 9e'P(9) and e'P(9)e = 0 only if e"'(g) # e. We have e"'(g) = e
if and only if cp!_g) EH, i.e., g E ii. Thus, eAe = L:gEHu9Kie, which is obviously
isomorphic to H x Ki. D
23
24 2. THE COMPATIBILITY CONDITION
COROLLARY 1. If a Galois algebra A with group G splits completely, then G x A

is isomorphic to a matrix algebra over the group algebra of N = Ker<p over k.
Indeed, in this case K 1 = k, H = 1, ii = <p- 1 (H) = N, and the crossed product

ii x K 1 is a group algebra of the group N over k.
COROLLARY 2. If the characteristic of the field k does not divide the order of
the group N = Ker <p,then the algebra A = G x A is semisimple.
Indeed, we extend the base field k to a field L in which the algebra A· splits
completely. Then the algebra A® L/ L is isomorphic to a matrix algebra over the
group algebra of group N over L. Therefore, A® L/ L is semisimple, and so is the
algebra A/k.
§2. The compatibility module

Let K be a normal extension of the field k with group F, and let <p: G--+ F
be a homomorphism of a group G onto F with kernel N.
A space P over the field K on which the group G acts in a semi-linear way,
i.e., (px)9 = p9x'P(9) for p E P and x EK, and in which there is an N-normal basis
is called a compatibility module for the group G and the field K or, equivalently,
for the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p). We note that the operators from N act
linearly because for t E N, <p(t) = 1. A compatibility module may be regarded
as a module for the crossed product G x K if we assume that u 9 y E G x K
acts on px according to the rule (px) o u 9y = p9x'P(9ly. It is easily verified that
((px) o u 9y) o uhz = px o (u 9yuhz) with p E P, g, h E G, x, y, z EK.
The existence of an N-normal basis with respect to the field Kin a compatibil-
ity module is equivalent to the fact that for the subalgebra K[N] of G x K, a com-
patibility module is a module of the regular representation. Indeed, if {bt}, t E N,
form a normal basis of the module over K, then P = E!N bt K = E!N b o UtK =
b o E!N UtK, i.e., P is isomorphic to the algebra as a right module with respect
to operators in K[NJ. The converse is obvious.
A compatibility module may exist or may fail to exist. If a compatibility
module exists, we say that the group G is compatible with the field K, or the
compatibility condition holds for the group G and the field K ( for the embedding
problem (K/k,G,<p)).
A compatibility module for a group G and a Galois algebra A with group
F is defined similarly. Namely, a compatibility module is a free A-module with
an N-normal basis and the action of automorphisms in G according to the rule
(px)Y = p9xcp(g) for p E P, x E A, g E G, as before.
If a solution of the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p) exists, then every solu-
tion of this problem is obviously a compatibility module, so that the compatibility
condition is necessary for the solvability of the embedding problem, but, generally
speaking, it is not sufficient.
THEOREM 2.2.1. If a Galois algebra A with group F splits completely, then
for each group G with epimorphism <p: G --+ F, a unique compatibility module up
to G x A-isomorphism exists. In particular, the right ideal eA is a compatibility
module, where A = G x A and e is the component of unit in a direct summand of
the decomposition of A into a direct sum of fields.
§2. THE COMPATIBILITY MODULE 25
PROOF. Let P be a compatibility module. By definition, P has an N-normal

basis over A, i.e., P = L~N bt A for some b. Further, A = L:%F ef k. The
automorphisms g E G do not act on the elements of the field k and transform ef to
efcp(g). We show that the elements (be)9 = bgecp(g), g E G, constitute a G-normal
basis of the module P over k. The dimension of Pis equal to the order of G, so that
the linear independence of the system of elements (be)9, g E G, is what remains
to be verified. If 2:: 9 (be) 9x 9 = 0 for x 9 E k, then we obtain Lcp(g)=f b9ef x 9 = 0
applying the operator ef. Then we apply the operator 7- 1 , where f E ip- 1 (!). We
obtain LtEN btexq = 0. The elements bt are linearly independent with respect to
the algebra A. Consequently, all of X£J are equal to 0, i.e., all of x 9 are equal to 0.
We clarify how the operators from G x A act on this basis. The elements in
G permute the basis elements in accordance with the regular representation. The
elements ef (which constitute a basis of A) annihilate all elements (be)9 except
those for which we have ip(g) = f, and these elements are not changed by the
action of ef. Thus, the choice of a basis of the compatibility module confirms the
uniqueness of the compatibility module up to an operator isomorphism.
Now we consider the right ideal eA of the algebra A = G x A. The elements
u 9ef, g E G, f E F, or, what is the same up to order, the elements efu9 , form a
basis of the algebra A over k. Therefore, eu 9 , g E G, constitute a basis of the ideal
eA. Multiplied by u 91 these basis elements are permuted in the same way as the
elements of the group G multiplied by g 1 ; multiplied by ef these basis elements are
annihilated if ip(g) =I f and do not change if ip(g) = f, i.e., they are transformed
by the same rules as the elements of the basis chosen above in the compatibility
module. Consequently, every compatibility module is A-operator-isomorphic to the
ideal eA. The theorem is completely proved. D
COROLLARY 1. If a group G and a Galois algebra A are compatible, then a

compatibility module is unique up to isomorphism.
Indeed, this statement was proved in Theorem 2.2.1 for a splitting Galois alge-
bra. By the usual method of extension of the base field we arrive at this situation
and it remains to recall that if two representations of an algebra (here G x A) over
a field k become equivalent under an extension of the base field, then they are also
equivalent over k.
COROLLARY 2. If G and A are compatible and the order of the group F is

equal to n, then the n-fold direct sum of the compatibility module is equivalent to
the algebra G x A as a right G x A-module.
Indeed, this is true for a splitting algebra A because G x A decomposes into

a direct sum of right ideals and each of them is isomorphic to the compatibility
module.
Consequently, a multiple direct sum of the compatibility module gives a rep-
resentation of the algebra G x A, which is equivalent to the regular representation
under a sufficient extension of the base field. Therefore, this equivalence also occurs
over the base field.
COROLLARY 3. If G and A are compatible, then the compatibility module P

has a G-normal basis over k.
Let {qf} be a normal basis of A over k, f E Gal(A/k), so that A= E1

qfk.
Then G x A = E:EG u 9 A = E:,
1 u 9 qf k = E1 E:
qf u 9 k. Thus, G x A as a
right G-module is isomorphic to the direct sum of free G-modules isomorphic to
the module k[G] and the number of summands is equal tom= (A: k). The direct
sum of m copies of the module P is also isomorphic to G x A (Corollary 2). By
the Krull-Schmidt theorem, the G-modules P and k[G] are isomorphic, and the
corollary is proved.
THEOREM 2.2.2. A group G and an algebra A are compatible if and only if the
algebra G x A is isomorphic to the algebra of matrices of order n = (F: 1) over a
subalgebra.
Indeed, if a compatibility module exists, then G x A as a right module is
isomorphic to the direct sum of n copies of a module isomorphic to the compatibility
module. The preimages in GxA of the direct summands under this isomorphism are
isomorphic right ideals. By Theorem A.1.2, an associative algebra with unit that
decomposes into a direct sum of n copies of isomorphic right ideals is isomorphic to
the algebra of matrices of order n over a subalgebra. The "only if" part is proved.
x
Further, G x A= E%F u7 E~EN UtA, so that G A as a right A[N]-module
decomposes into a direct sum of n = (F: 1) submodules that are isomorphic to a
module of the regular representation of the algebra A[N].
Now we assume that G x A is the algebra of matrices of order n over a sub-
algebra. Then G x A decomposes into a direct sum of n isomorphic right ideals.
They are also isomorphic as A[N]-modules. Thus, the same A[N]-module G x A is
represented as a direct sum of n isomorphic modules in two ways. By the Krull-
Schmidt theorem, the direct summands of these decompositions are isomorphic.
Hence, as A[ NJ-modules they are isomorphic to a module of regular representation.
Consequently, as G x A-modules, they are compatibility modules.
§3. Compatibility for a problem with Galois algebra

Let A be a Galois algebra with group F and let a subgroup H of F be the
Galois group of the field-kernel Ki of A. Given an epimorphism cp: G ---+ F, let
ii= cp-i(H).
THEOREM 2.3. The group G is compatible with the Galois algebra A if and
ii is compatible with the field-kernel Ki of the algebra A.
only if the group
PROOF. We have already known that the crossed product A= G x A is isomor-
phic to the algebra of matrices of order (F: H) = (G: ii) over the crossed product
ii x Ki. If the group ii is compatible with the field Ki, then the algebra ii x Ki
is the algebra of matrices of order (ii: N) = (H: 1) over a subalgebra. Then A is
isomorphic to the algebra of matrices of order (F: H)(H: 1) = (F: 1) over the same
subalgebra. Consequently, the group G is compatible with the algebra A.
If the group G is compatible with the algebra A, then A = G x A is isomorphic
to the algebra of matrices of order (F: 1) = (F: H)(H: 1) over a subalgebra. The
algebra G x A is_!somorphic to the algebra of matrices of order (F: H) over the
crossed product H x Ki.
By Theorem A.1.4, we conclude that the algebra H x Ki is isomorphic to the
algebra of matrices of order (H: 1) = (ii: N), whence the group ii is compatible
with the field Ki. The theorem is proved. D
§4. INHERITANCE OF COMPATIBILITY FOR ASSOCIATED PROBLEMS 27
We easily see direct connections between the compatibility modules for the
problem: (A/k,G,cp) and (Kifk,H,cp). Namely, if A =.ind~Ki = L1
Kiel, and
P and P are compatibility modules corresponding to the problems given, then we
can take P = Pe if P is given, and if P is given, we can take P = ind~ P =
L1 Pvt with componentwise multiplication of the elements of P by the elements
of A= L1 Kief.
§4. Inheritance of compatibility for associated problems

We show that if the compatibility condition holds for an embedding problem,
then it holds for associated problems.
Given an embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, N), we assume that the compatibility
condition holds for the group G and the field K. Let No be a normal subgroup of
the group G that is contained in N. We denote Ni = N/N0 , Gi = G/N0 . Let P
be the compatibility module for G and K. Then pNo is a compatibility module for
the group Gi and the field K under the natural epimorphism Gi ---+ Gal(K/k) with
kernel Ni. Indeed, in passing to No-invariant elements of P the field K remains
unchanged, an N-normal basis of P over K are converted to an Ni -normal basis,
the automorphisms from G of the module P is converted to automorphisms from
Gi of the module pNo. Thus, compatibility is inherited if we pass to an associated
problem of the first kind.
Now let Gibe a subgroup of G containing N, Fi = cp(Gi) CF= Gal(K/k); let
ki be the subfield of K that belongs to the subgroup Fi so that Gal(K/ki) =Fi.
Let P be the compatibility module for the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, N).
Then Pis obviously a compatibility module for the problem (K/ki,Gi,cp,N).
Thus, compatibility is inherited if we pass to an associated problem of the sec-
ond kind.
In specific cases compatibility for an associated problem implies compatibility
for the original problem.
THEOREM 2.4. Let (K/k, G, cp, N) be an embedding problem with kernel N that
is a p-group. Then the compatibility condition for it is equivalent to the compati-
bility condition for the associated problem (K/kp, Gp, cp, N), where Gp is a Sylow
p-subgroup of the group G, and kp is the subfield of K that corresponds to the
subgroup cp(Gp)·
Let q be an arbitrary prime divisor of the order of G, p =f. q, and let Gq be a

Sylow q-subgroup of the group G. It is clear that cp(Gq) = Fq is isomorphic to Gq·
Then the crossed product Gq x K ~ Fq x K is isomorphic to the algebra of matrices
of order (Gq: 1) over the field kq = KFq. Thus, G x K is isomorphic to the algebra
of matrices of order (Fq : 1) over a subalgebra of its own (Theorem A.1.1). If the
group Gp is compatible with the field K, then, by Theorem 2.2.2, the algebra G x K
is itself isomorphic to the algebra of matrices of order (Fp : 1) over a subalgebra.
Then, by Theorem A.1.5, the algebra G x K is the algebra of matrices of order
(G: N) = (F: 1) over a subalgebra of its own, and it remains to use Theorem 2.2.2
once again.
For other reductions of the compatibility condition, see §§5, 6, 9.
§5. Multiplication
Let (K/k, Gi, <pi, Ni) and (K/k, G2, <p2, N2) be two embedding problems and
let (K/k, G, <p, N 1 x N2) be their direct product so that G is the direct product
of the groups G 1 and G2 with amalgamated quotient group F = Gal(K/k), and
<p(g1,g2) = <pi(g1) = <p2(g2).
THEOREM 2.5. Compatibility in each factor is necessary and sufficient for the
compatibility of the product of two embedding problems.
PROOF. Necessity follows from the fact that each of the problems multiplied is
an associated problem of the first kind for the product. For the proof of sufficiency
we construct a compatibility module for the product by using the compatibility
modules for the factors. Let P 1 and P 2 be the compatibility modules for the prob-
lems multiplied. We assume that P = Pi© P2 with (p1 © P2) 9 = p1{_ 1 © p~ 2 for
K
Pi E P1, P2 E P2, and g = (g1,g2) E G. This does not destroy the structure of the
K-tensor product since z9 1 = z92 for z EK.
By the fact that P 1 has an N 1-normal basis over Kand P2 has an N2-normal
basis over K, the tensor product P of the modules Pi and P2 has an (N1 x N2)-
normal basis over K that consists of the tensor products of the basis elements for
P 1 and P2. The theorem is proved. D
Moreover, it is easy to prove that the tensor product over k of the algebras
G 1 x Kand G2 x K is isomorphic to the full ring of matrices of order (F: 1) over
the algebra G x K.
COROLLARY. If N is a nilpotent group, then it is sufficient to verify the com-
patibility condition for every associated problem (K/kp, Gp, <pp, Np), where p is an
arbitrary prime divisor of the order of N, Gp is a Sylow p-subgroup of the group G,
Np= N n Gp, kp is the subfield of K corresponding to the subgroup <p(Gp)·
The assertion easily follows from Theorems 2.4 and 2.5.
§6. Lifting and descent

As was established in §1.13 lifting and descent do not change the embedding
condition. The same result is also true for the compatibility conditions.
THEOREM 2.6. Let the embedding problem (L/k, G, <p, N) be obtained from the
problem (K/k, G, <p, N) by lifting. Then the compatibility conditions for these prob-
lems coincide.
PROOF. We write Fi for the Galois group of the extension L/k and Ni for the
kernel of the map <p: F 1 --+ F = Gal(K/k), i.e., the Galois group Gal(L/K). Recall
that G is the product of the groups G and F with the amalgamated quotient F.
Consider also the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p*, N x Ni) which is the product
of the problems (K/k, G, <p, N) and (K/k, Fi, <pi, Ni). The last problem has a
solution L, and, by Theorem 2.5, the compatibility conditions for the problems
(K/k, G, <p*, N x Ni) and (K/k, G, <p, N) coincide.
Let P be the compatibility module for the problem (K/k, G, <p, N). Then the
module P = P ®KL admits the action of operators from G and is the compatibility
module both for the problem (K/k, G, <p*, N x Ni) and the problem (L/k, G, <p, N).
§8. THE STRUCTURE OF THE CROSSED PRODUCT G x K 29
Conversely, let P be the compatibility module for the problem (L/k, G, VJ, N).
Then P is a compatibility module for the associated direct problem (L/ K, N x
Ni, <p, N) where lj5 is the projection of N x Ni onto Ni. By Corollary 3 in §2, P
has an N x Ni -normal basis over K and hence is a compatibility module for the
problem (K/k,G,<p*,N x Ni). The theorem is proved. D
The compatibility condition is also left unchanged under descent.
§7. Compatibility systems

Let th,e compatibility condition hold for the problem (K/k, G, <p, N) and let
P be the compatibility module. Recall that in P a normal basis { bt I t E N }
over the field K exists by definition. We regard P as a module over the algebra
G x K. Every element p E P can uniquely be represented in the form "L:tEN btxt =
'L:tEN b o UtXt = b o 'L:tEN UtXt with Xt E K, 2: UtXt E K[N] c G x K. In
particular, for each g E G we have bug = b o Ag, where Ag E 'L:tEN UtK = K[N].
Then bug 1g2 = bug 1Ug 2 = (b o Agi)ug2 = bug2u92i o Ag 1Ug 2 = b o Ag2 A~~, where
A~~ = u92i Ag 1Ug 2. Thus, Ag 1g2 = Ag 2 Ag~. It is clear from the definition that At = Ut.
Let gi = g;i. Then Ag2Ag:. 1 = Ai = ui, and ui equals the unit element of the
g2
algebra K[N]. Consequently, Ag is an invertible element, and A~_ 1 is the inverse to
it. Assume lg = Agi. Then
l t = Ut- i ·
Note that lg is a one-dimensional cocycle in zi(G, (K[N])*) which extends the

"trivial" cocycle u;-i of zi(N, (K[N])*). Here (K[N])* is the group of invertible
elements of the algebra K[N].
We call the cocycle lg, g E G, a compatibility system for the embedding
problem (K/k, G, cp). Thus, the existence of a compatibility system is necessary
for the compatibility of the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, N). We show that
this condition is also sufficient. Let lg be a compatibility system. Take the al-
gebra K[N] = °L:~N UtK and define in it the right operators Vg by the rule
ZVg = l9iu9izug· Then UiVt = l;-iu;-iuiUt = Ut, so that { UiVt I t E N} is
an N-normal basis of K[N] over the field K. Further,
(zvgi)Vg 2 = (l;/u;/ zug 1)vg2 = l;.} (l;/ )92 · u;.}u;/ zug 1Ug 2
= l g1g2
-i (
Ug1g2 )-i ZUg1g2 = ZVg1g2 ·
Thus, the operators Vg yield an action of the group G on K[N]. These operators
are semilinear. Indeed, let z E K[N], x E K. Then (zx)vg = l9iu9izxug =
g g zu gx'P(g) = (zv g)xip(g) .
l-iu-i
Thus, the operators Vg convert the algebra K[N] to a compatibility module,
and, thus, the existence of a compatibility system is sufficient for compatibility.
§8. The structure of the crossed product G x K

Assume that the characteristic of the field K does not divide the exponent n of
the kernel Nin the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, N) and the field K contains all
of then-th roots of 1. Then, by a theorem of Brauer, all irreducible representations
of the group N over K are absolutely irreducible. Moreover, the crossed product
G x K is a semisimple algebra in this case, as was shown above (Corollary 2 to

Theorem 2.1).
We write Ei for the minimal central idempotents of the algebra A = G x K.
Then Ai = AEi are simple components of the algebra A. The idempotents Ei belong
to the group algebra K(N] since they commute with elements in K. However,
they may fail to be minimal in the algebra K(N]. Let e be a minimal central
idempotent of K[N] that is contained in Ei, so that Eie = e. We write Ge for the
subgroup of the group G that consists of all elements in G leaving e unchanged,
i.e., Ge = {g E G I eg = u; 1 eug = e }. Clearly, N C Ge. Decompose G into the
cosets with respect to Ge: G = LJp = LJGep, where the pare representatives of
the cosets p, the idempotents ep = u7;1eu75 are different and are contained in Ei
because Eiep = (Eie)P = eP = ep. Clearly, :LP ep is invariant with respect to all
g E G, whence this sum is a central idempotent of the algebra G x K. Hence,
:L:
:LP ep = Ei. Thus, Ai = epAi = epEiA = epA. :L: :L:
The ideals epAi are isomorphic because epAi = 1ki 1 eAi. Consequently, the
algebra Ai is isomorphic to the algebra of matrices of order (G: Ge) over the algebra
eAie = eAEie = eAe.
If g <f. Ge, then eg "=I e and euge = uge9e = 0. Therefore, the projection
A ~ eAe annihilates all Ug for g <f. Ge, and Ae = eAe = eAee = eAe, where
Ae =Ge x K is the crossed product of the group Ge and the field K. The algebra
Ae is a simple component of the algebra Ae and the center of it is the field Ke
of elements of K that are invariant with respect to Fe = cp(Ge) (projected to the
algebra Ae by K ~Ke).
Let µ be the irreducible representation of the group N that corresponds to the
idempotent e, and let d be the degree of this representation. Extendµ to the algebra
K[N], assuming that µ(xt) = xµ(t), where x EK, t E N. Therefore, µrealizes an
isomorphism of the simple algebra K[N]e onto the algebra Kd of matrices of degree
dover the field Kand a homomorphism K[N] ~ Kd.
Choose g E G and construct two other representations of the algebra K[N]
connected with the representationµ: µg(z) = µ(u; 1 zug) and 'ji9(z) = (µ(z))cp(g)
(in the second case the automorphism cp(g) is applied to each element of the matrix
µ(z); here z is an arbitrary element of the algebra K[N]).
LEMMA 2.8. The representations µg and Jig are equivalent if and only if g E
Ge·
PROOF. Let g E Ge. The map µy ~ (µ(u; 1 yug))g-i, where y E K[N]e,
yields an automorphism of the algebra Kd (isomorphic to K[N]e). This automor-
phism acts identically on the scalar matrices xE, x E K; indeed, (µ(u; 1 xug))g-i
= µ(xcp(g))g-i = (xcp(g) E)g-i = xE = µ(xe), therefore, this automorphism is
identical on the center of the algebra Kd. Hence, it is an inner automorphism
and there exists a matrix Cg E Kd such that for each y E K[N]e, we have
(µ(u; 1 yu 9))g-i = C; 1 µ(y)C9. Since µ(z) = µ(ze) for z E K[N]e, we obtain
µg(z) = µ(u; 1 zug) = (C; 1 µ(z)Cg)g = Tg- 1 /i9(z)Tg, where T9 = ct(g).
Conversely, let µg and 'ji9 be equivalent: µ 9(z) = Tg- 1 (µ(z))cp(g)Tg. Let us
denote the character of the representation µ by x: x(z) = Tr µ(z). Then the
characters of the representations µ9 , 'ji9 on the elements t E N are, therefore, equal
to x(t9) and x(t)cp(g), respectively, and are equal, i.e., x(t)cp(g) = x(tg). As is
§8. THE STRUCTURE OF THE CROSSED PRODUCT G x K 31
known, the idempotent e is given by the formula e = (djn) l:tEN X(r 1)ut (see
[6]). Then
d d
e9 =:;; L:x(r 1)1"C9)uf =:;; L:x(r 9)utg = e,
tEN
so that e9 = e, whence g E Ge. The lemma is proved. D
We begin the study of the algebra Ae with the case where the idempotent e
corresponds to the representation µ of degree 1 of the group N (and of the algebra
K[N]). Therefore,µ maps K[N] to the field K, and, thus, for z E K[N] we have
ze = µ(z)e. The commutator subgroup of N is mapped to the unit element by the
representation µ, whence we may regard µ as a representation of the Abelian group
N = N/[N, NJ in the field K.
The group Ge introduced above is an extension of the group N by Fe= <p(Ge)·
For each f E Fe we take a preimage 7 E Ge. Then 7172 = fihh(f1, h) for
h(f1, h) EN. The elements h(f1, h) define a two-dimensional cocycle (in general,
noncommutative). The elements h(fi, h) = µ(h(fi, h)) define a two-dimensional
cocycle of the group Fe in the group K* (since µ(h)e = he). The algebra Ae
is generated by the field K (more precisely, by a subfield Ke of it) and by the
elements u7e because fort E N we have te = µ(t)e. Moreover, xu7 e = u7 exf,
u71eu72e = ufiheh(f1,h)e, where x EK, f E Fe. Therefore, the algebra Ae is
the crossed product of the field K and the group Fe = Gal(K/ke) with system
of factors h(fi, f2). As was proved above, the algebra Ai = AEi is isomorphic to
the algebra of matrices of order (G: Ge) over the subalgebra Ae. Hence, Ai is the
full algebra of matrices (of order (F: 1) over k) if and only if the crossed product
of Kand Fe with a system of factors h(f1, h) is the algebra of matrices of order
(Fe : 1) over a subalgebra of it, and this is possible only if it splits completely, i.e.,
the image of h(f1, h) in the cohomology group H 2 (Fe, K*) is trivial.
Now let an idempotent e correspond to a representationµ of degreed> 1 for
the group N (and for the algebra K[N]), so that K[N]e is isomorphic to the algebra
of matrices K d of degree d over the field K. By the lemma, for every g E Ge there
exist matrices T9 E Kd such that
µ(u; 1zu9) = T9- 1(µ(z))1"( 9)T9, z E K[N].
The matrices T9 are uniquely determined up to scalar multiplier. If g1 = gt,
where t E N, then
T9t 1(µ(z))10( 9)T9t = µ(u;/zu 9t) = µ(u; 1u; 1zu9ut) = µ(r 1)µ(u; 1zu9)µ(t)
= µ(t)- 1r9- 1µ(z)10C 9)T9µ(t).
Therefore, we can take the matrices T9µ(t) as T91 = T9t. Use this fact and choose
matrices T9 such that T7t = T7µ(t), where the 7 are the preimages in Ge of the
elements f E Fe.
We compute µ(u;21u;/ zu 91 u 92 ) = µ(u;1 ~ 2 zu9192 ) in two ways. From one hand,
µ(u;1~2zug192) = T9~~2µ(z)l"(YiY2 )T9192i

from the other hand,
Therefore, we have T9192 = Tff12 T92 c91 ,92 , where the c91 ,92 are scalar matrices iden-
tified with the elements of the field K. Show that the elements c91 ,92 depend only
on cp(g1) and cp(g2) under our choice of the matrices T 9 . Indeed, we replace g1 by
git1 and g2 by g2t2 with ti, t2 EN. Then T91 t 1g2t 2 = Ti12tt12 T 92 t 2 Cg1 t 1 ,g2 t 2 · But
Tg1t1u2t2 = Tu1g2tf2t2 = Tg1g2µ(tf.2t2) = Tf12Tu2µ(tf.2t2)cg1,u2•

rg::12T92 t2 = (T91 µ(t1)) 92 t2T92 µ(t2) = Tf1 T92 T9~ (µ(t1))cp(g )T92 µ(t2)
2 1 2
= Tf12T 92 µ(u;_}t1u 92 )µ(t2) = Tf12T 92 µ(tf. 2t2).
Hence Cg 1t 1 ,g 2h = Cg1,u2·
Now let q9 = µ- 1(T9) E K[N]e and w9 = u 9q; 1. Then
Wgt = Ugtq;/ = UgUt(µ- 1(T9µ(t)))-l = UgUtUt 1q; 1 = Wg,

so that the w9 depend only on cp(g). Moreover,
The element q9192 u;21q;/u92 q;./ belongs to K[N]e and its image under the map
µonto Kd is equal to T 9192 T 9-; 1(T9-;: 1)92 T 92 T 9-; 1 = T 9192 T 9-; 1T 9-;: 92 = c91 ,92 . Hence,
w91 w92 = w9192 c9192 . Therefore, c9192 is a two-dimensional cocycle of the group Fe
with values in K*.
The elements w 9 belong to the algebra eAe because g E Ge· Let us establish the
commutation relations of these elements with the elements of the algebra K[N]e.
Let z E K[N]e. Then w; 1zw9 = q9u; 1zu 9q; 1 E K[N]e and
µ(w; 1zw9) = T 9µ(u; 1zu9)T9- 1 = T 9T9- 1(µ(z))cp(g)T9T 9- 1 = µ(z)cp(g).
In particular, we have µ(w; 1xw 9) = xcp(g) E for x EK, whence w; 1xw 9 = xcp(g).
Let De be the algebra generated by the field K and the elements w 9 ; De is
a simple algebra and is isomorphic to the crossed product of the field K and the
group Fe with system of factors Cg1g2 = Ccp(g1),cp(g2)· The center of this algebra,
the field Ke, is the subfield of the field K that belongs to the subgroup Fe. Let
us find the centralizer of this algebra in the algebra Ae = eAe. The elements of
K[N]e commute in Ae with the elements x E K. Let z E K[N]e commute with
all w9, g E Ge. Then µ(z) = µ(w; 1zw 9) = µ(z)'PCY), i.e., µ(z) is a matrix in Kd
with entries in the field Ke. Therefore, the required centralizer is isomorphic to the
algebra of matrices of order dover the field Ke· Thus, the algebra eAe is isomorphic
to the algebra of matrices of order dover the crossed product (K, Fe, Ccp(gi),cp(g 2 ))).
We formulate the obtained results as a theorem.
THEOREM 2.8. In the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, N) let K be a field such
that its characteristic does not divide (N:l) and all irreducible representations of the
group N over K are absolutely irreducible. Denote the minimal central idempotents
of the algebra A= G x K by Ei, ... , Em, so that AEi are simple components of
the algebra A. Let e be a minimal central idempotent of the algebra K[N] that is
contained in Ei and let Ge be the group of elements g E G commuting withe. Then
the component AEi of the algebra A is isomorphic to the algebra of matrices of order
d · (G: Ge) (where d is the degree of the irreducible representation corresponding to
the idempotent e) over the crossed product of K and the group Fe = cp(Ge) with a
§9. REDUCTION OF THE COMPATIBILITY CONDITION 33
system of factors CJi.h E Z 2 (Fe, K*). If the idempotent e corresponds to a one-

dimensional representationµ, then one can take Cfi,h = µ(he(f1, h)), where he is
the canonical (standard) cocycle for the extension Ge of the group N by Fe.
§9. Reduction of the compatibility condition

As usual, we assume that the characteristic of the base field k does not divide
the order of the kernel N. Clearly, if the compatibility condition holds for the
original embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, N), then it holds for associated problems
as well, in particular, for the problem (K/k, G/N', cp', N/N'), where N' is the com-
mutator subgroup of the group N (and, therefore, the kernel N/N' is Abelian).
However, the converse statement is valid in some important special cases. Namely,
this occurs if in any finite extension k1 of the field k, the exponent of the simple
central algebra over k1 in the Brauer group is equal to the index of this algebra
(i.e., to the square root of the dimension of the division ring that is contained in
it). In particular, this condition is satisfied for local fields and for algebraic number
fields.
THEOREM 2.9. If the field k satisfies the condition mentioned above and the
compatibility condition holds for the Abelian embedding problem (K/k,G/N',cp',
N/N'), where N' is the commutator subgroup of N, then it holds for the problem
(K/k, G, cp, N) as well.
PROOF. The lifting procedure enables us to assume that the field K contains
all necessary roots of 1, and, thus, all irreducible representations of the group N
over K are absolutely irreducible. Let e0 be a minimal idempotent of the algebra
K[N] to which there corresponds a one-dimensional representation µ 0 • Since µo
acts trivially on the commutator subgroup N' of the group N, we can identify it
with a representation µ0 of the group N / N'.
The converse is also valid: every irreducible representation µ0 of the Abelian
group N/N' over K is one-dimensional and can be lifted to a homomorphism
µo : N --+ K*, which is a one-dimensional representation of the group N.
Now let µbe an irreducible representation of the group N (and of the group
algebra K[N]) over K of degreed> 1, and let e be the corresponding idempotent.
Consider the one-dimensional representation µ 0 given by the formula µo = <letµ( t),
where t E N, and let eo = (N: 1)- 1 'L:tEN µo(r 1)ut be the corresponding idem-
potent. First we show that Ge C Geo• where Ge and Geo are subgroups of the
group G whose elements commute with e and e0 , respectively. Let g E Ge.
Then, as shown in the preceding section, there exists a matrix T9 E Kd such that
µ(u; 1zu9) = T9- 1(µ(z))'P(9)T9 . Here, by passing to the determinants and assuming
that z = t EN, we obtain µ 0 (t9) = (µ 0 (t))'P(9), which means that eg = eo.
The matrices T9 constructed in the preceding section have the properties: T 9 t =
T 9µ(t) and T9192 = Tf(T92 c91 ,92 , where c91 ,92 is obtained by lifting of a cocycle of
Z 1(Fe,K*) to the group Ge. Let 89 = detT9 EK*, then 89192 = oz;o92 c~ 1 , 92 and
09t = detT9t = det(T9µ(t)) ~ 89µo(t). Let gl = 71 ti, g2 = 72t2, where Ji, h E
Fe, 71 , 72 are the preimages of them in Ge, ti E N. Then 89192 = 87 1 t 1 72 t 2 =
o_ 7
fihh(f1,h)t 12 t2
=o_
fihµoh(f1,f2)µo(t 72
1 t2)
, where his the cocycle of the extension Ge
of the group N by Fe. Moreover, 899; = 0I2t 2 = 0~2 µ 0 (t 1)h = 0~2 µ 0 (t{2) (because
f1t1 f1 f1
f E Fe C Fe 0 ) and 892 = 872 µo(t2). Substituting these expressions in the relation
Og1g2 = og~og2C~'i ,g2, we obtain
c: 1 •92 = 8fiho7/ 8'h1µo(h(fi, h)).

2
Since the compatibility condition holds for the Abelian embedding problem
(K/k, G/N', cp', N/N'), all simple components of the algebra (G/N') xK, and, thus,
all components of the algebra A corresponding to one-dimensional representations,
split completely. Therefore, the algebra eoAeo is the full matrix algebra of order
(Fe 0 : 1) over its center Keo· This means that the image of the canonical cocycle
h(f1, h) (Ji E Fe 0 ) in the field K under the map µo is homologous to the trivial
cocycle. Since Fe C Fe 0 , it follows that µo(h(f1, /2)), Ji, h E Fe, is a coboundary.
Then c~ 1 , 92 = Ccp(gi),cp(g2 ), which is different from µo(h(fi, h)) by a coboundary, is
also a coboundary.
By the preceding theorem, the algebra Ae = eAe is the algebra of matrices of
c1
order dover the crossed product De= (K, Fe, CJi,h)· Since 1 .h is homologous to
the unity, the exponent of this crossed product in the Brauer group is a divisor of
the number d. Then the index of this algebra is d' J d. Therefore, De is the algebra
of matrices of order (Fe: 1)/d' over a subalgebra. Hence, Ae is isomorphic to the
algebra of matrices of order (Fe:l) over a subalgebra ofit, so every simple component
of the algebra A is the algebra of matrices of order (F: 1) over a subalgebra, and,
by Corollary 3 to Theorem 2.2.1, this means that the compatibility condition holds
for the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp). D
The theorem just proved shows that the compatibility condition is rather weak
in the case of a non-Abelian kernel. We show that in the general case (when our
assumption about the structure of the Brauer group of the field k does not hold),
the compatibility condition cannot nevertheless be reduced to the compatibility
condition for the associated Abelian problem.
EXAMPLE. Let N be the quaternion group with generators a, b, so that a4 = 1,
b2 = a 2 , ba = a- 1b. As G we take the extension of N by the cyclic group of order
2 with generator f, and the relations y2 = a 2 , f- 1af = a- 1 , f- 1bf =ab hold
for the preimage fin G. The homomorphism <p takes a and b to the unit element
of the group F = G / N and cp(f) = f E F. With this extension we relate the
embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, N), where K is a quadratic extension of the field
k, K = k(vm), and consider the compatibility condition for this problem. In the
algebra A = G x K there are central orthogonal idempotents E 1 = (1 + a 2 )/2,
E2 = (1- a 2)/2, E1 + E2 = 1. The algebra AE1 = A1 is isomorphic to the crossed
product (G/N') x K, where N' = {a2 } is the commutator subgroup of the kernel.
Since G/N' is a semidirect extension of N/N' by F, the algebra A1 is the algebra
of matrices of order 2 over its center. Consider the algebra A2 = AE2. As is easily
shown, this algebra is simple because its center coincides with the field k and its
dimension over k equals 16. We find the structure of A2 by representating it as
the tensor product of cyclic algebras. The elements aE2, bE2, together with the
field K, generate a subalgebra isomorphic to the standard algebra of quaternions
over k because (aE2) 2 = (bE2) 2 = -E2, bE2 · aE2 = -aE2 · bE2. We find the
centralizer of this subalgebra in the algebra A2· Let (z1+u7z2)E2 E A2 (zi E K[N])
commute with aE2. Then aE2(z1 +u7z2)E2 = (az1 +u7af z2)E2 = (az1 -u7az2)E2,
(z1 + u7z2)E2 · aE2 = (z1a + u7z2a)E2. Therefore, az1E2 = z1aE2, az2E2 =
-z2aE2, whence z1 = Y11 + ay12, z2 = by21 + bay22, where Yij E K. Now let
§9. REDUCTION OF THE COMPATIBILITY CONDITION 35
(z1 + u7z2)E2 commute with bE2. We have bE2(z1 + u7z2)E2 = (bz1 + u7abz2)E2,
(z1 + u7z2)E2bE2 = (z1b + u7z2b)E2, i.e., bz1E2 = z1bE2, abz2E2 = z2bE2. Hence
Y12 = 0, Y22 = -Y21 · Thus, the centralizer of the quaternion subalgebra in the
algebra A2 is generated by the field KE2 and the element v = uy(b - ba)E2.
The element v anticommutes with y'mE2 and v 2 = uy(b - ba)uy(b - ba)E2 =
uy(ab-aba- 1)(b-ba)E2 = a 2(ab+b)(b-ba)E2 = -E2(-aE2-E2-E2+aE2) = 2E2.
Therefore, this centralizer is isomorphic to the algebra of generalized quaternions,
in which the squares of anticommuting vectors are equal to m and 2. Consequently,
the algebra A2 is isomorphic to the tensor product of the algebras (-1,-1) and
(2, m) over the field k. The compatibility condition for our problem means that
this tensor product is the algebra of matrices of order 2 over a subalgebra. By
the Albert theorem (see Appendix), this is equivalent to the fact that the algebras
(-1, -1) and (2, m) contain a common quadratic subfield, i.e., the quadratic form
-x~ - x~ - x5 = 2x~ + mx~ - 2mx~ must have a nontrivial zero over the field k.
Now let the field k be obtained as a simple transcendental extension Q(m) of
the field of rational numbers Q. We show that the quadratic form indicated above
does not have nontrivial zeros. Suppose the contrary. Then, as Xi one can take
polynomials in Q( m) relatively prime in common. Comparing the constant terms,
we see that the constant terms of the polynomials xi, x2, x3, X4 are equal to zero.
Then mx~ - 2mx~ = 0 (mod m 2 ) holds, which is impossible if Xs and X5 are not
divisible by m.
Thus, the compatibility condition does not hold for the embedding problem
indicated above.
CHAPTER 3
The Embedding Problem with Abelian Kernel
§1. The Brauer problem with cyclic kernel

Let the kernel Nin the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, N) be a cyclic subgroup
of order n with generator t. We assume that the characteristic of k does not divide
n and K contains a primitive nth root ( of unity. Such a problem is called the
Brauer problem if the Galois group F of the field K / k acts on ( and on t in a
"consistent way", i.e., if g- 1tg = tk, where k depending on g is defined mod n,
then (cp(g) = (k. It is clear that this consistency does not depend on the choice of
t and(.
THEOREM 3.1. For the Brauer problem, compatibility is sufficient for solvabil-
ity.
PROOF. In a compatibility system l(g) E K[N], we replace t E N by (. We
obtain a system of elements >-.(g) E K. From l(g 1)92l(g2) = l(g 1g2) and l(t) = r 1
for the compatibility system we obtain the relations >-.(g 1)92>-.(g2) = >-.(g 1g2) and
>-.(t) = (- 1 by consistency of the action of g E G on t and on(. We let µ(g) = >-.(g)n.
Then µ(g1) 92 µ(g2) = µ(g1g2) and µ(t) = 1. From these relations it follows that
µ(gt)= µ(g), so that µ(g) depends only on f = <p(g) E Gal(K/k) = F. By Speiser's
theorem µ(g) = bg-l for some b E K. Consider the algebra A = K[x]/(xn - b).
Let () be the image of x in this algebra. Then en = b. We show that () ---+ ())..(g)
is an automorphism of A for any g E G extending the automorphism <p(g) of the
field Kover k. Indeed, (()>-.(g))n = en>-.(g)n = bµ(g) = b9 = bcp(g) = (en)cp(g).
The automorphisms g: () ---+ ())..(g) form a group isomorphic to G, since (()'Y)h =
(e>-.(g))h, = ()h)..(g)h = ())..(h)>-.(g)h = ())..(gh) = ()Yh (g,h E G). The elements
of k, and only they, are fixed under the action of these automorphisms. Then
(A: k) =(A: K)(K: k) = n · (F: 1) = (G: 1); therefore, A is a Galois algebra over
k (Theorem 1.4).
Note that the element b constructed with the condition µ(g) = bg-l is deter-
mined up to a factor from k*. Therefore, we obtain a class of solutions for the
Brauer problem in the form A = K[x]/(xn - be), c E k*; for c E k*n we have
equivalent solutions.
We show that this construction gives us all solutions of the Brauer problem.
Indeed, let A be a solution. We denote by z E A an element generating a normal
basis of A over K. We set 'f/ = I:~::~ ztk (k (the Lagrange resolvent). It is clear
that 'fJ "I- 0 by linear independence of the basis elements z, zt, ... , ztn-i over K.
Then 'f/t = (- 1 ,,.,. Therefore, d = 'f/n is invariant under the action of t, so that
d E K. Further, d "I- 0, since A does not contain nilpotent elements, and, therefore,
'f/ is an invertible element because ,,.,- 1 = ,,.,n- 1d- 1. For g E G, we have 'f/g =
I:~::~ ztkg((9)k =I:~::~ z99-itkg((9)k. The elements g- 1tkg, fork= 0, ... , n - 1,
37
38 3. THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM WITH ABELIAN KERNEL
range over the entire group N, and the elements ((9)k range over the corresponding
roots of 1 by consistency of the action of the automorphisms 9 E G on t and (.
Thus, 'f/9 = L:~;:;~(z9)tk(k. Therefore 'f/9t = 'f/9C 1 and ('fJ9'fJ- 1 )t = 'f/9'f/- 1, so that
'f/9'f/- 1 = µ(9) E K. It is clear that µ(t) = (- 1, and from the equality 'f/9 = 'f/µ(9) it
is easy to see that µ(9 1 ) 92 µ(92) = µ(9 1 92). Raising the equality 'f/ 9 = 'f/µ(9) to the
power n, we obtain µ(9)n = d9- 1 .
The elements µ(9) constructed here and >-.(9) we have constructed earlier differ
by a one-dimensional cocycle from Z 1 (F, K*). By Speiser's theorem, we have >-.(9) =
µ(9 )y9-l, y E K*. We replace 'f/ by B1 = 'f/Y. It is clear that B1 is also a primitive
element of A. Moreover, Bf = 'f/ 9y 9 = 'fJµ(9)y 9 = 'f/YA(9) = Bl>-.(9). We raise the
equality Bf = B1 >-.(9) to the power n. Taking into account that >-.(9)n = b9- 1 ,
b E K, we obtain b9- 1 = (Bf ) 9 - 1 , i.e., Bf =be, c EK*. Thus, every solution of the
Brauer problem can be obtained in the way described above, and the solutions are
in one-to-one correspondence with k* /(k*)n. As is very easy to see, this quotient
group determines the set of solutions of the semidirect Brauer embedding problem.
Then we observe that if the kernel N of an embedding problem is a cyclic group
of the second order, then the problem is Brauer because ( -1 )9 = -1, and if t 2 = 1,
then for arbitrary 9 E G we have 9- 1 t9 = t. D
§2. The Brauer problem with Abelian kernel

Let a normal extension K/k with group G contain a primitive nth root of unity,
and let the kernel N of the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, N) be an Abelian group
of exponent n. Clearly, the characteristic of k does not divide n (because of the
existence of a primitive root V'I). By characters x of the group N we mean the
homomorphisms of N to the group of roots of unity contained in K. The characters
form a group N isomorphic (not canonically) to N. On N we introduce the action
of G by the rule x9(t) = (x(9t9- 1 ))9, 9 E G, t EN. An embeddi:µg problem is
called Brauer if x 9 = x for all x EN, 9 E G. This means that (x(t))9 = x(9- 1 t9).
Therefore, if N is a cyclic group, then the problem is Brauer in the sense of the
previous section. Let ( E K be a primitive nth root of unity and let (9 = (v(9),
v(9) E Z/nZ. Then x(t 9rv( 9)) = (x(t)) 9(x(t))-v( 9) = 1. This is valid for all
characters x, so that t 9 = tv( 9). Therefore, all cyclic subgroups of N are invariant.
We decompose the group N into a direct product of cyclic groups. Then the
embedding problem can be represented as a product (Chapter 1, §12) of the prob-
lems (K/k, Gi, cpi, Ni), where the Ni are direct factors, Gi is the quotient group
of G by the product of all factors of the group N except for Ni, and the 'Pi are
homomorphisms of Gi onto Gal(K/k) = F ~ G/N corresponding to cp. Clearly, all
these problems are Brauer with cyclic kernels.
As we have seen before, the solvability of the original problem (K/k, G, cp, N) is
equivalent to the simultaneous solvability of all problems (K/k, Gi, cpi, Ni), and the
compatibility condition for the original problem is equivalent to the compatibility
conditions for the factors of the problem. This and Theorem 3.1 immediately imply
the following result.
THEOREM 3.2. For the solvability of the Brauer problem with Abelian kernel
it is necessary and sufficient that the compatibility condition be fulfilled.
§3. COMPATIBILITY AND ASSOCIATED BRAUER PROBLEMS 39
§3. The compatibility condition and the

solvability of the associated Brauer problems
Our next goal is to give an additional statement of the compatibility condition
for the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, N) assuming that the kernel N is an Abelian
group of exponent n and the field K contains a primitive nth root of unity. We
again turn to analysis of the crossed product A= G x K.
Under these assumptions, the elements ex = ~ LtEN x(t)- 1ut are minimal
idempotents of the commutative semisimple algebra K[N]. Then
1 1
u; 1exu9 = -n L:x(r 1)9 ut9 = -n LX (r 1)ut = exY·
9
tEN
We denote by Fx the subgroup of F = <p(G) = Gal(K/k) consisting of the au-
tomorphisms leaving ex fixed. The idempotents conjugate to ex are· in one-to-
one correspondence with the cosets p in the decomposition of F with respect to
Fx. It is clear that E = Lp exp is a minimal central idempotent of the algebra
A = G x K, and the corresponding component of this algebra is isomorphic to the
matrix algebra of degree (F: Fx) over the algebra Ax= ex(G x K)ex (see A.1.2).
If <p(g) ¢: Fx, then exu9 ex = u 9 exgex = 0. Further, ex= exx(t). Let h(/1, /2) be
a cocycle in the canonical class of the extension 1 --+ N --+ G --+ F --+ 1, so that
Ufl1lh = ufihuh(Ji.J2 ) for some preimages 7 E G of the elements f E F. Then
exufi u 12 ex = exu1i 12 exx(h(f1, /2)).

Thus, the algebra Ax is isomorphic to the crossed product of the group Fx and the
field K for the cocycle x(h(f1, /2)). The field Kx of elements in K left fixed by Fx
is the center of Ax. The dimension of Ax over the center is equal to the square of
the order of the group. Fx, and the dimension over the center of the corresponding
component of the algebra A is equal to the square of the order of F. Therefore, for
compatibility it is necessary and sufficient that all the algebras Ax split over their
centers.
We reformulate this condition in cohomological terms. The group W of nth
roots of unity is embedded in the multiplicative group K* of the field K. This
embedding induces a homomorphism µof the groups H 2 (Fx, W) to H 2 (Fx, K*).
The compatibility condition can be stated as follows:
µx(h(f1, h)) =o
for arbitrary X·
In particular, for a Brauer problem with cyclic kernel all characters are powers.
of a certain xo, all the groups Fx coincide with F, the fields Kx are equal to k, and
the compatibility condition which is also a solvability condition looks as follows:
µxo(h(f1,h)) = o.
Now let Mx be the kernel of the character x, and let Nx = N/Mx· It is clear
that Nx is a cyclic subgroup isomorphic to the group of values of X· The character
xis a generator of the character group of Nx. Further we put Hx = <p- 1(Fx) and
Gx = Hx/Mx. It is clear that Gx is an extension of the cyclic group Nx by the
group Fx with respect to the homomorphism <fJx of Gx onto Fx induced by the
homomorphism <p of G onto F.
The problem (K/ Kx, Gx, cpx, Nx) is obviously a Brauer problem with cyclic
kernel, associated with the original problem. We note that for the Brauer problem
(K/k, G, cp, N) with cyclic kernel, we have Fx = F for all characters x of N, so
that Kx = k. All components of the crossed product G x K are simple central
algebras over k, and in the Brauer group all of them are powers of a single one
corresponding to the generator of the character group. In order that these algebras
split it is sufficient that the algebra corresponding to the generator of the character
group split.
Returning to the initial problem (K/k, G, cp, N), we see that for the compat-
ibility of this problem it is necessary and sufficient that the associated problems
(K/ Kx, Gx, 'Px• Nx) corresponding to the characters of the group N be compatible,
and, therefore, solvable, since all of them are Brauer problems. Thus, the following
theorem is valid.
THEOREM 3.3. The compatibility condition for the problem (K/k, G, cp, N) with
Abelian kernel of exponent n under the assumption that K contains a primitive
nth root of unity is equivalent to the solvability of all associated Brauer problems
(K/ Kx, Gx, 'Px• Nx) corresponding to the characters.
It is clear from the above that for the compatibility of the problem with Abelian
kernel under the assumptions mentioned above it is necessary and sufficient that
all Brauer problems associated with the original one be solvable. Moreover, one
can prove that all Brauer problems with cyclic kernels associated with the original
problem either correspond to characters or are associated with such problems.
§4. The embedding problem with cyclic kernel

In this section we show that the compatibility condition for the embedding
problem with cyclic kernel is sufficient for embeddability if the kernel has odd
order, or its order is equal to 4. At the same time, as will be shown below (see
§14), even for a cyclic kernel of order 8 the compatibility condition is not sufficient
in the general case.
1°. First consider the case of a kernel of order 4 (for a kernel of order 2, the
problem is always Brauer). Here we indicate an explicit solution, whenever the
compatibility system is given.
Thus, let (K/k, G, cp, N) be the problem mentioned above, and the kernel N be
generated by an element t of order 4. One may assume that i = A is contained
in K, otherwise one may pass to an equivalent embedding problem lifting the field
K to the field K (i). For any g E G we have tg = t±l, ig = i± 1 . Let Go be the
subgroup of g E G with (ti)g = (ti)± 1 . If G 0 coincides with G, we have a Brauer
problem, and we have constructed a solution of it in §2. Therefore, we assume that
Go "I G. Then G 0 has index 2 in G. Consider the function cg equal to 1 for g E G0
tt
and -1 for g Go. It is clear that cg is a homomorphism G---+ {±1}.
In the group algebra K[N], the unity decomposes into the sum of four orthog-
onal idempotents Eo, Ei, E2, E3, where
1 +t + t 2 + t3 1- t + t2 - t3
Eo = 4 ' Ei = 4 ,
§4. THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM WITH CYCLIC KERNEL 41
moreover, tEo = Eo, tE1 = -Ei, tE2 = -iE2, tE3 = iE3. The idempotents Eo and
E 1 are invariant with respect to the action of g E G, while E 2 and E 3 are invariant
with respect to g E Go and go one to the other under the action of g E G \ Go.
Let a compatibility system lg E K(N] for our problem be given. Recall that
lg 1 g2 = lg;lg 2, lt = r 1 . The decomposition of lg into idempotents defines the four
functions ag, bg, Cg and dg on G with values in K*; here ag and bg are cocycles,
and cg and dg are connected by the relations
Cg1 g2 = C~~ Cg2 if 92 E Go,

Cg1 g2 = d~~ Cg2 if 92 fj. Go;
dg1g2 = d~~dg2 if 92 E Go,
dg1g2 = c~~dg2 if 92 fj. Go.
Moreover, at = 1, bt = -1, Ct = i, dt = -i. We have agt = ag for the elements
ag, i.e., they can be obtained by the lifting of a cocycle from Z 1 (F, K*), where
F = cp(G) = Gal(K/k); by Speiser's theorem, we have ag = v6(g)-l, where v0 EK*,
so such elements ag always exist; but the existence of them gives no information
about the problem.
The elements b~ can be obtained by the lifting of a cocycle in Z 1 ( F, K*). By
Speiser's theorem, there exists an element y E K* such that b~ = yg-l (it is more
correct to write y'P(g)-l ), and y is uniquely determined up to a factor from k*.
For the elements Cg and dg, we have Cgdg E Z 1(G, K*), and Ctdt = 1. Therefore,
cgdg can be obtained by the lifting of a cocycle from Z 1 (F, K*); so, there exists
an element u E K* such that cgdg = ug-l. We set Xg = cg if g E G 0 , and
Xg = c-g 1ug if g fj. Go. Direct verification shows that for each 91 and 92 in G, we
have Xg 1g2 = xg;x~~ 1 (where cg = 1 if g E Go, and cg= -1 if g fj. Go). Moreover,
Xt = i. We examine the elements Xg in more detail.
For g E go, we see that Xg E Z 1(G 0 ,K*), the x~ are unchanged under the
replacement of g by gt, so for g E Go we have (by Speiser's theorem) that x~ = zg-l
for z EK*. Consider the elements x~z-g-l for g fj. Go. Let g0 E G0 . Then
x4gog z-gog-1 = (xggo x g)4z-gog-1 = (zgo-l)gx4z-gog-l
g = x4z-g-1.
g ,
so a = x~z-g-l does not depend on the choice of g fj. G0 , therefore, x~ = zg-l
for g E G0 , and x~ = azg+l for g fj. G 0 . (It is easy to check that the element a
constructed above is contained in the base field k, but we need a stronger assertion).
For x~ with g E Go and for bg, we have the same relations x; = bt = -1
with g = t, and x~,bg E Z 1(G 0,K*). Therefore, x~b-g 1 is obtained by lifting
from Z 1 ( F 0 , K*); so, there exists w E K* such that x~ = bg wg- l for g E G 0 .
Squaring this equality (and taking into account that b~ = yg-l ), we obtain zg-l =
(yw 2)g-l. Therefore, zy- 1w- 2 is invariant with respect to the elements g E Go,
so z = yw 2h, where h E K 1 = KF0 • Hence x~ = azg+l = a(yw 2)g+1N(h) =
ayg- 1y 2(wg+ 1)2N(h) = aN(h)(bgywg+ 1)2 for g fj. G0 . Since the left-hand side is a
square in K, we have that aN (h) = q2 , where q E K*. Therefore, for x~ we have
the relations
(here 8g = ±1).
We show that q E k*. For this we substitute relations (*) in the equality
2 _ ( 2 )92 '°91
X9192 - X91 X92 '
If g1 E Go, g2 (j Go, we obtain (since g1g2 (j Go)
b9192 w9192+1yq89192 = (b 91 w91 -1)92b92 w92+1yq892,
whence 8 9192 = 8 92 , i.e., 8 9 , g (j Go, has constant sign. By choosing a suitable q,

we may assume that 89 = 1.
If g1 (j Go, g2 E Go, we have
b9192 w9192+1yq = (b 91 w91 +1yq)92 (b 92 w92-l)-1 ,
whence q9 2- 1 = b9192 b-9 1 2 1

91 b92 y -92 = b92 y -9 2 = 1 , i .e . , q9 = q for g E Go . Finally,
2
assuming g1 (j Go, g2 (j Go, we similarly have q9 = q for g (j Go.

Thus, q E k*, so aN(h) is a square ink*; the latter means that the element a
belongs to k* and is the norm of an element h 1 E K 1 = KFo. We sets= h 1 z. Then
x~ = az9+1 = hf.+l z9+1 = s9+1 for g (j G 0 , and x~ = z9-l = (zh 1)9:..._ 1 = sg-l for
g E Go. Thus, x~ = sY-eg for every g E G. It is clear that the element s is defined
up to a factor from k*.
Now we construct the required extension of the field K. Indeed, we set L =
K (B), where (} 4 = s E K*, and we define the action of automorphisms from G
on the primitive element (} by the formula (}Y = ()"gx 9. In addition, sY = (0 4)9 =
0 4 '°gx~ = s'°gx~, so that the elements g act on the field K in a proper way (like
<p(g) E F), and
i.e., these automorphisms form a group isomorphic to G. Moreover, et = Bxt =Bi.

Thus, the field (or the Galois algebra) Lis a solution of our embedding problem.
2°. Now let the kernel N of the embedding problem (K/k,G,<p,N) be a cyclic
group of order n = pm, where m 2'.: 1, p =/= 2 a prime. The characteristic of k
is different from p. We prove that in this situation compatibility is also sufficient
for the solvability of the embedding problem. To this end we lift the problem by
adjoining externally the nth roots of unity; we find the associated Brauer problem
for the lifted problem and show that, using a special solution of this problem, we
can obtain the solution of the original problem.
Consider the algebra B = K[x]/(<Pn(x)), where <Pn is the cyclotomic polyno-
mial, <Pn(x) = xPm-l(p-l) + · · · + xPm-l + 1. Denote by ( the image of x under
passage to the quotient algebra. It is clear that c;n = 1. The algebra B is a Galois
algebra over K of dimension q = <p(n) = pm- 1 (p - 1) with automorphism group
T = {T }, where c;r = c;r, r is a primitive residue modulo pm, Tq = 1. Moreover, one
may regard the algebra B as a Galois algebra over k by letting aT =a for a EK,
r
C = c;r and = f for f = <p(g) E F = Gal(K/k), so that the group Gal(B/k) is
the direct product F' x T of the groups F and T.
One may assume, without loss of generality, that rq = 1 + pmy for (y,p) = 1.
Indeed, for m = 1 one can achieve this by adding to r a suitable multiple of p, while
form 2'.: 2 this is always valid. Indeed, let rP-l = l+py0 . Then rPk(p-l) = l+pk+ly0
(mod pk+ 2 ), and if y 0 = 0 (mod p), then rPm- 2 (p - 1) = 1 (mod pm), i.e., r is not
a primitive residue for n = pm. Therefore, for a primitive residue r we have y0 "¥. O
§4. THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM WITH CYCLIC KERNEL 43
(y,p) = 1.
The algebra K[N) = K[t], tn = 1, has a natural homomorphism (} onto the
algebra B, namely, O(a) =a for a EK and O(t) = (. An automorphism of the group
N, namely, tf = g- 1tg = tvU), v(f) E Z/nZ, corresponds to each f = cp(g) E F.
In the group F x T of automorphisms of B we find a subgroup F whose elements f
f
act on t and ( in a "consistent" way, namely, we put = (!, () ---+ (v(f). It is clear
that Fis isomorphic to F, and F x T = F x T. We denote by A the subalgebra
of F-invariant elements of the algebra B. The algebra A is a Galois algebra over k
with group isomorphic to T.
Let the .compatibility condition for the initial problem hold, and let l(g) E
K[N] be a compatibility system: l(g 1)Y2l(g2) = l(g 1g2) and l(t) = r 1 . We note
that the action of the automorphism g E Gin the algebra K[N] depends only on
f = cp(g) E F. We set O(l(g)) = >.(g) E B. Then, by the consistency of the action
of automorphisms f on ( E Band on t E N, we have >.(g1)h >.(92) = >.(g1g2), where
h = cp(g2), and >.(t) = (- 1.. We set µ(g) = >.(gy-r. Then µ(g1)f2µ(g2) = µ(g1g2)
and µ(t) = 1. Therefore, µ(g) depends only on f = cp(g) or, what is the same, on
f, and redenoting µ(g) by µ(f), we have µ(fi.)l2µ(Ji) = µ(fi.h) for fi, h E F. By
Speiser's theorem for Galois algebras, we have µ(f) = bf- 1 for some b E B. Now
'( q-1+ 7 q-2 7 + + 7 q-1)
we put M = bY 7 ··· assuming that rq = 1 + ypm, (y,p) = 1, and
yy' = 1 (mod pm).
We adjoin the element 'Y = \!M to the algebra B, i.e., consider the algebra C =
B[z]/(zn-M), so that 'Y is the image of z under the passage to the quotient algebra.
We show that the algebra C is a Galois algebra over k with group isomorphic to
the direct product G x T.
We have
Mj = M. Mf-1 = Mµ(g)Y'(rq-l+rq-2r+··+Tq-l) = M)..(g)Y'(rq-Tq) = MA(g)Pm'
where A(g) = >.(g)Y'Y, and g is an inverse image off E F in G. Therefore, the

mapping S(g): 'Y - t 'YA(g), u---+ uf for u EB ~nd f = cp(g) is an automorphism
of the algebra C extending the automorphism f of the algebra B. It is clear that
A(g 1 )Y2 x A(g2 ) = A(g 1g2 ) and A(t) = (- 1 . Therefore, the automorphisms S(g)
form a group isomorphic to G. The subalgebra of invariant elements for the group
S(t) is obviously the algebra B, and the subalgebra of invariant elements for the
whole group S(g)_:_ g E G, coincides with the subalgebra A of invariant elements of
B for the group F.
Further, M 7 = MrMT-r = Mrb-y'(rq-Tq) = MrA~, where Ar = b-y'y.
Therefore, the mapping S7 : 'Y - t 'Yr An u - t u 7 , for u E B is an automorphism of
the algebra C extending the automorphism T of the algebra B. The automorphisms
S(g) and S7 commute on the algebra B. For the element 'Y, we also have
S(g)Sr'Y = S(g)'Yrb-y'y ='Yr A(gyb-fy'y = 'Yr)..(g)y'yrb-Y Yµ(g)-y'y
1
= 'YrA(g)Y'YTb-y'y = S 'YA(g) = SrS(g)'Y.

7
Therefore, the group generated by the automorphisms S(g) and S7 is isomorphic

to the direct product of G and T. The subalgebra L of the algebra C, belonging to
the subgroup generated by Sn has group over the field k isomorphic to G. The field
K is the algebra of invariant elements of the algebra C for the group generated by
S-r and S(t). The elements of S(g) act on the elements of K by the rule f = cp(g),
so that the algebra L is a solution of the initial embedding problem.
§5. The first Kochendorffer theorem

Let the problem (K/k, G, cp, N) with Abelian kernel N be given. The group N
can be decomposed into a direct product of Abelian p-groups: N = Ni ... Nk. It
is clear that all direct factors are invariant subgroups of the group G, so that the
problem (K/k, G, cp, N) itself is a product of the problems with kernels Ni, ... , Nk
in the sense of §12, Chapter 1, and for the solvability of the initial problem it
is necessary and sufficient that the problems with kernels Ni, ... , Nk be solvable.
Thus, the following theorem is valid.
THEOREM 3.5. The solvability of the embedding problem with Abelian kernel is
equivalent to the solvability of the problems with kernels that are p-groups, namely,
the direct factors of the kernel of the initial problem.
In particular, for the embedding problem with cyclic kernel of odd order, the
compatibility condition is sufficient for the solvability of the embedding problem.
Indeed, a cyclic group of odd order is a direct product of groups of order pm for odd
and distinct primes p, and for a cyclic group of order pm with p =/:- 2 compatibility
is sufficient for the solvability of the embedding problem.
§6. Free normal extensions of normal fields

Let K be a normal extension of the field k with Galois group F of order n, and
let L be a normal extension (or a Galois algebra) of the field K with group r (not
necessarily Abelian).
Construct a Galois algebra A over the field k such that L is contained in A
as a subalgebra and A is generated by L and all the conjugates to L in A. To
this end we consider the algebras L f, f E F, conjugate to L; in other words, these
algebras differ from L in that in the multiplication table of a basis of L over K all
coefficients are replaced by the conjugates by f E F. To a basis of L over K we
associate one of the bases of L f over K with the conjugate multiplication table; we
get an isomorphism of L onto L1 over k, that extends the automorphism f of K
over k. We denote this isomorphism by [ We assume that for each h E F, j maps
Lh onto Lhf isomorphically by the rule: f is equal to h,-ihf on Lh· Clearly, all L1
are normal over Kand their groups are isomorphic tor.
Indeed, if 'YE r, then the mapping j-i'Yf is an automorphism of the algebra
L1 over K, and all automorphisms of L1 over K can be obtained in this way.
The tensor product A over K of all L f, f E F, is a Galois algebra over K
with group isomorphic to the direct product of n groups isomorphic to r. It is
natural to regard this direct product as a group of functions 'ljJ defined on F with
values in r, and we suppose that the function 'ljJ acts on the element z E L f as
follows: z"1 = zf- 1 ..PCJ)f. The set of automorphisms f c~n be naturally extended,
in turn, to the algebra A as a group of automorphisms F isomorphic to the group
F and representing it as a group of K over k. We clarify the rule of permutation of
the automorphisms f and automorphisms 'ljJ by setting 'lj;f (h) = 1/J(hf-i ), h E F.
§6. FREE NORMAL EXTENSIONS OF NORMAL FIELDS 45
Let z E Lh· Then zf and z.Pl belong to Lht· We have z.Pl = i•- 1 1/J(h)hf =
-11 - -,
zh- 1/J (hf)ht = zN . Thus, for all z E Lt and hence on the whole algebra A we
f f
have 'ljJ = 'l/Jl. Therefore, the products {f 'ljJ} form a group H isomorphic to the
wreath product of the group r by the regular representation of the group r by
permutations. Such a wreath product is a group of pairs (!, 'l/J), where f E F and
the 'ljJ are functions on F with values in r, with the multiplication (!1, 1/J1)(!2, 1/J2) =
(f1fz, 1/J{2 1/J2), where 'ljJt (!1) = 1/J(fif- 1). The order of H is equal to nmn, where
n and m are the orders of F and r, respectively. The dimension of A over k is also
equal to nmn, and the elements of A fixed under the action of automorphisms 'ljJ
and f, form the field k. Therefore, A is a Galois algebra over k and is generated
by the subalgebra L and by all conjugates to L in A.
In the case where the fields Lt are separated, i.e., none of them has common
subfield with the compositum of the others, the tensor product considered above is
a field, namely, the compositum of all the fields Lt.
If K is an algebraic number field, r is an Abelian group and the field K contains
roots of unity of degree equal to the exponent of the group r (one can attain this
by lifting and subsequent descent), then it is not hard to achieve the separation
of the fields Lt. The Abelian extension L of the field K is a Kummer extension,
L = K( n~, no/(l2, ... , n.~fcik"), where ni, ... , nk are orders of the cyclic direct
factors of the group r. If we assume that the ai are divisible by distinct prime
noncritical ideals l.lJi of the first order, the ai are not divisible by l.lJ{ conjugate to
l.lJi, f =f. 1, and the ai, j =f. i, are not divisible by l.lJ{, f E F, then it is easily seen
that the fields Lt are separated.
The wreath product is a semidirect product of the group of functions 'ljJ and
a group isomorphic to F. In the case where r is an Abelian group, the wreath
product has the following interesting universality property.
THEOREM 3.6. Any semidirect extension of an Abelian group r by F is a
homomorphic image of the wreath product of r by F.
PROOF. Let G = F · r, ,.yf = f- 1'Yf
Er for 'YE r, f E F. We denote by H
the wreath product of r by F. Consider the following mapping of H into G:
u,'l/J) -t f II ('ljJ(h))h.
hEF
It is clear that this mapping is surjective. We prove that this is a homomorphism.
In the group H we have
For the images in G we have
1i II 1/J1(h)h · 1z II 1/J2(h)h = fi!2 II 'l/J1(h)hh II 1/J2(h)h.

hEF hEF hEF hEF
We set hfz = h'. Then 'l/J1(h)hh = (1jJ1(h'f2 1))h' = ('l/J{ 2 (h 1 ))h', so that
1i II 1/J1(h)h. 1z II 1/J2(h)h = fi!2 II ('l/J{ (h'))h' II 1/J2(h)h

2
hEF hEF h'EF hEF

= fi!2 II ((1/J{ 1/J2)(h))h. 2
hEF
Thus, the map indicated is really a homomorphism of H onto G. D
It follows from the above that for the semidirect embedding problem with
Abelian kernel for algebraic number fields, there exist solutions that are fields.
§7. The generalized wreath product

We consider a group-theoretic construction generalizing the wreath product of
groups in exactly the same way as the direct product with amalgamated quotient
group generalizes the direct product.
Let 1 --+ N --+ G0 ~ F0 --+ 1 be an exact sequence of finite groups and let F
be a finite group containing Fo. We do not assume that N is an Abelian group. We
decompose F into the cosets p with respect to Fo, F = Up = UFop with a system
of representatives p. Let G be the set of pairs (!, 'l/JJ ), where f E F and the 'lfJJ are
functions defined on the cosets p with values in the group Go. We assume that the
values of 'l/JJ satisfy the condition cpo'l/JJ(P) = pf- 1fp- 1. Set 'l/Jf1 (p) = 'lfJJ(Pf1 1).
On G, define multiplication by the rule
U1,'l/JJi)(f2,'l/J12)) = U1h,'l/Jk'l/J12).
In order to prove that multiplication is well defined, we must verify that the
function 'l/Jf:'l/J12 satisfies the same condition as 'lfJJifr We have
---l--
cpo('l/Jk'l/J12)(p) = cpo('lfJJi (Pf2- 1)'1/J12(P)) = Pf2- 1f1 1fipf2 1 Pf2 1hP- 1
= Pf2 1f1 1fihP- 1 = cpo('lfJJi12(P)).
The associativity of multiplication is obvious. The pair (1, 1/J10) is the unit
element, where 1/J10(p) = 1 for all p; u-1,1/J1-1) is the inverse to (f,'l/JJ) with
1/J1-1(p) = (1/Jf (pf))-l.
Clearly, the mapping <p that takes (!, 'l/J) E G to f E F is a homomorphism.
The kernel N of <pis the set of pairs (1, 1/J1) for which cpo'l/J1 (p) = p · lp- 1 = 1, that
is, 1/J1(p) E N. The order of N is equal to (N: l)(F:Fo), whence the order of G
equals JFI · INI = JFI · INl(F:Fo).
Now we establish a relationship between the construction obtained and the
embedding problem.
THEOREM 3. 7. Let K/k be a Galois extension with group F; let Fo be a sub-
group of F and let Ko be the fixed field for Fo. Then the embedding problems
(K/ Ko, Go, cpo, N) and (K/k, G, <p, N) are equivalent, where 1 --+ N --+ Go --+
F0 --+ 1 is an exact sequence, the groups G, N and the homomorphism <p are as
above.
PROOF. Let Lo be a Galois algebra that yields a solution of the problem
(K/ Ko, Go, cpo, N). We construct the algebra L generated by Lo and its conjugates
over k. To this end, we consider the tensor product Mover k of (K: Ko)= (F: Fo)
copies of Lo, putting in correspondence the factors of M to the cosets p in the
decomposition of F with respect to Fo. Suppose that the first factor corresponds
to the class Po = Fo with representative p0 = 1. Let I be the ideal in M generated
by the elements 1 @ · · · @ x @ · · · @ 1 - xP @ 1 @ · · · @ 1, where x is an element
of K and it occurs in the first summand at the position corresponding to p. The
§7. THE GENERALIZED WREATH PRODUCT 47
quotient algebra L = M/I is a "twisted" tensor product of the algebras Lo over K,

i.e., the following relations hold in L:
--1
xa ® ap 2 ® · · · ® ap ® ... = ai ® xP 2 ap 2 ® · · · ® ap ® ...
--1
= ai ® ap 2 ® · · · ® xP ap ® ....
Here, a 1 , ap 2 , ••• , ap E L, x E K. It is clear that the dimension of L over K is equal

to INl(F:Fo) = INI, and the dimension of Lover k equals IOI. D
In the algebra M we define automorphisms from the group G by setting

(1®1 ® .. ·®a® .. ·® 1)U,7J>1) = 1 ® ... ® a"11(pf) ® ... ® 1.
Here a E L, and on the left-hand side a is located at the position of p, while on the
right-hand side a is at the position of pf. We show that the automorphisms defined
in this way form a group isomorphic to 0. It suffices to prove that to the product
of automorphisms there corresponds the product of the corresponding elements of
0. Thus,
((1®1 ®···®a®· .. ® l)(f,"11))(9,7/>g)
= (1 ® · · · ® a"11(Pf) ® · · · ® 1)<9,7/>g) = (1 ® · · · ® a"11(pf)7/>g(pf9) ® · · · ® 1)
= 1 ® · · · ® a"1J(pf9).Pg(pf 9) ® · · · ® 1 = (1 ®···®a®···® l)U,7/>1 )( 9.7/>g).
Here, in the first and the fifth expression a E Lo is at the position of p, in the
second a is at the position of pf, and in the third and the fourth a is at the position
of pfg.
Now we prove that the automorphisms (f, 'l/JJ) take the ideal I into itself. To
this end, it suffices to check that the generators 1 ® · · · ® x ® · · · ® 1 - xP ® 1 ® · · · ® 1
go to elements from I under the action of (f, 'l/JJ ). We have
(l®···®x®···®l)U."11) = l®· .. @x"11(Pf)® .. ·®l
= 1 ® · · · ® x'Po"11(pf) ® · · · ® 1
= x"Pf ® 1 ® · · · ® 1 (mod I),
- - --1 --1
since <po'l/JJ(pf) = pff- 1 fpf =pf pf (here x EK; in the first expression xis
at the position of p, in the second and the third x is at the position of pf).
In particular, (x ® 1 ® · · · ® l)U,7/>1) = xf ® 1®···®1 and
(xP®l®···®l)U,7/>1) :=xPf ®1® .. ·®1 = (l®·"®x®···®l)U,7/>1).

Thus, the ideal I goes into itself under the action of the automorphisms from
0. Therefore, we can regard 0 as the automorphism group of L = M /I. It is
natural to identify x EK with (x ® 1®···®1). We see that xU,"11) = xf in L.
Let { ut I t E N} be a normal basis for Lo over K. Then (u ® u ® · · · ® u)
generates a normal basis for Lover K, since (u®u® · · · ®u)(l,7/> 1 ) = u"1 1 (Po) ® · ·. ®
u"1 1 (po) ® · · · = ut 1 ® · · · ® utm, where t 1 , ... , tm range independently over the group
N because they are equal to values of 'ljJ 1 . Consequently, L is a Galois algebra over
K with group N. The field K is the fixed field for N, and k is the fixed field for 0.
By Theorem 1.4, Lis a Galois algebra over k with group 0 because (L: k) = IOI.
Conversely, let L be a solution of the problem (K/k, G,Cp, N). Denote by Go

the full preimage of the subgroup F0 of F in the group G. Then the problem
(K/ K 0 , G0 Jp, N) is an associated problem of the second kind for (K/k, G,Cp, N),
and we can regard L as a solution of this problem.
We define a mappingµ from Go to Go by settingµ(!, 1/J1) = 1/J1(Po) for(!, 1/J1) E
Go (hence I E F). Then for I, g E Fo we have
µ((!, 1/J1 )(g, 'I/Jg))= µ(Jg, 1/Jj'l/Jg) = 1/Jj(po)'l/Jg(Po)

= 1/J1(pog- 1)1/Jg(Po) = 1/Jo(Po)'l/Jg(Po),
so thatµ is a homomorphism. Clearly, it is surjective, i.e., µ(N) = N and i.p 0 µ =

<p. Therefore, (K/ K 0 , G0 , i.p 0 , N) is an associated problem of the first kind for
(K/ Ko, Go, <p, N) and, thus, it is solvable.
REMARK. Theorem 3. 7 proved above can be established by literally repeat-
ing the proof in the case where K is a Galois algebra over k only if the subalge-
bra of F 0 -invariant elements of the algebra K is a field. One can also prove the
equivalence of the compatibility conditions for the problems (K/k, G, <p, N) and
(K/Ko, Go,<po,N).
The group G admits a simpler description if the problem (K/ K 0 , G 0 , <po, N) is
an associated problem of the second kind for some problem (K/k, G, <p, N), where
cp(G) = F = Gal(K/k), G0 is a subgroup of G, <po is the restriction of <p to G0 , F0 =
cp0 (G 0 ). In this situation, the full <p-preimages of the cosets of F relative to F0 are
cosets in the decomposition of G relative to G0 and, as their representatives, one can
take any <p-preimages of the representatives p of the cosets p in the decomposition of
F with respect to Fo. In order not to overload the notation, we keep the notation
p and p for the cosets of G with respect to G0 and their representatives that
correspond to the cosets p and their representatives (in the previous notation).
We associate the functions wf on the cosets p with values in the group G
with the functions 'ljJ f on the cosets p with values in Go by the formulas wf (p) =
---1
pl-1 1/Ji(p)p. Then
---1 ---1----1
<p(w1(P)) = Pl- 1 <po(1/J1(P))p = Pl- 1 Pl- 1 IP P = f.
We put
Then
wj(p)w9(p) = pg-11-1 11/J1(pg-1)pg-1 pg-1-11/Jg(p)p

= pg-:11-1 11/Jj(p)'l/Jg(p)p.
By the last formula, the group of pairs (!, Wf) with multiplication law(!, Wf )(g, w9 )
= (Jg, wjw9 ) is isomorphic to the group of pairs (!, 1/J1 ), i.e., to the group G.
Although in the pairs (!, wf) the values of functions belong to the group G that is
larger than Go, the restrictions on the values of the functions Wf, namely, cp(w1) =
I, are of simpler form than the restrictions on the values of 1/J1.
§8. THE SECOND KOCHENDORFFER THEOREM 49
§8. The second Kochendorffer theorem

THEOREM 3.8. Let (K/k,G,cp,N) be an embedding problem and let (K/K0 ,
Go, <po, N) be a problem associated with it, where G0 is a subgroup of G, cp 0 is the
restriction ofcp to Go, F = cp(G) = Gal(K/k), Fo = cpo(Go) = Gal(K/Ko). Let N
be an Abelian group whose order n is relatively prime to the index m = (F: F0 ) =
(G: Go). Then these two problems are equivalent.
PROOF. It suffices to prove that the solvability of the associated problem im-
plies the solvability of the original problem. For the problem (K/ Ko, Go, cp 0 , N) we
construct an equivalent "large" problem (K/k, G, ~. N) by the method described
a
in the preceding section. We regard the group as a group of pairs (!, Wf ), where
the Wf are functions on the cosets p with values in G, and cp(wJ(P)) = f. For
every function Wf we define an "averaging" operation as follows. We assume that
WJ(P) = g>..J(p), where g E G and cp(g) = f. Then the values of AJ(cp) belong to
N. We put
µ(wJ) = g ( II AJ(P) ) l/m = g ( rrg- w1(P) )l/m

1
p p
Raising to the power 1/m in N is well defined and unique since m and n are
relatively prime. The result of averaging does not depend on the choice of g out of
the cp-preimages off. Indeed, if cp(g) = cp(g') = f, then g' =gt fort EN, and the
average over g' is equal to
gt(II cl>..J(P)) l/m = gt(cm)lfm(II AJ(P)) l/m = g(II AJ(P)) l/m,

p p p
which coincides with averaging over g. It is clear that for all admissible functions
a
Wf, their averagings fill up the full cp-preimage off. We define a mapping of to G
by assigning µ(wJ) to a pair(!, Wf ). This mapping is clearly surjective. To establish
that it is a homomorphism, we n:eed to prove that µ(wkw12) = µ(w1i)µ(w12)· We
have
Thus, this is a homomorphism of G onto G, and N is the image of N. Therefore,

(K/k,G,cp,N) is an associated problem of the first kind for the "large" solvable
problem (K/k, G, ~. N); hence, it is also solvable.
The assumptions of the theorem hold if N is an Abelian p-group and Go is a Sy-
low p-subgroup of G. This special case of the theorem is the second Kochendi:irffer
theorem which in combination with the first theorem reduces the embedding prob-
lem with Abelian kernel to the embedding problem for p-groups. D
§9. The Artin-Schreier theorem

This section and the next one are devoted to the embedding problem in the
case where the order of the kernel is a power of the characteristic of the fields to
be embedded. Here the kernel is not assumed to be Abelian.
THEOREM 3.9 (Artin-Schreier). Let L/ K be a cyclic extension of degree p, and

let the characteristic of K also be equal top. Then in the extension there exists
e
a primitive element which satisfies the equation OP - e-
c = 0, where c E K.
Conversely, if 0 is a root of such an equation, then K (0) is a Galois algebra over K
with cyclic group of order p. Moreover, K(O) is a field if and only if the equation
tP - t - c = 0 has no solutions in K.
PROOF. Let 'f/ generate a normal basis for L / K. The element Tr 'f/ = 'f/ +
'f/a + ... + 'f/ap-l, where a is a generator of Gal(L/ K), is contained in K and is
different from zero by the linear independence. Therefore, we can assume Tr 'f/ = -1.
Consider the element 0 = 'f/ + 2'f/a + · .. + (p - 1)r/ap- 2 • Then ea = 'f/a + 2'f/a 2 + ... +
(p-l)'f/ap-l and ea-e = -'fJ-'fla_, · ·-'f/ap- 2 +(p-l)'f/ap-l = 1, therefore ea= O+l.
Since e rt K, we have L = K(O). It is clear that (OP-O)a = (O+l)P-(0+1) = OP-0,
e
whence OP - = c E K.
Now let 0 be a root of the equation tP - t - c = 0, c EK. Then 0 + 1, 0 + 2,
... , 0 + (p - 1) are also roots of this equation, and K(O) is a normal extension of
the field K (or a Galois algebra over K) with cyclic Galois group. Since p is prime,
this extension either splits completely (if 0 EK) or is a field (if 0 rt K). D
§10. Witt's theorem

Let k be a field of characteristic p > 0, K/k a Galois extension with group F,
and 1 --+ N --+ G ~ F --+ 1 an exact sequence of groups, where N is a p-group.
THEOREM 3.10 (Witt). The embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, N) is always solv-
able.
PROOF. We proceed by induction on the order of the group N. First let G be

a p-group, and let the kernel be an Abelian group A of order p with generator a.
To the group G there corresponds a cohomology class h E H 2 (F, A). Leth be
a representative of the class h in the group of cocycles Z 2 (F, A). For an arbitrary
triple of elements Ji, h, f3 E F, we have h(f1, h)h(f1h, f3) = h(f1, hf3)h(h, f3).
Let t(f1, h) be a function defined on the elements of F with values in the
residue field modulo pas follows: atU1 ,h) = h(f1, f2).
We note that we can choose the generator v of a normal basis for the extension
K/k in such a way that l:fEF vf = 1.
Let {l} fEF be a set of representatives of the cosets of G with respect to A;
then each element g E G is of the form g = jai. For g = Jai, we set x(g) =
§il. EMBEDDING CONDITIONS si
EeEFt(f,e)ve- 1 +i. For 9i = fiai and 92 = ] 2ai, we have

x(9i)'PC 92 l + x(92) = L t(fi, e)ve- 1 h + i + L t(/2, e)ve- 1 + j
eEF eEF
= L(t(fi, he)+ t(f2, e))ve~ 1 + i + j

eEF
= L(t(fi, h) + t(fi/2, e))ve- 1 + i + j

eEF
= t(fi, h) + i + j + L t(fih e)ve- 1

eEF
= x(fihh(fih)ai+i) = x(9i92).
Now we set y(9) = xP(9) - x(9). Then, y{gi92) = y(9i)cp(9 2 ) + y(92) and
y(a9) = y(9). Therefore, the cocycle y(9) E zi(G, K+) can be obtained by the
lifting a cocycle Yi E zi(F, K+). Then there exists an element E K such that c
Yi(!) = cf - c.
Now let (} be a root of the equation tP - t - c = 0, and let L be the algebra
obtained by adjoining the element(} to the field K. We define the automorphisms
9 E G on L by setting (}9 = (} + x(9). Then (()9 1 )9 2 = (0 + x(9i))9 2 = (} + x(92) +
x(9i)cp(9 2 ) = (} + x(9i92) = (}9 1 92 , c9 =((JP - ())9 = c'P(9) and (}a=(}+ 1. Thus, Lis
a solution of the embedding problem.
Now we proceed to the general case. If the kernel N contains a proper subgroup
Ni invariant in G, then, passing to the associated problem obtained by factoriza-
tion of the kernel by the subgroup Ni, we find, using the induction assumption, a
solution Li. Then the embedding problem (Li/k, G, <pi, Ni) is again solvable by
inductive assumption, and its solution is a solution of the original problem (here <pi
is a natural mapping of G onto G/Ni). Therefore, we may assume that the embed-
ding problem is Abelian because in a non-Abelian kernel its commutator subgroup
is a proper characteristic subgroup. By the second Kochendorffer theorem, we may
assume that G is a p-group. Then, in the kernel A there exists a subgroup Ai
of index p, invariant in G. The passage to the corresponding associated problem
yields the case we have considered at the beginning of the proof. To complete the
proof of the theorem, it remains to use again the induction assumption. D
§11. Embedding conditions

Let (K/k, G, <p, A) be an embedding problem with Abelian kernel related to
the exact sequence of groups 1 -+ A -+ G ~ F = Gal(K/k) -+ 1. If p > 0 is
the characteristic of the field k and the order of A is a multiple of p, then we can
represent A as a direct product of a p-group Ai and a group A2 whose order is
relatively prime to p. By the first Kochendorffer theorem, the solvability of the
embedding problem is equivalent to the solvability of the two associated problems
obtained by factorization of G by the subgroups Ai and A2, respectively. By Witt's
theorem, the associated problem (K/k, G/A 2, <p2, Ai) related to the exact sequence
1 -+ Ai -+ G / A 2 -+ F -+ 1 is always solvable. Therefore, it suffices to consider the
embedding problems of fields whose characteristic either is equal to zero, or does
not divide the order of the kernel. In the sequel we shall consider precisely these
problems.
Let n be the period of the kernel A. We assume that the field K contains all the
nth roots of unity, since otherwise, adjoining them to the field K, we may pass to
the equivalent embedding problem that is obtained by the lifting of an intermediate
field. Then the character group A = Hom( A, K*) that is naturally a G-module,
namely, x9(a) = x(ag-l )'f'(g), is well defined. Henceforth, we shall consider modules
in multiplicative notation. We denote the unit character by Xo·
PROPOSITION 3.11.1. The embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, A) is solvable if and
only if there exists an extension of G-modules 1 -+ K* -+ M ..±2.+ A-+ 1 such that
for m E M and a E A the following relation holds:
(1)
PROOF. Let the embedding problem be solvable, and let L be a solution. We

decompose the space L (over K) into a direct sum of one-dimensional subspaces
("Lagrange resolvents") Mx, x E A. Namely, we introduce K-linear operators 1l'x
!
by setting for z EL, 11'x(z) = 1 1l:aeAzax(a- 1), XE A, and Mx = Im1l'x CL.
It is easy to check that 1l'x 1 ·1l'x 2 = 0 for X1 'I- x2; 11'x · 11'x = 11'xi l:xeA:1l'x is the
identity operator on L. The spaces Mx are nonzero because 11'(w) 'I- 0, where w
is a generator of a normal basis for L/K, each Mx is elementwise invariant with
respect to 11'x and is annihilated by the operator 1l'x' for x' 'I- X· Therefore, Lis the
direct sum of the subspaces Mx, and all these spaces are one-dimensional because
the number of them is equal to (L: K). Note that Mxo = K.
The elements of Mx are multiplied by x(a) under the action of the automor-
phism a E A, and they are characterized by this property. Indeed,
Conversely, if ya= yx(a), then
11'x(Y) 1 ""'
= TAT 1
L..J y b x(b -1 ) = IAI ""'
L..J yx(b)x(b -1 ) = y.
bEA b
We show that if y E Mx, then y9 E Mxg for g E G. Indeed,
Finally, if Y1 E Mx 1 and Y2 E Mx 2 , then Y1Y2 E Mx 1 x2 • Indeed,
By the last property, on the union LJ Mx with zero excluded multiplication

is well defined, and it is associative, commutative, and 1 E Mxo. We show that,
for each y E Mx, y 'I- 0, an inverse element exists. Indeed, if Xm = xo, then
z = ym E Mxo = K and z 'I- 0 because the algebra L does not contain the radical.
§11. EMBEDDING CONDITIONS 53
Therefore, ym-l z- 1 = y- 1 E Mx-1. Thus, LJ Mx (with zero excluded) is an Abelian

group. Therefore, we have the following exact sequence:
1 --t K* = Mxo \ {O} --t LJ(Mx \ {O}) --t A --t 1.

x
By the properties proved above, this sequence is a sequence of G-modules.
Therefore, M = Ux(Mx \ {O}) is the required extension.
Conversely, let the following extension of G-modules be given:
1/J1 ~
1 --t K* --t M --+ A --t 1,
and let ma = m · ('¢11(m)(a)) for any m E Mand a E A. We put M; = '¢'1 1(x),
x E A. Any two elements in M;
differ by a factor from K*. This enables us to
introduce addition on M; with zero adjoined and make Mx = M; U {O} a one-
dimensional space over K. Extending by linearity multiplication in M = LJ M; to
the direct sum of the spaces Mx, we obtain the algebra L that is a solution of the
embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, A). The proposition is proved. D
Now let Z[A] be a multiplicatively written free Abelian group with generators
Cx that are put in one-to-one correspondence with the characters x E A. We make
Z[A] a G-module by setting
(II c~x) g =II c~~ (kx E Z).

x x
Let '¢12 be the natural homomorphism Z[A] --t A defined by the formula ,,P2(cx) = X·
PROPOSITION 3.1L2. For the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, A), the compat-
ibility condition is fulfilled if and only if there exists an extension of G-modules
- 1/J3 ~ -
1 --t K* --t P--+ Z[A] --t 1 such that, for any y E P, a EA, the following relation
holds:
(2)
PROOF. Let the compatibility condition hold, and let P be the compatibility
module. We apply to P the operators of the "Lagrange resolvents" 1rx, putting
1
1rx(z) = 1 1 I:aEA zax(a- 1 ). As in the proof of Proposition 3.11.1, we may see that
Pis a direct sum of one-dimensional (over K) subspaces Px, where Px = lm7rx,
and that (Px)g = Pxs· However, we cannot directly define multiplication law in
LJ Px. We do it formally. Namely, in each Px we choose a representative Xx "I 0
and consider the group of monomials z Ilx x~x with integer exponents kx (assuming
x~ = 1) and with coefficients z E K*. This group Pis a G-module.
The mapping '¢13: P --t Z[A] defined by the formula 'lf13(z Ilx x~x) = Ilx c~x is
a module homomorphism with kernel K*. Moreover, for y = z Ilx x~x, we have
ya =(z II x~x) a =z II x~xxkx (a) =y II xkx (a) =y('lf12'lf13(y)(a)).

The extension 1 --t K* --t P ~ Z[A] --t 1 is a required extension.
Conversely, let such an extension exist. Let Px be the preimage of Cx with

zero adjoined. As in the proof of Proposition 3.11.1, one can make Px to a space
one-dimensional over K, and (Px)g = Pxg for g E G. It is easy to see that the
direct sum I:ES Px is the compatibility module for the embedding problem. The
proposition is proved.
We note that the module P is uniquely determined up to G-module isomor-
phism. Indeed, the compatibility module P is determined up to isomorphism, and
if one changes the set of representatives Xx from Px in the process of constructing
P, this implies only changing the coefficients from K* of monomials. D
PROPOSITION 3.11.3. If the compatibility condition is fulfilled and P is the

module constructed above, then the embedding problem is solvable if and only if
there exists the following commutative diagram of G-modules with exact rows:
1 -------+ K* -------+ P
1 -------+ K* -------+ M -------+ A -------+ 1
PROOF. If the embedding problem is solvable, then one can take its solution
as a Compatibility module and associate with each monomial Z nx x~X its value
in L. This gives the required mapping w of the module Ponto M, where M =
UxMx \ {O}.
Conversely, let the diagram (*) exist. Then w is surjective, and the image M of
the module P satisfies the. assumption of Proposition 3.11.1 because the monomial
z nx x~X is multiplied by Ilx x(a)kx under the action of the automorphism a EA,
and its image is multiplied by the same factor. The proposition is proved. D
Now we transform the embeddability condition, assuming that the compatibil-

ity condition is fulfilled, so that there exists an exact sequence
- 1/J3 ~
1 ---+ K* ---+ P -----+ Z(A] ---+ 1
corresponding to a certain element t E Exth(Z[A], K*). There is an exact sequence

°' ~ 1/J2 ~
of G-modules 1 ---+ V --+ Z(A] -----+ A ---+ 1; here, the kernel V consists of the
elements Ilx c~" for which Ilx Xk" = xo, the kernel V is a free Abelian group
generated by the elements CxCx-i.
This exact sequence induces the exact sequence
Exth(A, K*) _!L Exth(Z(A], K*) ~ Exth(V, K*),

so that to the embedding problem given above there corresponds (if compatibility
holds) the element u = o:*t.
It is easy to describe the image of the module P under the action of a:*. Namely,
this image is the extension
1 ---+ K* ---+ R ---+ V ---+ 1,
where R is the preimage of V in P. The module R is formed of the monomials
k - k
Z Ilx Xx" E P, for which Ilx X "=XO·
§12. THE SEMIDIRECT EMBEDDING PROBLEM WITH ABELIAN KERNEL 55
It is clear that the elements from R are invariant with respect to the automor-
phisms a E A because
(z II x~x) a = z II x~x . II xkx (a) = z II x~x.

x x x x
Therefore, R can be regarded as an F-module, just as K* and V. Thus, one can
assume that u E Ext} (V, K*).
If the embedding problem is solvable, then the element t is the image for 1/J2
by the existence of the diagram (*); so, u = a*t = 0. Conversely, if u = a*t =
0, then t = 1/J2v, where v E Ext~(A, K*), i.e., the diagram ( *) holds, and, by
Proposition 3.11.3, the embedding problem is solvable. Thus, we have proved the
following theorem.
THEOREM 3.11 (A. V. Yakovlev). Let the compatibility condition be fulfilled
for the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, A). Then there exists a certain element
u E Ext}(V, K*) such that the problem is solvable if and only if u = 0.
§12. The semidirect embedding problem with Abelian kernel

In §9 of Chapter 1, it was shown that the semidirect embedding problem is
always solvable. We give a description of the set of its solutions in the case of an
Abelian kernel. Let K / k be a Galois extension with group F, and let
1--tA--tG--tF--tl
be a semidirect extension with Abelian kernel A so that an embedding of the group
Fin G exists.
We assume that the field Kin the problem (K/k, G, <p, A) contains a primitive
root of unity of degree equal to the period of the kernel.
THEOREM 3.12 (A. V. Yakovlev). The solutions of the semidirect embedding
problem are in one-to-one correspondence with the elements of the group Ext}(A,
K*).
PROOF. Let L be a solution of the problem, then we may assume that the
G-module M corresponding to L by Proposition 3.11.l is also an F-module. Thus,
a certain element z E Ext}(A, K*) is given.
Conversely, let z E Ext}(A, K*) and let
1 --t K* --t M --t A --t 1
be the corresponding sequence of F-modules. We choose in M some preimages mx
of the elements x E A. We show that mx can be chosen in such a way that for all
x EA and f E F, the relations m{ = mxt hold. Let b be an orbit in A under the
action of F, we choose x E b and denote by Fx a subgroup of F acting trivially
on X· For f E Fx we have m{ = mxc(f,x), where c(f,x) EK*. If fi.h E Fx,
then c(f1 /2,x) = (c(f1,x))hc(h,x), i.e., the function c(f,x) with x chosen is a
one-dimensional cocycle of the group Fx in K*. Therefore, there exist elements zx
such that c(f, x) = z~- 1 for f E Fx and x chosen. We put mx = mxz~ 1 . Then for
f E Fx we have m{ = mx· For the other elements xf, f E F, of the orbit b, we put
mxt = m{. We do this for all orbits. Now we put m~ = mxx(a). We show that,
in doing so, we introduce the structure of a G-module on the module M. Indeed,

let gi = fiai, g2 = f2a2 (here Ji and f2 are the images of the elements of Funder
given embedding of Fin G). Then gig2 = fif2a{ 2 a2, m~192 = mx1i12xfih(a{2 a2),
and(m~1)92=m~192. o
§13. The second approach to the description of embedding conditions

In this section, we use "the look from above" at the embedding problem and, ap-
plying the techniques of Galois cohomology, we give another proofofTheorem 3.11.
1°. As a preliminary, we prove a group-theoretic theorem dual to Proposi-
tion 1.13.1 in a sense.
THEOREM 3.13.1. Let Ai, A2 be F-operator Abelian groups, let 1 -+Ai ~
Gi ~ F-+ 1 be an extension of Ai by F, and let 1/J: Ai -+ A2 be an F-operator
homomorphism. Then there exists a unique extension (up to equivalence of exten-
sions) of A2 by F such that the diagram
1 ------+ A2 ~ G2 ~ F ------+ 1
is commutative for some homomorphism 1.
One can obtain the canonical class of H 2(F, A2) with the help of the class from
H 2(F, Ai) by applying 'ljJ to the cocycles that constitute the class from H 2(F, Ai) .
PROOF. First we prove existence. Let {]}, f E F, I = 1, be a set of coset
representatives in the group Gi with respect to the subgroup Ai, and z(fi, h) =
---i- -
fih f if2 a cocycle corresponding to this set of representatives. Then u(fi, /2) =
'ljJ(z(fi, f2)) is also a cocycl~ for the group F with values in A 2. We associate to
the elements f the symbols], and, using these symbols and the elements of A 2 , we
form a group with the following multiplication law
= = === f
f i aif 2a2 = fif2u(fi, h)ai 1 a2.
Here ai, a 2 E A 2. It is easy to verify that this is actually a group, we denote it
by G 2 . The homomorphisms which make the diagram (**) commutative and the
second row exact may be given by the formulas a2(a2) = Ia2, a2 E A2; <p2(fa2) = f;
1(/ai) = f'ljJ(ai), ai E Ai.
Now we prove uniqueness. Let the diagram(**) be commutative, {f}, f E F,
- ---i- -
1=1, a set of representatives in Gi, and z(/i,/2) = fih fd 2 a cocycle corre-
sponding to the first row. Let f = 1(]), and let u(/i, /2) be a cocycle correspond-
===-i= = ---i- -
ing to this set ofrepresentatives. Then u(/i,/2) = fih fd2=1(/i/2 fd2) =
1z(fif2). The extension 1 -+ A2 -+ G2 -+ F-+ 1 is uniquely determined by that
cocycle.
It is easy to give a more explicit description of the group G2. Namely, we denote
by G3 the semidirect product of Gi and A2, i.e., the set of pairs (gi, a2), gi E Gi,
a2 E A2, with multiplication (gi, a2)(gi, a~) = (g1gi, a~{a~), where f{ = <p1(gD;
we denote by C the subgroup of G3 formed by the pairs (a1(ai), 1/J(a1 1)). It
§13. THE EMBEDDING CONDITIONS: THE SECOND APPROACH 57
is easy to check that C is a normal subgroup of G3. We put a2(a 2) (1, a2),
cp2(g1,a2) = cp1(g1), 1''(g1) = (g1,l). The group C is contained in the ker-
nel of the homomorphism 'P2· The group G 2 = G3 /C and the homomorphisms
a2(a) = (1,a)modC, cp2(g1a2) = cp1(g1), f'(gi) = (g1,l)modC satisfy the re-
quired demands. Indeed, the exactness of the second row and the commutativ-
ity of the right square are obvious. Further, ')'1(a1(a1)) = (a 1(a1), 1) mod C and
a2'1/J(a1) = (1, 7f;(a1)) mod C, but (a1(a1), 1) mod C = (l,'l/;(a1)) mod C, so the left
square is also commutative.
2°. Now we consider the embedding problem (K/k,G,cp,A). Let k be the
algebraic separable closure of the field k with profinite Galois group F. We denote
by h the cohomology class from H 2(F, A) corresponding to the extension 1 --t A --t
G --t F --t 1, where F = Gal(K/k). 0
THEOREM 3.13.2. The embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, A) is solvable if and

only if the lifting homomorphism A of the group H 2 (F, A) to the group H 2 (F, A)
maps h to the trivial class.
PROOF. The embedding problem is solvable if and only if there exists a splitting
field L for this problem. Let F 1 = Gal(L/k). The problem (L/k,Gi,cp 1 ,A) that is
obtained by the lifting of the original problem becomes semidirect. Therefore, the
class h E H 2(F, A) splits under the lifting of H 2(F, A) to H 2(F 1, A) . Conversely, if
the class becomes trivial under lifting to the group H 2(F, A), then, by the definition
of the latter group, it immediately follows that there exists a finite extension L of
the field k with Galois group Fi containing K such that the lifting of the class h to
the group H 2(F 1, A) is trivial. Thus, L is a splitting field for the original problem.O
3°. Now we transform the conditions of the solvability of the problem obtained
above. We keep the notation of §11. We can make the F-module Z[A] an F-module
by setting er= c~(f) for Cx E Z[A]; here, 7 E F, µis a natural homomorphism of
F onto F.
The exact sequence 1 --t V --t Z[A] --t A --t 1 implies, by the completeness of
the multiplicative group k* of the field k, the exact sequence
1 --t Hom( A, k*) --t Hom(Z[A], k*) --t Hom(V, k*) --t 1,
but Hom( A, k*) =A.

This exact sequence implies the exact cohomology sequence
H 1(F,Hom(Z[A],k*)) --t H 1 (F,Hom(V,k*))

~ H 2 (F, A) --t H 2 (F, Hom(Z[A], k*)).
We compute the cohomology groups for the module Hom(Z[AJ, k*). The F-module
Z[A] is obviously the direct sum of the F-modules Z(b), where the b are orbits
in A under the action of F, and, thus, Hom(Z[A], k*) is the direct sum of the
groups Hom(Z(b), k*). Let x Eb, and let F x be a subgroup of the group F acting
trivially on X· Further, the generators of the group Z(b) move under the action of
Fas the cosets of F with respect to Fx, so that Hom(Z(b), k*) is isomorphic to a
group of functions on the cosets of F with respect to F x with values in k*. Using
Lemma A.3.9, we obtain
Hi(F,Hom(Z[A],/C*)) ~ LEB Hi(Fx)i*).

b
The cohomology groups Hi(F x• li*) are obtained by lifting of Hi(Fx, K*),
where Fx is the subgroup of F = Gal(K/k) consisting of the elements fixing the
character X· Since H 1 (Fx, K*) = 0, we have H 1 (F xJi*) = 0.
In Chapter III, §3 we have shown that the compatibility condition in homology
terms is equivalent to the fact that the image of the canonical class h E H 2 (F, A)
in the group H 2 (Fx, K*) is equal to 0 for all characters X· Since the lifting of the
Brauer group H 2 (Fx, K*) to H 2 (F x• K*) is injective, the compatibility condition
is equivalent to the fact that the image of h is equal to 0 under the composition of
the mappings
H 2 (F, A) ~ H 2 (F, A) -+ H 2 (F, Hom(Z[A], IC*)) = LEB H 2 (F xJi*),
i.e., the element >.(h) is the image of some element z E H 1 (F,Hom(V,k*)) (we use
the exactness of the sequence (***)).
Now we apply the descent procedure to the group H 1 (F, Hom(V, k"*)). Let
Fo be the kernel of the natural homomorphism of F onto F. The group Fo acts
trivially on the elements of V, so the elements of Hom(V, k*) left fixed under the
action of Fo constitute the group Hom(V, K*).
Applying the Hochschild-Serre theorem on cohomology lifting, we obtain the
exact sequence
0-+ H 1 (F,Hom(V,K*)) ~ H 1 (F,Hom(V,k*)) ~ H 1 (Fo,Hom(V,k*)).
By the triviality of the action of Fo on V, the group Hom(V, k*) is a direct product
of several copies of k*, and H 1 ( Fo, Hom(V, k"*)) is trivial. Therefore, the lifting l is
an isomorphism of the groups H 1 ( F, Hom(V, K*)) and H 1 ( F, Hom(V, k"*)), so that
ol is an embedding of H 1 (F,Hom(V,K*)) in H 2 (F,A).
Thus, if the compatibility condition is fulfilled for the original problem, then
there exists an element z in the group H 1 (F,Hom(V,K*)) such that ol(z) = >.(h).
The embedding problem is solvable if and only if z = 0.
Now we show that the additional embedding condition in §11 coincides with
the newly-found one.
THEOREM 3.13.3. There exists a natural isomorphism between Ext}(V, K*)
and H 1 ( F, Hom(V, K*)).
PROOF. Let 1 -+ I -+ U -+ V -+ 1 be a representation of the module V
as a quotient module of a free F-module U; then the sequence induces the exact
sequences
Homp(U, K*) -+ Homp(f, K*) -+ Ext}(V, K*) -+ Ext}(U, K*) = 0,

Homp(U,K*)-+ Homp(f,K*)-+ H 1 (F,Hom(V,K*))-+ H 1 (F,Hom(U,K*)) = 0.,
Comparing these sequences, we complete the proof of the theorem. D

§13. THE EMBEDDING CONDITIONS: THE SECOND APPROACH 59
In Chapter 1, §15, we established a correspondence between the set of solutions

of the solvable embedding problem (K/k, G, A) and the set of cocycles H 1 (F, A),
where F = Gal(k/k) is the Galois group of an algebraic closure of k.
At the same time, for an Abelian kernel A and a semidirect extension this
set of solutions can be written as Ext1(A,K*), where F = Gal(K/k). These two
descriptions may not contradict each other.
THEOREM 3.13.4. There exists a natural isomorphism between H 1 (F,A) and
1 ~
Extp(A, K*).
PROOF. We preserve the previous notation. The exact sequence
1 ---+Hom( A, k*) ---+ Hom(Z[A], k*) ---+ Hom(V, k*) ---+ 1
induces the exact cohomology sequence
or
Homp(Z[A],K*)---+ Homp(V,K*)---+ H 1 (F,A)---+ 0.
On the other hand, we have the exact sequence
Homp(Z[A], K*) ---+ Homp(V, K*) ---+ Ext1(A, K*) ---+ 0,

induced by the triple 1 ---+ V ---+ Z(A] ---+ A ---+ 1. Comparing these sequences, the
theorem follows at once. D
4°. Now we show that the group H 1 (F,Hom(V,K*)) completely describes the
embedding problems satisfying the compatibility condition. We keep the previous
notation.
THEOREM 3.13:5. For any element z E H 1 (F,Hom(V,K*)), there exists an
embedding problem to which the element z corresponds, and the compatibility con-
dition is fulfilled.
PROOF. Consider the sequence (***)· We set h = o(z) E H 2 (F, A). Then
O(h) = 0, so that if there exists an embedding problem to which z corresponds,
then the compatibility condition is fulfilled for this problem.
Let {K,a}, K,a :::> K, be an inductive system of finite Galois extensions of the
field k with groups F,a, and let the inductive limit of K,a coincide with the separable
algebraic closure k of the field k. By definition, H 2 (F,A) = limH --t
2 (F,a,A), where
the inductive limit is taken with respect to the lifting homomorphisms. By the prop-
erty of the inductive limit, there exists a subscript f3o such that h = >.,a0 (h,a 0 ), where
h,a0 E H 2 (F,a 0 , A), and >.,a0 is the lifting homomorphism of the group H 2 (F,a 0 , A) to
H 2 (F, A). Let
1 ---+ A ---+ G,a0 'Pf3o F,a0 ---+ 1
be a group extension corresponding to h,a0 • Then the embedding problem (K,a0 /k,
G,a0 ,cp,a0 ,A) is the required one. Indeed, it suffices to establish the isomorphism
of the groups H 1 (F, Hom(V, K*)) and H 1 (F,a0 , Hom(V, K~0 )) with the help of the
Hochschild-Serre sequence and to use the arguments of the preceding section. D
§14. Embedding conditions for local and global fields

1°. Let (K/k, G, cp, A) be an embedding problem, and let the field K, as before,
contain all roots of unity of degree equal to the period of A. Let k be the separable
algebraic closure of k, and let F, F be the Galois groups over k of the fields Kand
k, respectively.
Let A= Hom( A, K*) be the character group of A with the action of automor-
phisms from F defined above. We denote by Ai the subgroup of elements of A
fixed under the action of all f E F, and by Bo the intersection of the kernels of
all x E Ai. Then Bo is a normal subgroup of G. Indeed, if x E Ai, g E G, and
b E Bo, then x(g-ibg) = x(bf) = (xr 1 (b))f = 1 (here f = cp(g)). Let Gi ~ G/Bo,
Ai= A/ B 0 , and let <pi be the homomorphism of the group Gi onto F induced by
cp. It is clear that Ai is the character group for Ai.
The embedding problem (K/k, Gi, <pi, Ai) is an associated (and Brauer) prob-
lem for the original problem. It has a solution if the compatibility condition is
fulfilled for the original problem.
It is not hard to see that the problem (K/k,Gi,<pi,A) is maximal among the
Brauer problems associated with the original problem in the sense that all these
problems are associated with (K/k,Gi,<pi,Ai).
We now turn to the embedding problem of local fields.
THEOREM 3.14.1. The embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, A) with local field k and
Abelian kernel A is solvable if the compatibility condition is fulfilled.
PROOF. The problem (K/k, Gi, <pi, Ai) is solvable if the compatibility condi-
tion is satisfied. To prove the solvability of the original problem, it suffices to prove
that the homomorphism 1f of the group H 2 (F, A) to the group H 2 (F, Ai) induced
by the homomorphism of A onto Ai is an isomorphism.
Indeed, the diagram
where >.. and >..i are the lifting homomorphisms, 'ljJ and 1f are induced by the homo-
morphism of A onto Ai, is commutative.
Leth E H 2 (F, A) and hi E H 2 (F, Ai) be cohomology classes corresponding to
the extensions G and Gi. Theorem 3.13.1 implies that 'l/;(h) = hi, the solvability
of the associated problem implies >.. 1 (hi) = >..i('l/;(h)) = 0, and, thus, 1f>..(h) = 0. If
1f is an isomorphism, then >..(h) = 0, whence the original problem is solvable.
We apply Theorem A.3.2 (Tate local duality, Appendix, §3). This theorem
states that for a finite F-module A, the groups H 2 (F, A) and Homp(A, k*)' are iso-
morphic. It is clear from the definition of the group Ai that the groups Homp-(A, "k*)
and Homp(Ai, "k*) coincide, both of them are equal to Ai. The isomorphisms a
§14. EMBEDDING CONDITIONS FOR LOCAL AND GLOBAL FIELDS 61
and a 1 of Theorem A.3.2 make the diagram
H 2 (F,A) Iii
------+ H 2 (F,A1)
lo l 01
id
Homp(A, 7i*)' ------+ Homp(A1, k*)'
commutative; so, 1jj is an isomorphism, which completes the proof of the theorem.
A similar result for the field of real numbers has a much simpler proof. D
THEOREM 3.14.1'. The embedding problem (K/IR, G, <p, A) with Abelian kernel
A, where JR is the field of real numbers, is solvable if the compatibility condition is
fulfilled.
PROOF. As shown in Chapter I, §6, we may assume that K is a field, and
then it makes sense to take K = C, the field of complex numbers. Thus, F is a
cyclic group of second order, and let f be a generator of F. The group B 0 , in
this case, is a subgroup of elements af a with a E A, since for x E A 1 we have
x(afa) = x(a)fx(a) = x(a)x(a) = 1. For the elements a E A/B0 , we have af =
a- 1, so that the problem (C/IR, G/B0 , A/Bo) is Brauer. Since the compatibility
condition is satisfied for this problem, it is solvable. Since C is algebraically closed,
an embedding of Fin G/Bo exists, and let a- 2 = 1, a- E G/Bo, a-¢. A/Bo. For a
preimage gin G of the element a-, we have g 2 = a6ao (ao E A). We set go = ga(;1 E
G, cp(go) = f. Then g5 = 1, i.e., G is a semidirect extension of A by F and our
problem is solvable. D
2°. Now consider the embedding problem for global fields. In Chapter 1, §11 we
gave the definition of the associated local embedding problem. Now we clarify how
the compatibility conditions for the global problem are related to its localization.
PROPOSITION 3.14. The compatibility condition for the global embedding prob-
lem (K/k, G, <p, A) is equivalent to the solvability of the associated local problems at
all points of the field k.
PROOF. Let the compatibility condition be fulfilled for the global problem.
Let p be a prime divisor of k, S.JJ a prime divisor of p in K; let F be the Galois
group of K/k, and F'll the decomposition group of the divisor S.JJ (the Galois group
of the extension K'll/kp)· We denote by G'll the full preimage of F'll in G with
respect to the homomorphism <p. Then for the associated embedding problem
(K'lJ/kp, G'll, <p, A) the compatibility condition is fulfilled, so it is solvable.
Conversely, for the global embedding problem let the associated local problems
be solvable for all points p of k including all of the Archimedean p00 • Then the
compatibility conditions are valid for all these problems. This means that all simple
direct summands of the algebra G x K split at all points of the fields Kx that are
the centers of the components. Therefore, the algebra G x K splits over its center,
i.e., the compatibility condition is fulfilled.
The restriction homomorphism p of Hi(F, A) onto the group Hi(F'lJ, A) does
not depend on the choice of the prime divisor S.JJ of p. For i = 0 the statement is
verified directly, and for positive integers i it can be proved by the standard method
of shifting the dimension. In the sequel we shall write Fp instead of F<:13.
Now we note that if K 1 is a normal extension of the field k, containing K, with

Galois group F 1 , then the following diagram is commutative:
Hi(Fi. A) ~ Hi(F1p, A)
I A I Ap
Hi(F, A) ~ Hi(Fp, A)
Here A is an arbitrary F-module, and, thus, A is an Fi-module, A and Ap are the
lifting homomorphisms, p and p 1 are the restriction homomorphisms.
Now let {K,e} be an inductive system of normal fields over the field k with
Galois groups F,e, and let limK,e coincide with k. If kp is an algebraic closure
~
of the local field kp with Galois group F p, then the homomorphism of the group
Hi (F, A) into Hi (F P, A) is well defined, and also the corresponding homomorphism
of Hi(F, A) to the direct product ITP Hi(Fp, A) over all points of k is well defined.D
DEFINITION 3.14. The Galois algebra defined over a local field is said to be
unramified if its field-kernel is an unramified extension.
LEMMA 3.14. An unramified algebra may be chosen as a solution of the em-
bedding problem (K/k, G, cp, A), where K is an unramified Galois algebra over the
field k.
PROOF. Let Ko be the field-kernel of the algebra K, Fo the Galois group of
the extension Ko/k and Go the full preimage of the subgroup Fo in the group G
with respect to the homomorphism cp. Then it suffices to prove that the embedding
problem (Ko/k, Go, cp, A) has an unramified solution.
Let kunr be the maximal unramified extension of k with Galois group Funri
h the cohomology class from H 2 (F0 , A) that corresponds to the group G 0 • The
group Funr is a free profinite group with one generator, and for any Funr-module
A the groups Hi(Funri A) are trivial for i 2'. 2. By arguments similar to those used
in Theorems 1.14.1 and 3.13.2, we may show that the lemma is equivalent to the
relation .X(h) = 0, where A is the lifting homomorphism of the group H 2(F, A) to
H 2 (Funr, A). It remains to note that the group H 2 (Funri A) is trivial.
Now we return to our global embedding problem and consider the commutative
diagram
H 2 (F, A) ~ ITP H2 (Fp, A)
IA Ix
H 2 (F, A) ~ ITP H2 (Fp, A)
It follows from Proposition 3.14 that the compatibility condition is equivalent to the
relation "'5.w2(h) = 0, or, in accordance with the diagram, to the relation w1 .X(h) = 0.
Note that the image of the group H 2 (F, A) is contained in the subgroup
L:: H 2 (Fp, A). Indeed, every element h of H 2 (F, A) can be obtained lifting some
element h,e0 of the group H 2 (F,e0 , A). The corresponding extension K,e0 /k is finite
and has only finitely many ramification points Pi. ... , Pt· It follows immediately
from Lemma 3.14 that the image w1 (h) may have nontrivial components only at
finitely many points Pi, ... , Pt·
§i4. EMBEDDING CONDITIONS FOR LOCAL AND GLOBAL FIELDS 63
Now we apply Tate's global duality (see Appendix, §3). The kernel of the
mapping wi is dual to the kernel of the mapping W3 : Hi (F, A) --) TIP Hi (F p, A).
Let F 0 be a subgroup of F acting trivially on the module A, Fi the quotient
group F/F 0 , and let Ki be the subfield that corresponds to the subgroup Fo.
Now we consider the commutative diagram
1W3
----+ TIP Hi(Fp, A)

where the rows are Hochschild-Serre sequences. We show that the mapping W5
is injective. Let x E Hi(F 0 , A) and w5 (x) = 0. An Abelian extension of Ki
corresponds to the element x, and this extension splits completely locally at all
points, whence the global extension is trivial, i.e., x = 0. Thus, the kernels of the
mappings w3 and W4 coincide, and we have proved the following theorem. D
THEOREM 3.14.2. If the compatibility condition is fulfilled for the global em-
bedding problem (K/k, G, <p, A), then some element y of the group Hi(Fi, A)' dual
to the group Hi (Fi, A) corresponds to this problem. The additional embedding con-
dition implies that y lies in the image of the natural mapping
0: (IT Hi(Fip,A))'--) Hi(Fi.A)',

p
where the prime means, as usual, the passage to the dual groups.
We note that Ki is a subfield of K, and Fi is a quotient group of F.
COROLLARY. If Fi is a cyclic group, then the compatibility condition is suffi,-
cient for imbeddability.
In order to prove it, we note that in this case there exists a divisor p of k such
that its decomposition group in the extension Kif k coincides with Fi, i.e., the
mapping e is surjective.
3°. We now show that the compatibility condition is not sufficient for the
solvability of the embedding problem for global fields. Theorems 3.13.2 and 3.14.2
imply that it suffices to find an extension Ki of k with Galois group F and an Fi-
module A such that the mapping Bi: Hi(Fi, A)--) TIP Hi(Fip, A) is not injective,
where Fip is the decomposition group of a prime divisor of p in k.
Let A be a cyclic group of eighth order with generator a, k the field of rational
numbers and K the field obtained by adjoining to k the square roots A, v'2,
../7. Then the Galois group F of the extension K/k is an elementary Abelian 2-
group with generators Ji, h, f3. We assume that the action of the group F on the
elements of K is defined by the relations:
A1i=-A, R 12 = R, R1a = R;
V2fi = V2, hh = -V2, V2f3 = V2;
V7fi = ../7, ../712 = ../7, ../7fa = -../7.
We make A an F-module by setting af1 =a, ah =a, ala = a- 1. Let (be a

primitive eighth root of unity, and let x be a character from A such that x(a) = (.
Then the action of the group F on the module A is defined by the relations
The subgroup generated by the element f if3 acts trivially on the module A.
The subfield K 1 = k( J2, H) corresponds to this subgroup. The Galois group
F 1 of the extension Kifk has generators 71 and 72, and their action on the module
A is defined as follows: x11 = x 7, x12 = x5 .
Now we note that the decomposition group of any divisor in the extension Kifk
is either a cyclic group or the trivial one. Indeed, it suffices to consider only the
divisors 2 and 7. In the field Q 2, (- 7) is a square, and in the field Q 7 , 2 is a square.
Consider a one-dimensional cocycle h from Z 1(Fi, A) defined by the relations
h(l1 ) = 1, h(l2 ) = x4 • It is clear that it splits locally at all points, but the class
with cocycle h is not the unit element.
Thus, we have proved the existence of an embedding problem of global fields,
for which the compatibility condition is fulfilled, and a nontrivial character from
the group H 1(F1,A)' not lying in the image of the homomorphism() corresponds
to this problem.
An explicit example of such an embedding problem (ki/k, G, cp, A) was con-
structed in [48], where k is the field of rational numbers, k1 = k( v'7), G is the
group of order 16 with two generators g1 and g2 and with relations g~ = 1, g~ = gf,
g2 1g1g2 = gi. If F is the Galois group of the extension ki / k with generator f, then
the homomorphism cp is given by the relations cp(g1) = 1, cp(g2) = f.
A specific form of the additional condition for the solvability of the problem
with cyclic group of order 8 as kernel is given in [51].
§15. Composition law on the set of

solutions of the embedding problem
1°. First we briefly recall some information about the extension of Abelian
groups (see [37]).
Let A be an Abelian group (written multiplicatively), F a finite group, and
x: F - t AutA a homomorphism (i.e., A is an F-module). The two extensions G 1
and G2 of the group A by the group F with a given homomorphism x are said to
be equivalent if there exists an isomorphism 'T/: G 1 - t G2 for which the following
diagram is commutative:
1~A
1~A~G2~F~1
Note that there exist isomorphic but not equivalent extensions.
On the classes of equivalent extensions we introduce a composition law called
the Baer product of extensions. Let 1 - t A - t G 1 ~ F - t 1 and 1 - t A - t
G2 ~ F - t 1 be two extensions of the F-module A by F. We consider G, the
product of G 1 and G2 with amalgamated quotient group F. The kernel of the
epimorphism G - t F is the group Ax A (we assume that A is embedded in Gi)·
§15. COMPOSITION LAW ON THE SET OF SOLUTIONS 65
In this kernel we consider the subgroup A consisting of the pairs (a, a- 1), a E A.
It is clear that A is normal in G and (Ax A)/ A~ A. Thus, the following exact
sequence is given:
- - <p
1---+ A---+ G/A ~ F---+ 1,
where A is embedded in G/A by means of a ---+ (a, 1) mod A. The extension
G = G/A is said to be the Baer product of the extensions Gl and G2 and is
denoted by Gl o G2·
It is easy to see that if Gl is equivalent to G~, and G2 is equivalent to G~, then
the products G 1 o G2 and G~ o G~ are also equivalent. Thus, we have defined the
composition law o on the set of classes of equivalent extensions (the Baer product).
THEOREM 3.15.1. The classes of equivalent extensions of an F-module A by
F form an Abelian group (isomorphic to H 2(F,A)) with respect to the product
introduced above.
As is easy to see, the Baer product of the three extensions Gl, G2, G3 is the quo-
tient group of the group of triples {(g1,g2,g3)}, where 9i E Gi, cp1(g1) = cp2(92) =
cp3(93), by the subgroup A consisting of triples {(ai, a2, a3)} with ala2a3 = 1. This
implies the associative property of the composition law. The semidirect extension
Go of A by F is the unit element. Indeed, let Go consist of elements Vja, where
a E A, v f E Go, v Ji v h = v Ji h (Ji E F). Then there exists an isomorphism of
the Baer product Go Go to G given by the formula (9, v1a) mod A---+ 9a (9 E G,
a EA), and this isomorphism is an equivalence.
Now we show the existence of the inverse class. Let G be an arbitrary extension.
Consider the group G consisting of the elements 9 (9 E G) for which 9192 = 9291
(the map 9---+ 9- 1 is an isomorphism, whence G and Gare abstractly isomorphic).
We map the group G to F by the epimorphism V5, where V5(9) = cp(9- 1) and
we embed A in G by a ---+ a. Since A is an Abelian group, G is the extension
of A by F with the same homomorphism F ---+ Aut A as for the group G because
9- 1a;9 = 9a9- 1 = a'P(Y- 1 ) = a'P(9- 1 ) = a'P(!i). Now consider the Baer product GoG.
Let v1(! E F) be representatives of Fin G. For WJ = (v1,vj 1) mod A E Go G,
we have
WfiWf2 -= (Vfi,Vfi
--=1")(Vf2,Vf2
--=1") -= (VfiVf2,Vf2
-1 Vfi
-1)
= (vJi Vf2, (vJi v12)- 1) = (vfih• vfi~J mod A= Wfif2•

ior
i: 1"f VfiVf2 = Vfif2a (a E A) then (VfiVf2 )-1 = (Vfif2a )-1 =a -1 vfih
-1 = --=1
vfiha -1 .
Therefore, the elements WJ (! E F) complement A in Go G, and Go G is the
semidirect extension of A by F. Hence, the classes of equivalent extensions of A by
F constitute a group.
For any set ofrepresentatives VJ (! E F) in G, we have Vfi Vf2 = Vfif2a(f1, /2),
a(fih) EA. Associativity implies that a(/1, /2) is a two-dimensional cocycle from
Z 2(F, A). For any other set ofrepresentatives {u1} we have UJ = VJbf, and the co-
cycle a(/1, /2) is replaced by the homologous cocycle a'(fi. /2) = a(/1, f2)bj1~2 b~~bfr
Therefore, to the extension G there corresponds an element of H 2 (F, A), namely,
the cohomology class of the cocycle a(fi, f2). It is clear that to equivalent exten-
sions there corresponds the same cohomology class, and the classes of equivalent
extensions are in one-to-one correspondence with the classes from H 2 (F, A). Now
we show that this correspondence is a homomorphism.
Let Gi and G2 be two extensions, UJ and Vf sets of representatives of Fin Gi
and G2, respectively, and Ufi Uf2 = u1i12a(fi, /2), Vfi Vf2 = v1i12b(fi, /2), where a,
bare cocycles in Z 2 (F, A). We put Wf = (uf, Vf) mod A E Gi o G2. Then
Wfi Wf2 = (u1i12a(fi, /2), v1i12b(fi, h)) mod A= w1i12a(fi, h)b(fi, /2).
The theorem is proved.
2°. Let the embedding problem (K/k,G,cp,A) be solvable. The knowledge of
the algebra L yielding a solution of the problem does not completely determine
the solution itself. It is necessary to specify how the elements of the group G
act on the algebra L, i.e., to indicate the isomorphism G ---+ Gal(L/k). This is
often essential. For example, when we solve the problem in several steps, we must
consider the embedding problems (L/k, H, B), where Lis a solution of the problem
(K/k, G, A), and the action of the elements from G on L influences the solvability
conditions for the problem (L/k, H, B). Thus, to give a solution in the strict sense
means to give both an algebra L and an isomorphism v: G ---+ Gal(L/k), i.e., to
give a pair (L, v).
We say that two solutions (Li, vi) and (£2, v2) of the same embedding problem
(K/k, G, <p, A) are equivalent in the narrow sense (S-equivalent) if there exists a
K-isomorphism (}: Li ---+ £2 such that for any x E Li and any g E G, the relations
(O(x))"' 2 (g) = O(xvi(g)) hold.
PROPOSITION 3.15.1. Let (Li, vi) and (L2, v2) be two S-equivalent solutions
of the problem (K/k, G, <p, A). Then the solvability conditions for the problems
(Li/k, H, '¢, B) coincide, and the solutions of these problems are in one-to-one cor-
respondence.
PROOF. Let Mi be a solution of the problem (Li/k, H, '¢, B). Then Mi is iso-
morphic to the quotient ring of polynomials Li [t] by the ideal generated by the poly-
nomial Fi E Li[t]. Consider the polynomial F2 E L2[t] obtained by applying the
isomorphism(} to the coefficients of Fi. It is easily checked that M2 = L2[t]/F2L2[t]
solves (L2/k, H, '¢, B). Moreover, there also exists a K-isomorphism Mi ---+ M2 that
establishes the S-equivalence of the solutions Mi of the problem (K/k, H).
The inclusion of the solutions into larger equivalence classes is sometimes jus-
tified. Namely, we say that the solutions (Li, vi) and (£2, v2) of (K/k, G, '¢,A)
are equivalent in the broad sense, or B-equivalent if there exists an isomorphism
(} : Li ---+ £2 and an automorphism rt of G such that
1) (} is identical on K;
2) rt is identical on A;
3) O(xvi(g)) = O(x)v2 17(g) for XE Li, g E G.
In addition, we note that these conditions, together with the commutativity of
the diagram
G ~ Gal(L/k)
'° "'. 1
Gal(K/k)
mean that <pry(g) = cp(g).
It is obvious that if two solutions are 8-equivalent, then they are also B-
equivalent. D
3°. Let an F-module A be given as before. Consider the set r consisting of

the elements via, where the elements VJ are in one-to-one correspondence with the
elements f E F, a E A. We make r to a space over A by setting via· b =VJ ·ab,
b ·via= v1(bf a), where a, b E A. Any extension of A by Fis isomorphic, as an
A-space, to the space r.
We say that the Galois algebra L/k containing the field K solves the problem
(K/k, r) if it is a solution of a problem (K/k, G, <p, A), where G is an arbitrary
extension of the F-module A by F.
For every f E F we fix an automorphism VJ E Gal(L/k) that extends f E
Gal(K/k) = F. This defines the action of the spacer on the algebra L. Conversely,
on the algebra L containing the field k, let an automorphism group isomorphic
to the space r be given. We assume that the automorphisms (corresponding to
the elements via) restricted to the field K coincide with the automorphisms f E
Gal(K/k) = F. Then Lis a solution of the problem (K/k, r).
Two such solutions L 1 and L 2 are said to be r-equivalent if there exists an
isomorphism(): L 1 -t L 2, identical on K, such that (()(x))9 = ()(x9) for all g Er
and x E L 1 (by x9 (respectively, (()(x))9) we mean the action of the automorphism,
corresponding tog Er, on x (respectively, ()(x))). The set of classes off-equivalent
solutions of the problem (K/k, r) is denoted by Rr.
Introduce a composition law on Rr. Let L 1 and L2 be two solutions of the
problem (K/k, r). The set of automorphisms f consisting of the pairs (v1a1, v1a2)
with f E F, ai EA, acts on the tensor product L = L1 ®K L2 according to the rule
(x1 0 x2)<v1ai,v1a 2) = x?a 1 0 x~ 1 a 2 , where Xi E Li· Indeed, for y EK we have
(x1y 0 X2)(v1a1,v1a2) = x?a1yf 0 X~1a2 = x?a1 0 yf X~1a2 = (x1 0 yx2)(v1a1,v1a2).
Let L 3 be the subalgebra of the tensor product corresponding to the subgroup A of
the pairs (a,a- 1), a EA. The automorphisms (v1a1,v1a2) an<!_(v1a3,Vfa4) act in
the same way on L 3 if and only if a 1a 2 = a3 a4 • The mapping r -tr given by the
formula (v1a1,v1a2) -t v1a1a2 corresponds to such an equivalence relation. Thus,
the natural action of the space r on L 3 is well defined, and L3 is a solution of the
problem (K/k, r). We denote L 3 = L 1 o L 2. It is obvious that if L~ and L~ are
algebras r-equivalent to L 1 and L 2, then L~ o L~ and L 1 o L2 are also r-equivalent,
so the operation o is defined on the set Rr.
THEOREM 3.15.2. The set Rr is an Abelian group under the operation o.
PROOF. Let L1, L2, L3 be three solutions of (K/k, f). The algebra L1 o(L20L3)
is isomorphic to the subalgebra of the tensor product L 10(L2®L3) corresponding to
the subgroup A that consists of the triples (a1, a2, a3), where ai E Ai and a1a2a3 =
1. The same is valid for the algebra (L 1oL 2)0L3, therefore the solutions L1 o(L20L3)
and (L 1 o L2) o L3 are r-equivalent. Thus, the operation o is associative.
Let Lo = l:~EA Kea, where the ea are orthogonal idempotents, and ea = e~,
e? = e 1 , be a completely splitting Galois algebra (f E F, v f E r). It is clear that
the automorphism group on Lo is a semidirect extension of A by F; moreover, Vfi Vf2
and Vfif2 yield the same automorphisms on L 0 . Let L be an arbitrary solution of
the problem (K/k, f). The algebra L 0K Lo is equal to l:~EA Lea, and Lo Lo
consists of the sums EaEA za- 1ea, z E L. The mapping z ---+ EaEA za- 1ea yields
the r-equivalence of L and Lo Lo, i.e., Lo is the unit element in Rr.
We need the following lemma before proving the existence of the inverse ele-
ment. D
LEMMA. Let L be a solution of the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, A). Then
the algebra L®K L decomposes into a direct sum E~EA Lea, where ea are orthogonal
idempotents, and e1 may be chosen in such a way that ea = e~a,l) and e~g,g) = e1
for all g E G.
PROOF. Consider the mapping B: L ®KL---+ L given on x ® y by the formula
B(x ® y) = xy, and let I be the kernel of B. Let e' be the unit of the ideal I,
and let e1 = 1 - e' be the idempotent orthogonal to I. For any g E G, we have
(xgyg ® 1 - xg ® y9)e~g,g) = ((xy ® 1 - x ® y)e1)(g,g) = 0, i.e., e~g,g) is orthogonal
to I, and, thus, e~g,g) = ei for any g.
We denote ea= e~a,l). For b EA we have (Bea)b = B(e~b,b)) = B(e~b,b)(a,l)) =
Bea, whence Bea E K; so Bea is equal either to 0 or to 1.
Further, 0=B(((x®1-1 ®x)ei){a,l)) = B((xa ® 1-1 ®x)e~a,l)) = (xa - x)Bea
for any x E L. Therefore, Bea = 0 for any a =/:- 1. Thus, ea E I, and eiea = 0 for
a=/:- 1. We also have eaeb = (e1eba-1)(a,l) for b =/:-a.
Now we put E = EaEA ea. For cp(g1) = cp(g2), we have
E(g1,g2) = L e~a,l)(g1,g2) = L e~g2,g2)(g2 ag1,l) = L e~g2 ag1,l) = E,
1 1
aEA aEA aEA

whence EE k. Moreover, E 2 = E, E =/:- 0, i.e., E = 1. Thus, L®K L = (L®L)E =
E~EA(L ® L)ea = E~EA Lea, and the lemma is proved.
Now let L be an arbitrary solution of the problem (K/k,r). We consider
the algebra L abstractly isomorphic to L and consisting of the elements x, where
x E L. We define on L the action of the automorphisms from r by the formula
xv1a = xv1a- 1. Since L®K Lis a direct sum E~EA Lea, where the ea are orthogonal
idempotents and, in addition, e~g,g) = ei for all g Er, e~b,b) =ea for all b EA (see
the lemma), then the algebra L®K L consists of the elements EaEA (za®l)ea, where
'°' -L, ea(b,b- 1) = ea, e1(v1,v1) = ei. Thus, the age
Za E L , ea E L VY l bra L o -L cons1s
. ts
of the elements EaEA (xa ® l)ea, where Xa EK. The mapping EaEA (xa ® l)ea ---+
EaEA Xaea establishes an equivalence between LoL and Lo that is the unit element
in Rr. The theorem is proved. D
4°. Let L be a soluti.on to the problem (K/k,r). This means that there
exists an extension G of A by F such that G is isomorphic to the automorphism
group given by the automorphisms from r on L. Let V1' V2 be two isomorphisms
G ---+ Gal(L/k) (which are clearly identical on A). Therefore, there exists an
automorphism T/: G ---+ G, for which v2 (g) = v1 ry(g) for all g E G; moreover, T/ is
identical on A. Generally speaking, the algebra L with isomorphisms vi (i = 1, 2)
determines different solutions of the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, A), but these
solutions are equivalent in the broad sense.
Let L 1 and L2 be two r-equivalent solutions of the problem (K/k, r), and let
B: L 1 ---+ L2 be the isomorphism setting up the equivalence of them. Then both
algebras are solutions of the same embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, A) for some bijec-
tions Iii: G---+ Gal(Li/k) (i = 1, 2). Since 112(9) = 111ry(g) for some automorphism
1/: G ---+ G identical on A, the solutions (Li, 111) and (L2, 112) are B-equivalent.
Thus, we have defined a mapping of the group Rr to the set of classes of B-
equivalent solutions of the embedding problem (K/k, Gh, cph, A), where h ranges
over the cohomology classes from H 2 (F, A), the Gh are the corresponding group
extensions for which the problem is solvable. We denote this set of classes of B-
equivalent solutions by RB, and let x be the corresponding map Rr ---+RB. It is
clear that x is surjective.
THEOREM 3.15'.3. The composition law o Rr, induces on RB a composition

law with respect to which RB is an Abelian group.
We define on RB a composition law by the formula x[L1] o x[L2] = x[L1 o

L2], where [Li] is the class of Li in Rr. We check that this operation is well
defined. To this end, it suffices to prove that x[Li o L2] = x[L1 o L2] if x[Li] =
x[L1]. Let (L1, 111) and (Li, vD be B-equivalent solutions of the embedding problem
(K/k,Gi,cp1,A), and let 81 and 7/1 be the corresponding isomorphism Ll ---+Li
and the corresponding automorphism G 1 ---+ G 1. The isomorphism 81 gives rise
to an isomorphism Ll ®K L2 ---+ Li ®K L2. Also, there exists an isomorphism
83 : L3 ---+ L3, where L3 and L3 are the subalgebras of these tensor products that
correspond to the subgroup A formed by the pairs (a, a- 1), a E A. At the same
time, the automorphism ry 1 gives rise to an automorphism 7/3 on the Baer product
of the groups Gl and G2 (namely, we put 'TJ3((gi, g2) mod A) = (7/1(91),92) mod A,
where 91 E Gl, 92 E G2)· Let Iii, 11~, 112 be the isomorphisms corresponding to the
solutions Li, Li, L2· Then the pairs (L3,113) and (L3,v~), where 113((91,92) mod
A)= (111(g1),112(g2))modA, 11H(g1,g2)modA) = (11~(g1),112(g2))modA, are B-
equivalent solutions (the equivalence is proved with the help of the isomorphism 83
and the automorphism 7/3).
Thus, the composition law o on RB determines a suijective homomorphism
Rr ---+RB, and this proves the theorem.
We note that the unit element of RB is the class of all completely splitting
algebras solving the semidirect embedding problem (K/k, Go, <po, A). Indeed, let
Ll = L:~EA Kea, L2 = L:~EA KEa be two solutions of such a problem, and let
ea = e~, Ea = E'{. Let H be a subgroup of the elements of G leaving el fixed.
It is clear that His isomorphic to F, and, thus, it is the complement to A in G,
i.e., for any f E F there exists ht E H with cp(ht) = f. Similarly, there exists the
complement H' isomorphic to F, leaving E 1 fixed and consisting of the elements
hj, f E F. Considering an automorphism ry: Go ---+Go identical on A that takes
ht to hj, and also a K-isomorphism Ll ---+ L2 taking ea to Ea, we prove the
B-equivalence of the algebras L 1 and L 2.
The kernel of the homomorphism x is formed by the completely splitting solu-
tions (up tor-equivalence) of the problem (K/k, r). A completely splitting solution
is determined by specifying a one-dimensional cochain c(f) E C 1(F, A) using the
formula e~ 1 = ec(f)> where e1 is a minimal idempotent of the algebra L:ffi Ke~,
and two such solutions are r-equivalent, provided that the corresponding cochains
differ by a cochain b(f) = bt-1, b E A, i.e., they are cohomologous.
5°. Now we proceed to studying the classes of solutions equivalent in the
narrow sense. First we note that if L 1 and L2 are two solutions of the problem
(K/k, r) whose images in Rs coincide, then there is no general-purpose method of

recognizing whether or not L 1 and L 2 are equivalent in the narrow sense, because
the bijection G--+ r (where G is isomorphic to the automorphism group on Li) is
not uniquely determined.
For any h E H 2(F,A) we choose its preimage, a cocycle h(f1,h) E Z 2(F,A).
=
Let the unit cocycle h 1 be a preimage for the identity class. Then we consider
the groups Gh whose elements are of the form {u1a}, f E F, a EA, and u1iu12 =
u Ii f2h(f1, h). Thus, the G h are extensions of A by F taken by one from every
equivalence class.
Let Rs be the set of those solutions of the problem (K / k, r) for which the com-
position of automorphisms Vfi Vf2 coincides with the automorphism v1i12h(fi, h),
where the h's are the classes in H 2 (F, A) for which the corresponding embedding
problems (K/k,Gh,A) are solvable. We denote by Rs the image of Rs in Rr. Let
L E Rs correspond to the class h. We define the bijection v: Gh --+ r by the formula
v(u1a) =via. Then (L, v) is a solution of the embedding problem (K/k, Gh, cph, A)
(where cph(u1a) = !). Conversely, let (L, v) be a solution of the embedding problem
(K/k, Gh, cph, A). We choose in Gh the representatives Uf, f E F, in such a way
that u1iu12 = u1i12h(fi,J2). Then v(u1i)v(u12) = v(u1i12)h(fi,f2). The algebra
L solves the problem (K/k, r) and is contained in Rs. Thus, every solution of the
embedding problem (K/k, Gh, cph, A) has image in Rs.
PROPOSITION 3.15.2. Two solutions (Li, v1) and (L2, v2) of the embedding
problem (K/k, Gh, cph, A) are equivalent in the narrow sense if and only if their
images in Rs are r -equivalent.
PROOF. Let u f E G h be representatives of f E F in G h, for which u Ii u f2 =
u1i12h(f1, f2). Let B be an isomorphism L 1 --+ L2 establishing the S-equivalence
of the solutions (L1, v1) and (L2, v2). Consider the images of these solutions in
Rs. The mapping B also establishes that these images are isomorphic. For v f E r'
x E L 1 , we have B(xvi) = B(x"1 (u1)) = O(x)"2 (u1) = B(x)v'. Therefore, these images
are r-equivalent. The converse is obvious.
Thus, the classes of S-equivalent solutions to the embedding problems (K/k,
Gh, cph, A) are in one-to-one correspondence with the elements in Rs. The set
Rs is not necessarily a subgroup of the group Rr. But Rs is closed under the
multiplication by a certain subgroup of the set Rs. Namely, let Ro be the subset
of Rs corresponding to the semidirect extension G 0 . Recall that for this extension
u1iu12 = UJ 1 f2, and for the solutions of the problem LE Ro the composition of the
automorphisms v Ii and v f2 coincides with v Ii f2. D
PROPOSITION 3.15.3. Let [L] E Rs, [L1] E Ro. Then [L] 0 [L1] E Rs ([L] is
the class of LE Rs in Rs).
Indeed, let L E Rs and let G h be the corresponding group. The Baer product
of the groups Gh and Go is naturally isomorphic to the group Gh, and the pairs
(u1, u~) mod A (u1 E Gh, u~ E Go) determine the same cocycle h(f1, h) as in Gh.
Therefore, L o Li with Li E Ro is contained in Rs.
COROLLARY. The set Ro is a subgroup of the group Rr.
Thus, Rs is an Ro-module.
The map x: Rr ---+ RB induces a map Rs ---+ RB, and this map is obviously
surjective.
THEOREM 3.15.4. Let the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, A) be solvable and
let (L, v) be a solution of it. Then any solution of this problem is S-equivalent to
the composition of L and a solution L 1 of the semidirect problem (K/k, Go, <po, A).
It is clear that we may consider the solutions that are inside the set Rs. It is
obvious that Lo Li is a solution of the same embedding problem as the solution L.
First let the solutions L 1 , L 2 E Rs be B-equivalent. In this case we show
that L 2 is S-equivalent to L 1 o L 0 , where L 0 is a completely splitting solution of
the semidirect problem. B-equivalence means the existence of a K-isomorphism
(): L 1 ---+ L2 and an automorphism 7J on the group G identical on A such that
O(x 111 (Y)) = (O(x)y 2 11(g) for all x E Li, g E G. It is clear that 77(g) = gbf, where
f = <p(g), bf E A. Since 7J is a homomorphism, bf is a cocycle. In the language of the
solutions of the problem (K/k,r), our condition means that O(xvia) = (O(x))v1ab1
for x E Li, f E F, via E r. Consider the completely splitting solution L 0 =
E~EA Kea (ea = e~), for which e~' = eafb~ 1 (since bf is a cocycle, the solution
L 0 is contained in R0 ), and the composition L 1 o L 0 . It is clear that L 1 o L 0
consists of the .elements EaEA xa-l ©ea, where x E Li. We define an isomorphism
01 : Li---+ Lio L 0 by the formula 01(x) = EaEA xa-l ©ea. Now we have
Therefore, the solutions L 2 and L 1 o L 0 are equivalent in the narrow sense.

Now let L, L' E Rs be solutions of the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, A).
Consider the images of them, Land£', in the group RB, and let L3 = L1 o (£)- 1 ;
_, of- the- semidirect problem in Ro whose image in RB equals L3.
L3 is the solution
Then we have L =Lo L 3 , whence the B-equivalence of L' and Lo L 3 follows. By
the first part of the proof, there exists a completely splitting solution L 0 E Ro for
which L' and (Lo L 3 ) o L 0 are S-equivalent; so, L 3 o L 0 is the required solution.
The theorem is proved.
Let (K/k, Gh, <ph, A) be an embedding problem, k an algebraic closure of k with
Galois group F. In §15, Chapter 1 we proved that there exists a correspondence
between the solutions L of the embedding problem and the homomorphisms v: F ---+
G such that the following triangle is commutative: ·
F~G
µ1 /ip
F = Gal(K/k)
where µ is the homomorphism corresponding to the embedding of K in k.

We note that if v and v 0 are the homomorphisms of F to G and Go corre-
sponding to the solutions L and Lo (Lo is a solution of the semidirect problem
(K/k, G 0 , cp0 , A)), then to the composition Lo Lo there corresponds the homomor-
phism v1 : F ---+ G defined according to the relation V1 (]) = (v(J), v0 (J)) mod A,
where f E F.
Now we find the kernel of the mapping Rs ---+ RB. This kernel is clear to
be contained in Ro and, thus, is a subgroup of Ro. It consists of the classes of
S-equivalent completely splitting solutions. Such a solution determines (as shown
in the proof of the theorem) a cocycle b1 E Z 1(F, A). Namely, this cocycle appears
in the formula e? = e~ 1 . It is of interest to know what cocycles determine S-
equivalent solutions. Let completely splitting solutions L and L' be determined
by the cocycles b1 and bj, and let the isomorphism (): L ---+ L' establish the S-
equivalence of them. Then ()(e1) =Ee= Ef., where ei and Ee are idempotents of the
solutions Land L', c EA. The condition ()(e~ 1 ) = (()(e 1 ))v1 means that cb1 = bjcf,
whence bj = b1c1-J, i.e., the cocycles b1 and bj are homologous. Conversely, if
bj = bf · c1- f, then the isomorphism () taking the idempotents ea of the algebra L
to the idempotents Eae of the algebra L' yields the desired equivalence. Thus, we
have proved the following proposition.
PROPOSITION 3.15.4. The kernel of the homomorphism Rs ---+ RB is isomor-

phic to H 1 (F,A).
6°. It is useful to illustrate the results just obtained with a meaningful example.
Let A = (a) be a cyclic group of order 4, F = (!) a cyclic group of order 2,
and let the action of the operators be trivial, i.e., af = a. In this case there exist
two nonequivalent extensions, the direct extension Go and the cyclic group G 1 of
order 8.
For the field k, we take GF(p), the field with p elements, p = 1 (mod 8) (then
k contains a primitive eighth root c: of unity), K = k(Vd), where(~)= -1. Here
all objects are finite.
The spacer consists of the following eight elements: {1, a, a 2, a 3 , vr. Vfa, v1a 2 ,
v1a 3 }. The solutions of the problem (K/k, r) are determined by a generating
element w for which w4 E K and wa = wc: 2 • For the solutions that correspond to
the direct extension, we obtain w4 = 1 or w4 = d, and wv1 = wc: 2i (i = 0, 1, 2, 3). For
the cyclic group Gi, we have w4 =VJ, or w4 = dVd, and wv1 = wc:i (i = 1, 3, 5, 7). It
is easy to see that all these solutions are contained in different r-equivalent classes;
so, Rr is a group with 16 elements. Let the solution Li be defined in accordance
with the formulas w4 = 1, wv1 = wc: 2 (here v] = a2 ). This is a completely splitting
solution; moreover, Li has order 4 in Rr and generates all completely splitting
solutions. For L2, we take the solution corresponding to the group G 1 and defined
in accordance with the formulas w4 =VJ,, wv1 =we: (v] =a). The solution L 2 also
has order 4 in Rr, and the cyclic groups generated by Li and L2 intersect only at
the unit solution. Therefore, Rr is a direct product of two cyclic groups of order 4.
The group RB is a quotient group of Rr by the subgroup generated by the class
Li, i.e., is a cyclic group of order 4. We note that the solutions L2 and L 2 o L 2 o L 2
are isomorphic as fields, but are not B-equivalent.
Now consider the set Rs. We fix the trivial cocycle in the case of the direct
extension and the cocycle defined by the formula VJVJ = a in the case of a cyclic
extension. Direct inspection shows that Rs contains the following classes: Lo (the
unit element), Li, L2, Lio L2, Lio L~, Lf o L~, Lio L~, Lf o L~. It is obvious that
Rs is not closed under multiplication in Rr. At the same time, the multiplication
by the solutions from Ro, i.e., by L 0 , Lf, £ 1 o L~, L~ o L~ takes Rs to Rs.
7°. Now we show that it is possible to introduce a group structure on the set
of all classes of S-equivalent solutions. As before, let Rs be the group of classes
of B-equivalent solutions, D the subgroup of the group H 2 (F, A), corresponding
to the solvable embedding problems, C the kernel of the natural homomorphism
Rs --7 D, i.e., the group of the classes of B-equivalent solutions of the semidi-
rect problem. Thus, the exact sequences of Abelian groups 1 --7 C --7 Rs --7
D --7 1, 1 --7 H 1 (F, A) --7 Ro --7 C --7 1 are given, where Ro (as before) is
the group of classes of S-equivalent solutions of the semidirect problem. The
sequence 1 --7 C --7 Rs --7 D --7 1 induces the exact sequence of the groups
Ext 1 (D,H 1 (F,A)) --7 Ext 1 (Rs,H 1 (F,A)) --7 Ext 1 (C,H 1 (F,A)) --7 1, since on
Abelian operator-free groups, the functor Ext 1 is exact (see [37]). Since Ro is con-
tained in Ext 1 (C, H 1 (F, A)), it has a preimage in Ext 1 (Rs, H 1 (F, A)). Denote it
by X. Then the following diagram is commutative:
1 -------+ H 1 (F, A) -------+ Ro -------+ C -------+ 1
I 1 1
1 -------+ H 1 (F,A) -------+ X -------+ Rs -------+ 1
It is clear that the mapping Ro --7 X is injective and its cokernel coincides with
D. At the same time, the group X, as a space over Ro, coincides with the set
of classes of S-equivalent solutions of the embedding problems (K/k, Gh, <ph, A),
h E H 2 (F, A). This allows us to specify the group structure on this set.
This specification, however, is artificial and not unique, since the choice of the
preimage Xis determined modulo the image of the group Ext 1 (D,H 1 (F,A)) in
Ext 1 (Rs,H 1 (F,A)). Examples show that the groups X obtained in such a way
need not be abstractly isomorphic.
CHAPTER 4
The Embedding Problem for Local Fields
In this chapter the embedding problem for p-groups is analyzed from the point
of view of solvability in Galois algebras and solvability in the proper sense.
§1. The embedding problem for local fields

In this section we consider the embedding problem of p-extensions of local fields
in a field (or a Galois algebra) whose Galois group over the base field also is a p-
group. The study of this problem depends essentially on whether the numbers of
generators of the Galois groups of the initially given extension and the required
extension coincide. In the case where these numbers are equal, the answer is suffi-
ciently simple and complete, i.e., such an embedding problem is solvable if and only
ifthe associated Abelian problem is solvable (i.e., for this problem the compatibility
condition is fulfilled; see Theorem 3.14.1). In the case where these numbers are not
equal, this is not the case, and we restrict our consideration to a counterexample.
1°. We need some auxiliary group-theoretic facts concerning p-groups.
PROPOSITION 4.1.1. Let G be a finite p-group. Then the Frattini subgroup of

G is generated by the commutators and the pth powers of elements of G.
PROOF. Let H be a maximal proper subgroup of G. Then H has index pin

G, and G/ H is a cyclic group of order p. Therefore, [G, G] c H and GP C H, i.e.,
[G, G]GP c H. Since the Frattini subgroup is the intersection of all maximal proper
subgroups, [G, G]GP is contained in the Frattini subgroup of G. The quotient group
G/[G,G]GP is an elementary Abelian group. Let /31, ... ,/3d be generators of this
quotient group, and let /31 , ... ,7Jd be their preimages in G. The subgroups Hi
generated by the subgroup [G, G]GP and the elements /31 , /32 , ... , 7Ji_ 1 , 7Ji+ 1 , ... ,
7Jd are maximal proper subgroups of G, and the intersection of them is [G, G]GP.
The proposition is proved. D
COROLLARY. The number of generators of a p-group G coincides with the num-

ber of generators of the elementary Abelian p-group G/[G, G]GP = G/if!(G).
PROPOSITION 4.1.2. Let 1 ---+ B ---+ G .!:.+ F ---+ 1 be an exact sequence of

p-groups and Bo = B n if! (G). Then the sequence 1 ---+ B /Bo ---+ G/Bo ---+ F ---+ 1
obtained by passage to the quotients by Bo yields a direct extension.
It is clear that cp([G, G]GP) = [F, F]FP = if!(F), whence the sequence 1 ---+
B /Bo ---+ G /if!( G) ---+ F /if!(F) ---+ 1 is exact, and this extension is direct (since
G/if!(G) is an elementary Abelian group).
75
76 4. THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM FOR LOCAL FIELDS
The following commutative diagram with natural homomorphisms holds:

1 ----t B/Bo ----t G/Bo ----t F ----t 1
1 1
1 ----t B/Bo ----t G/il!(G) ----t F/il!(F) ----t 1,
therefore G /Bo is a direct product of G / iJ! (G) and F with amalgamated quotient
group F/il!(F). Therefore, G/Bo is a direct product of B/Bo and F.
COROLLARY. Let 1 --t B --t G --t F --t 1 be an exact sequence of p-groups,
and let d(G) and d(F) be the numbers of generators of G and F, respectively. Then
d(F) ~ d(G), and d(F) = d(G) if and only if BC il!(G).
The following fact, that will be repeatedly used in the sequel, is almost obvious.
For the sequence 1 --t B --t G --t F --t 1, let the relation d(G) = d(F) hold and
let B 1 be a subgroup of B, normal in G. Then we have the exact sequences 1 --t
B/B1--tG/B1--tF--t1and1---t B1 --t G--t G/B1--t1. Byd(F) ~ d(G/B1) ~
d( G) = d( F), we have d( G/ B 1) = d( F) = d( G), so that for both sequences indicated
the group and the quotient group have one and the same number of generators.
2°. Suppose a local field k does not contain a primitive pth root of unity. Let
an embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, B) be given, where Bis a p-group.
THEOREM 4.1.1. The problem just stated is always solvable.
PROOF. Inductive arguments reduce the proof of the theorem to the case of an
Abelian kernel and even to the case where the kernel is a group of order p. Let k be
the algebraic closure of k with Galois group F. We denote by h the cohomology class
from H 2 (F, B), corresponding to the extension G, and by h the lifting of it to the
group H 2 (F, B). By Proposition 3.13.2, the theorem is equivalent to the relation
h = 0. By Tate's local duality (see Appendix, §3), H 2 (F, B) ~ Homp(B, "k*)'.
Since F trivially acts on B and k* does not contain nontrivial pth roots of unity,
this group is trivial. The theorem is proved. 0
REMARK. The theorem also follows from the fact that the Galois group of a
maximal p-extension of a local field that does not contain a primitive pth root of
unity is a free pro-p-group (see [55)). On the other hand, this theorem actually
proves this fact. Indeed, we have shown that for the diagram
11/J
G~F----tl
there exists a homomorphismµ: F --t G such that cpµ = '¢. Therefore, Fis free.
3°. Consider the following embedding problem for local fields:
(1) (K/k, G, cp, B),

where G is a finite p-group (whence Band F = Gal(K/k) are also finite p-groups).
The main purpose of this section is to prove the following theorem.
§1. THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM FOR LOCAL FIELDS 77
THEOREM 4.1.2. Let p-groups G and F have the same number of generators.
Then the embedding problem (1) is solvable if and only if the associated problem
(Kfk, Gf B', r.p', Bf B') is solvable, where B' is the commutator subgroup of B.
We note that the fact that the numbers of generators of G and F are equal
is equivalent to B C <P(G), where <P(G) is the Frattini subgroup of G. Thus,
any solution of problem (1) is a field, i.e., is a proper solution (Corollary 5 to
Theorem 1.6).
The theorem admits the following generalization.
THEOREM 4.1.2'. Except for the case indicated below the embedding problem
(Kf k, G, r.p, B) for local fields, where G is a finite p-group, is solvable in the proper
sense if and only if the associated problem
(2) (Kf k, G f ii, cp, Bf B)
is solvable in the proper sense, where B is the mutual commutator group for the
groups B and Bo= B n <P(G), Cj5 is the homomorphism Gf B --t Gf B = Gal(Kfk)
induced by the map r.p. The exceptional case may occur only if the following condi-
tions are satisfied simultaneously:
a) p = 2;
b) -1 is not a square in K;
c) the kernel Bis not contained in the Frattini subgroup <P(G) of G.
Theorem 4.1.2 is a consequence of Theorem 4.1.2', because in the case B c
<P(G) we have B = B', where B' is the commutator subgroup of B. Since the
proofs of both theorems have much in common, we shall prove a more general
Theorem 4.1.2'.
We procee~ by induction on the order of the group B. For an Abelian kernel
B, the group B is trivial, which proves the base of induction. Suppose that for
all embedding problems whose order of the kernel is less than the order of B the
theorem is true. Let the associated embedding problem (Kfk,GfB,cp,BfB) be
solvable in the proper sense.
If the field k does not contain a primitive pth root of unity, then, as shown
above, the problem
(3) (Lf k, G, B),
where L is a proper solution of problem (2), is solvable; since B C <P(G), the

solution of (3) is proper. Thus, problem (1) has a proper solution. Therefore, in
the sequel we shall assume that k contains a primitive pth root (o of unity. For
B = {1}, the theorem is empty; so, we assume that B = [B, Bo] is nontrivial.
We prove several auxiliary lemmas.
LEMMA 4.1.1. Let C be normal in G, and let C be a proper subgroup of B.
Then the associated problem (Kf k, Gf C, Bf C) is solvable in the proper sense.
For the problem (Kfk,G,B), where G = GfC, B = BfC,!., the _!nductive

~sumption is valid, whence it reduces to th~ proble~ (Kfk, Gf B, Bf B), where
B = [B, B n CI> ( G)]. The homomorphism Bf B --t Bf B is surjective, so that this
problem is associated with problem (2) that is solvable in the proper sense.
LEMMA 4.1.2. Let Bi be a proper subgroup of B, normal in G. If the group

B1 = [B1 , B 1 n ~(G)]is nontrivial, problem (1) is solvable in the proper sense.
Consider the embedding problem (K/k,G/B1,B/B1) that is solvable in the
proper sense whenever B1 =J {1 }. Let L 1 be a proper solution of it and L = L~if Bi.
Then L yields a solution to the embedding problem (K/k,G/B1,B/B1). Now we
consider the problem (L/k, G, B 1 ). By the inductive assumption, this problem
reduces to the problem (L/k,G/B 1,BifB1), Lis a proper solution of the latter
problem. Thus, problem (1) is solvable.
Therefore, in the sequel we assume that B 1 n ~(G) is contained in the center
of a group Bi, where Bi is any proper subgroup of B, normal in G. In particular,
either Bo = B or Bo is an Abelian group.
Let B 1 be an arbitrary proper subgroup of B, containing Bo (if Bo =J B).
Then B 1 is normal in G and, thus, Bo is contained in the center of B 1 . Since
B =J {1}, there exists an element f3 EB that does not commute with all elements
of B 0 . Therefore, the group B 1 generated by Bo and by the element f3 (as a
noncommutative group) must coincide with the group B. Since f3P E B 0 , we have
either Bo has index pin B or Bo= B. If Bo =J B, then B' = [B, B] = [B, Bo]= B.
Consider the case Bo =J B.
LEMMA 4.1.3. Let L be an arbitrary proper solution of problem (2), and let Lo
be the subfield of L corresponding to the subgroup Bo/ B. If Lo is not a cyclotomic
extension of the field K, then problem (1) has a proper solution.
It is obvious that the field Lo is a solution of the embedding problem (K/k,
G /Bo, B /Bo). We note that this problem corresponds to a direct extension of
groups (Proposition 4.1.2), whence Lo = K ©k ki, where ki is a normal exten-
sion of k of degree p, i.e., ki = k( {Ila) where a E k. Consider the embedding
problem (Lo/k,G,Bo). Since Bo C ~(G), any solution of this problem (if it ex-
ists) is proper. Moreover, by the reduction we have just made, Bo is an Abelian
group; therefore, the criterion for solvability of this problem consists of the solv-
ability of all associated Brauer problems of the form (Lo/k, G / Kerx, Bo/ Kerx),
where x E Homc(Bo, L 0) (see Theorem 3.14.1). Let x E Homc(Bo, L 0). Since
Lo is not a cyclotomic extension of K, it follows that x E Homc(B 0 , K*). For
a E Bo, f3 E B we have x(a.6) = x(a).6 = x(a), whence x(f3- 1af3a- 1) = 1 and,
thus, B = [B, Bo] c Kerx. Therefore, all Brauer problems of the form (L 0 /k,
G/Kerx,Bo/Kerx), where x E Homc(Bo,L 0), are associated with the prob-
lem (L 0 /k, G/ B, Bo/ B) for which L is a solution. Thus, the embedding problem
(L 0 /k, G, B) has a (proper) solution that also is a solution of problem (1).
Thus, if Bo =J B, we reduce the problem to the case, where the field Lo =
K( {7'(), where ( is a root of unity which is contained in the field k (the fields K
and k ( {7'() are linearly separated over k).
Consider the subgroup A= [G, B]BP of B. It is obvious that AC Bo c B, and
B /A is an elementary Abelian p-group, which is contained in the center of G/A.
LEMMA 4.1.4. If Bo =J B, then either A coincides with Bo or A has index p
in Bo and coincides with the center of the kernel B.
Suppose that (Bo : A) 2 p 2 . Since Bo/A is an elementary Abelian group,
there exist two subgroups A 1 and A 2 of B of index p containing A. Let Bi be the
subgroups generated by A and an element f3 E B, f3 (j. Bo. Then Bin ~(G) =
Ai, whence (by reduction) /3 commutes with the elements of A 1 and A 2 , i.e., it
commutes with Bo, a contradiction to the fact that B = [B, Bo] is a nontrivial
group. If A has index pin Bo, then the same arguments applied to Bi generated
by A and by an element /3 EB, /3 ~ B 0 , show that [A, B 1 ) = {l}. Since B 0 B 1 = B,
the group A is contained in the center of B and coincides with it.
LEMMA 4.1.5. Let A'/:- Bo'/:- B. Then the embedding problem (1) has a proper
solution. ·
Let L be a proper solution of problem (2), and let Lo= L 80 IB, L 1 =LAIB.
The reduction we have made allows us to assume that Lo is the composite of K and
the field that is a cyclotomic extension of k of degree p, linearly separated of K. The
field Li is an extension of Lo of degree p. Since B /A is an elementary Abelian group
of order p 2 , L 1 is not a cyclotomic extension of L 0 . Consider the embedding problem
(Lif k, G, A). The solvability of this problem (hence, the solvability in the proper
sense) reduces to verification of the solvability of the associated Brauer problems
(Lifk, G/ Ker x, A/ Ker x), where x E Homa(A, Li). We have proved that A is the
center of B. Therefore, for any a E A, f3 E B we have x(a) = x(a.B) = x(a).B,
whence x(a) E L~/A = K. Thus, x(a) Ek*, so that
Homa(A, Li)= Homa(A, k*) = Homz(A, k*).
Consider a fixed element f3 E B which is not contained in Bo. For g E G, we
have (39 = (Ja(g), where a(g) E A. It is clear that a(g 1 g2 ) = a(g1 )9 2 a(g2 ), where
gi E G. Moreover, a(g) is determined by the image of g in G/A = Gal(Li/k).
Let u(x,g) = x(a(g)), where x E Homa(A,Li). Then u(x,g) is a cocycle in
Z 1 (G/A,Li) and, by Speiser's theorem, u(x,g) = v~-9, where v:x: E Li (it is
more correct to write v~-1P< 9 >, where Cj5 is the map G---+ G/A). Consider the el-
ement Cx = x(f3P)v~. Then c~ = x(f3P)9v~9 = x(f39P)v~P = x(f3Pa(g)P)v~P =
x(f3P)u(x, g)Pv~P = Cx, whence Cx E k*. But x(f3P) E k*, and v~ E k*. Therefore,
v~ = vx(b( 9 ), where (o E k* is a primitive pth root of 1, and l(g) is an integer de-
fined modulo p. It is clear that l(g) is a homomorphism G---+ 'll/p'll; consequently,
for g E <P(G) we have l(g) = 0 (mod p) and v~ = Vx· Therefore, for g E <P(G)
the element a(g) = (39 (3- 1 belongs to the kernel of x and B = [B, Bo) C Ker x
for x E Homa(A,Li). Hence, for such x the embedding problem (Li/k,G/Kerx,
A/ Ker x) is associated with the problem (Lif k, G / B, A/B) for which L is a solu-
tion. Thus, the problem (Li/k, G, A) is also solvable and, in addition, in the proper
sense, and its solution is also a solution of problem (1). The lemma is proved.
Therefore, it remains to consider only the cases Bo = B and Bo = A.
LEMMA 4.1.6. Let Bo = B. If the index of A in B is different from p, then
the embedding problem (1) has a proper solution.
Let B 1 be a subgroup of the group B of index p, which is normal in G. Then the
quotient group B/B 1 has order p and is central in G/B 1 • Therefore, A= [G,B]BP
is contained in B 1 , whence A is a proper subgroup of B. Suppose that (B:A) ~ p 2 .
We choose in B a subgroup Bi such that
(a) Ac Bi c B;
(b) (B: Bi) = p;
(c) the field L 1 = LBifB (where Lis a proper solution of problem (2)) is not a
cyclotomic extension of K.
Such a subgroup B 1 exists, because there is at most one subgroup satisfying

the first two conditions and not satisfying the third. Moreover, the group B 1 is
normal in Gin view of AC B 1 CB.
Consider the embedding problem (Li/k, G, Bi). As before, we may assume
that the kernel B 1 is an Abelian group. Let x E Homa(B1, Li). Since L 1 is
not a cyclotomic extension of K, the values of x belong to K. Thus, for any
a E Bi, f3 E B, we have x(a.B) = x(a).B = x(a), whence X(f3- 1af3a- 1) = 1.
Therefore, [B, B 1] is contained in the kernel of any character x indicated above.
But B/B 1 is a cyclic group of order p, whence [B,B1] = [B,B]. Therefore, for
any x E Homa[B1, Li] the Brauer embedding problem (Li/k, G/ Ker x, Bi Ker x)
is associated with the problem (Li/k, G/ ii, Bi/ ii) for which Lis a solution. Thus,
the embedding problem (Li/k, G, B 1), as well as problem (1), is solvable. Since
B 1 c BC cI>(G), problem (1) is solvable in the proper sense.
Thus, in either case Bo '/:- B and Bo = B, we may assume that the group
A= [G, B]BP has indexp in Band the field L 1 =LAIB, where Lis a proper solution
of problem (2), is a cyclotomic extension of K. Note that B' = [B, BJ = [B, A] =ii.
LEMMA 4.1.7. Suppose the group C = [G,ii]iiP is nontrivial. Then the em-
bedding problem (1) has a proper solution.
Let Lo be a proper solution of the problem (K/k, G/C, B/C) and L 1 = L~1°.
Then L 1 is a solution of the embedding problem (K/k,G/A,B/A). Consider the
embedding problem (Li/k, G, A). For X E Homa(A, Li) we have x(a.B) = x(a).B,
where a E A, f3 E B. Since L 1 is an extension of K of degree p, the values
x(aP) belong to K. Therefore, (x(a.B))P = (x(a).B)P = x(aP).B = x(aP) = x(a)P
and x(a.B) = x(a)(o, with (b = 1. Thus, x(a.Ba- 1) E k* and x(a.Ba- 1)P = 1.
Therefore, the values of x on ii = [B, A] belong to k and have period p. If 'Y E ii,
g E G, then x('YP) = 1 and x('Y9) = x('Y)9 = x('Y). Therefore, the values of X on C
are equal to 1. Thus, any Brauer problem of the form (Li/k,G/Kerx,A/Kerx)
is associated with the problem (Li/k, G /C, A/C) for which Lo is a solution, and
the problem (Li/k, G, A) is solvable in the proper sense. Thus, problem (1) is also
solvable.
We have thereby reduced problem (1) to the case where the group ii= B' is
central in G and has exponent p.
If p = 2, it is necessary to require that K contains yCI. If Bo = B, this
requirement may be satisfied without loss of generality. Indeed, if -1 is not a square
in K, we may consider the problem obtained by the lifting of K to K( J=T) = K.
The group F = Gal(K/k) is a direct product of F = Gal(K/k) and the group of
order 2; in just the same way, the direct product G of G and F with amalgamated
quotient group F is a direct product of G and Z/2Z. The condition B c cI>(G)
remains valid, whence lifting leads to a problem equivalent to the original one in
the proper sense. The case p = 2, A ~ K, and B '/:- Bo is exceptional and
is indicated in the statement of the theorem. We consider this case in the next
section.
Now we complete the proof of the theorem. By reduction performed above, we
assume that L 1 = LAI i3, where L is a proper solution of the embedding problem
(2), is a cyclotomic extension of degree p of the field k and is a solution of the
problem (K/k, G/A, B/A). Consider the embedding problem (Li/k, G, A) that has
a proper solution if and only if all associated Brauer problems (Lifk, G/ Ker x,
A/Kerx) are solvable, where x E Homc(A,Li). We fix some X·
Consider a= f3P with /3 E Band show that x(a) EK*. This is obvious for
/3 E A; if /3 ~ A, we have af3 = a, whence x(a)f3 = x(af3) = x(a). Therefore,
x(a) E Lf/A = K.
Now let a= {3913- 1 EA, where /3 EB, g E G. Since the commutator subgroup
B' is contained in the center of B, we have a 1 = (/39) 1/3- 1···/D, where 'Y is the
commutator of {39 and /3 (l is a positive integer, {;) = t(t~l) ). Since the commutator
subgroup has period p, we have aP = (f39)P 13-p for odd p; if p = 2, then a 4 =
({39) 413- 4. We have already shown that x(f3P) E K*. Since G is a p-group, x(f3P)9 =
x(f3P)l+pm for integer m. Therefore, we have x(a)P = x(f3P)9x(f3-P) = x(f3P)Pm
for odd p and x(a) 4 = x(/34)4m for p = 2. Thus, x(a) = x(f3Pr(o, where (o is a
pth root of 1 for pi=- 2; if p = 2, then x(a) = x(/3 4)c, where c is a root of degree 4
of 1. Since (o (respectively, c) belongs to K, we have x(a) EK*.
Thus, the values of x on the elements from BP and [B, G] are contained in K.
Since A= [B,G]BP, XE Homc(A,K*), we have x(af3) = x(a)f3 = x(a), a EA,
/3 E B, whence the mutual commutator subgroup of A and B is contained in the
kernel of X· But B =[A, BJ and the embedding problem (Lifk, G/Kerx,A/Kerx)
is associated with the solvable problem (Lifk, G/ B, A/ B) (La is a solution of this
problem). Therefore, the problem (Lif k, G, A) is also solvable, and a field must
be a solution of this problem. Hence, the problem (K/k, G, cp, B) is solvable in the
proper sense. Theorem 4.1.2' is proved.
Therefore, Theorem 4.1.2 is also proved.
COROLLARY. The above theorem proves the equivalence of the following state-
ments:
(A) The embedding problem (1) under the above assumptions is solvable.
(B) The compatibility condition holds for problem (1).
(C) The compatibility condition holds for problem (2).
(D) The compatibility conditions hold for all Brauer problems (K/k, G /Ker x,
B/Kerx), with x E Homc(B,K*).
Indeed, the implications A ==? B ==? C ==? D are obvious. Condition
(D) is equivalent to the solvability of problem (2) and, by the theorem just proved,
this implies (A).
4°. We present an example showing that in Theorem 4.1.2 we cannot eliminate
the requirement that the numbers of generators in the group and in the quotient
group be equal.
Let k be a local number field containing a primitive pth root ( of unity, but not
containing \t'Z" (pis odd). The group k* /k*P is finite and is isomorphic to a finite-
dimensional linear space over the field with p elements. On this space the Hilbert
symbol gives rise to a skew-symmetric bilinear form. Therefore, the dimension v
of this space is even (Lemma 5.3.2 proves that v = 2 whenever the characteristic
of the residue field of k is not equal top; for the case v = n + 2 with n = (k: Qp),
see [27]). In the space k* /k*P we choose a basis el, e2, ... , ev on which the form
under consideration takes the values (ei,e 2) = 1, (ea,e4) = 1, ... , (ev_ 1,ev) = 1
(respectively, (e2, ei) = (e4, ea)= (ev, ev-1) = -1), and all remaining values of the
form at basis vectors are zero. Let ai be the preimages of ei in the field k. Then
for the (multiplicative) Hilbert symbols (ai,aJ) we have (ai,a2) = (aa,a4) = · · · =
(a 11 _1,a 11 ) = (and (a2,a1) = (a4,a3) = · · · = (a.,,a.,_1) = (- 1, and the other

values of (ai, aj) are equal to unity. Without loss of generality we may assume that
al=(.
Now let the field K be obtained from k by adjoining the radicals .yfal, .yfa2, ... ,
.zya:. Then F = Gal(K/k) is an elementary Abelian p-group with v generators
Ji,f2, ... ,f11 , where (-vfai)fi = -vfai(, (-vfai)li = -vfai for j :j:. i. Let G0 be an
2
Abelian p-group with 2v generators a1, ... , a.,, gl, ... , g., and af = 1, gf = 1,
gf = gf (i = 2, ... , v); we denote the element gf by "'f. Finally, the group G
is generated by the group Go and an element f3 such that /JP = 1, f3- 1"Yf3 = "'f,
f3- 1 ai/3 = an, /3- 1gi/3 = giai. The Frattini subgroup of G is generated by the
elements "'f, a 1 , ... , a.,, whence G has (v + 1) generators.
Now we define the homomorphism <p: G --t F by the formulas <p(gi) = fi,
<p(ai) = 1, <p(/3) = 1 and consider the embedding problem (K/k,G,<p,B), where
B = Ker <p is generated by the elements ai and /]. The commutator subgroup B'
of the kernel B is generated by the element "Y and is a cyclic group of order p.
The group F can obviously be embedded in the quotient group G/B' (namely, the
images of gi in G / B' generate a group isomorphic to F), therefore the Abelian
embedding problem (K/k,G/B',B/B') associated with problem (1) is semidirect
and solvable.
PROPOSITION 4.1.3. The embedding problem (1) indicated above is unsolvable.
We put A = ("Y, a 1 , ... , a.,); A is the Frattini subgroup of G and is contained
in B, whence the extension 1 --t B /A --t G /A --t F --t 1 is direct. Therefore, any
solution of the problem (K/k, G/A, B/A) is of the form Lx = K © k( <fi), where
x Ek*. Here we assume that <fi/J = <fi(, <fi9 ; = <fi, where 7J and !h are images
of /3 and gi in G/A.
We try to clarify the properties of x E k* for which the embedding problem
(Lx/k,G/B',A/B') is solvable, where B' = ("Y) is the commutator subgroup of B.
It is clear that (Lx/k, G/ B', A/ B') is solvable for x = 1 (because (K/k, G/ B', B/ B')
is a semidirect problem). Consider the characters Xi E Homa; B' (A/ B', K*) (i = 1,
... , v) given by the formulas Xi(ai) = ( and Xi(aj) = 1, j :j:. i. The Brauer
problems corresponding to them are of the form (Lx/k, G/ Ker xi, A/Ker xi), where
Xi is an extension of Xi to A. Let Si be a subgroup of G/Kerxi generated by the
elements gl, ... , gi- i, gi+l, ... , g.,. The group Si is normal in G /Ker Xi and
intersects A/Kerxi only by the unit element. The image of Si in Fis the subgroup
Fi= (/1, ... , fi-1, fi+i. ... , /.,)of Yand L;i = k(-vfai, <fi) =Li. By descent with
respect to Si, we reduce every Brauer problem to equivalent Brauer problems of
the form (Li/k,Hi,A/Kerxi), where Hi is a group of order p 3 and of period p
- --1 -
with generators ai, /3, Yi; here, ai is a central element and /3 Yi/3 = Yilii· The
component of the crossed product (Hi x Li)e, where e is an idempotent element
corresponding to the homomorphism ai --t (, is a tensor product of algebras over k
generated by the pairs (/Je, <fi) and (Yi {/"X=Te, -vfai). The first of them is a matrix
algebra (since /JP = 1), and the second is defined by the Hilbert symbol (x- 1 , ai)·
Therefore, the solvability of the embedding problem (Lx/k,G/Kerxi,A/Kerxi)
is equivalent to the triviality of the Hilbert symbol (x- 1 , ai). Since a 1 , ... , a., are
generators of the group k* / k*P, by the nonsingularity of the Hilbert symbol we
obtain x E k*P, i.e., we may assume that x = l. This is a necessary and sufficient
condition for the solvability of the problem (Lx/k, G/ B', A/ B').
§2. PROPER SOLUTIONS OF THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM 83
Every solution of problem (1) (if it exists) is a solution of the problem (Lx/k, G,
A), where Lx is a solution of the direct embedding problem indicated above. Since
we have shown that x,...., 1, we consider the equivalent problem (K/k, G0 , A) over
the field-kernel (recall that Go is an Abelian group generated by the elements ai,
gi, i = 1, ... , v). For all characters x E Hom( A, K*) with xb) = 1, this problem
is solvable, because it determines a direct extension. Consider now a character
7/J('Y) = (, 7/J(ai) = 1 for i = 1, ... , v. The corresponding Brauer problem is of the
form (K/k, G/Ker'ljJ, A/ Ker'ljJ). Denote by S 0 the subgroup of G/ Ker7/J generated
by 9i9ji (i,j = 1, ... , v); So is an elementary Abelian p-group whose image Fo
is generated by fdj-i · The F 0 -invariant subfield of K is a cyclic extension of k
of degree p obtained by adjoining the radical {1aia2 ... a,, to k. By descent with
respect to So, we reduce the embedding problem (K/k,G/Kerx,A/Kerx) to an
equivalent embedding problem in which the extension k({iaia 2 ... a,,) of degree p
is embedded in a cyclic extension of degree p 2 (because gf = 'Y =f. 1). A simple
computation shows that the solvability of this problem, as well as the solvability
of the original problem (1), is equivalent to the triviality of the Hilbert symbol
((,aia2 ... a 11 ). But ( = ai, whence ((,ai) = 1fori=f.2, and ((,a2) =f.1. Thus,
problem (1) is unsolvable.
REMARK. By Theorem 2.9, the compatibility condition is fulfilled for the prob-
lem indicated, because the corresponding Abelian problem is semidirect.
§2. Proper solutions of the embedding problem for local fields

As shown in Chapter 3, §6, if the embedding problem with Abelian kernel over
an algebraic number field has a positive solution for Galois algebras, then there also
exists a solution that is a field. In the sequel we shall prove this fact for the case
of a nilpotent kernel (Theorem 5.5.5).
At the same time, for the embedding problems given over extensions of local
fields, the solvability in the sense of algebras does not guarantee the solvability
in the proper sense (i.e., for fields). This is due to the finiteness of the quotient
group k* / k*P. Therefore, the question of the solvability in the proper sense of
the embedding problems for local fields is of significance by itself. In this section
we discuss this question in the situation where both the Galois group of a given
extension and the group of the required extension are p-groups.
1°. As shown in the previous section (Theorem 4.1.2'), the embedding problem
(K/k,G,cp,B) under consideration reduces (excluding the exceptional case) to the
case where the group B n <P(G) is contained in the center of the group B. In
the case B C <fl( G) the problem amounts to the case of an Abelian kernel and the
exceptional case is lacking. We show that in the general case, we may neither ignore
the exceptional case nor reduce the problem to a problem with Abelian kernel.
EXAMPLE l. Let k be the 2-adic number field Q2 • Note that k* /k* 2 is a space
of dimension 3 over the field with two elements, and as a basis for this space, we can
take the classes modulo k* 2 generated by the numbers -1, 5, 2. The corresponding
Hilbert symbols are equal to (-1, -1) = -1, (-1, 5) = 1, (-1, 2) = 1, (5, 5) = 1,
(5, 2) = -1, (2, 2) = l. Let Ki = k( VS) and K =Ki (0) with 02 = 2VS - 5. Then
K is a normal extension of the field k with Galois group F isomorphic to a cyclic
group of order 4. We choose a generator g in F in such a way that 09 = 0(2 + VS)
(respectively, VS9 = -VS and 09 2 = -0).
Let B be a group of order 16 generated by the elements ai, a2, {3, and af = 1,
a~ = 1, {32 = 1, a1a2 = a2a1, {3- 1a1f3 = a11, {3- 1a2f3 = a2. The commutator
subgroup B' of the group B consists of the elements 1, af.
As G, we take the semidirect extension of the group by F with af = a 1a 2,
a~ = a2, {Jg = f3a1. The group Bo= B n (G) is generated by the elements a 1
and a2, and B = [B, Bo] = B'.
Consider the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, B), where <pis the standard map-
ping of G onto F. Suppose it has a proper solution L. Let £ 1 = LB', £ 2 = £Bo.
Then, L2 is a solution of (K/k,G/Bo,B/Bo), L1 is a solution of (L2/k,G/B',
Bo/ B'), and L solves (L2fk, G, Bo).
The embedding problem (K/k, G/ B 0 , Bf Bo) is given by a direct extension, so
£ 2 = k(y'x) with x Ek*. For the embedding problem (L2/k,G/B',B0 /B') the
compatibility condition is fulfilled. For x E Homa;s,(Bo/B',L2) we have x(a) =
±1 Ek (here a is the image of a E Bo in the quotient group Bo= Bo/ B') because
Bo is a group of period 2. Thus, x(a1a2) = x(ai) = x(a1)g = x(a1), whence
x(a2) = 1. Therefore, Homa;s1(Bo,L2) is a group of order 2. Let x(a1) = -1,
x(a2) = 1, ex = 1-2a 1 • 1-i;a2 be the corresponding idempotent element. The
component (G x L2)ex of the crossed product contains the subalgebra (F x K)ex
isomorphic to the matrix algebra over k (of order 4), and its centralizer is generated
by the elements -Jiex and 7Jv'5ex anticommuting with each other. Therefore, the
symbol (x, 5) must be trivial, whence x"' ±1, ±5. Since £ 2 is a field, x"' -1 and
x rv -5 are the only possibilities. (The fields L~ = K( A) and L~ = K( H)
are abstractly isomorphic, since 5 is a square in K, but they determine distinct
solutions of the embedding problem because in the first case Ag = A and in
the second Ag = -A.) This argument shows that the embedding problem
(K/k, G/ B', Bf B') is solvable in the proper sense. Indeed, for x = -1, x = -5 the
compatibility condition is fulfilled for the problem (L2fk, G/ B', Bo/ B'), whence it
is solvable, and each of the solutions of it is proper.
Now consider the problem (L2/k,G,Bo). For x"' -1, the mapping x: Bo--+
L2 given by the formulas x(a1) = i = A, x(a2) = 1 is a G-operator mapping.
Let ex = !(1- a:1i - af + aN)(l + a2) be the corresponding idempotent, so that
a1ex = iex, a2ex =ex. The algebra (G x L2)ex is the tensor product of the matrix
algebra (F x K)ex and the algebra generated over k by the anticommuting elements
iex and {3B(i - 2 - v's)ex. Since (f3B(i - 2 - v'5)) 2 = 02((2 + v'5) 2 + 1) = (2v'5 -
5) (10+4v'5) = -10, the invariant of the algebra (G x L2)ex equals (-1, -10) = -1.
Thus, for x rv -1 the problem (L 2/k,G,B0 ) is unsolvable.
Now let x "' -5. In this case, the homomorphism X: Bo --+ L2 defined by
x(a1) = i = A = v's/A, x(a2) = 1 is a G-operator mapping. Then the
centralizer of the algebra (F x K)ex in the algebra (G x L2)ex is generated over k by
the anticommuting elements Hex and {3(1 + i)ex. But ({3(1 + i)ex) 2 = 2ex, and
the Hilbert symbol (-5,2) = (-1,2)(5,2) = -1. Thus, the embedding problem
(K/k, G, <p, B) has no proper solutions, while the problem (K/k, G/ B, Bf B) is
solvable in the proper sense. Thus, the exceptional case of Theorem 4.1.2' in the
previous section cannot be removed.
Now we show that the solvability in the proper sense of (K/k, G, B) and the
solvability in the proper sense of (K/k,G/B',B/B') (where B' is the commutator
subgroup of B) are also not equivalent for p odd.
EXAMPLE 2. Let k be a local field, and let p =f. 2 be the characteristic of its
residue field. Suppose k contains a primitive pth root of unity. As in the example
of the previous section, we see that the group k* / k*P is a space over the field with
p elements. Let el, e2, ... , ev be a basis of it, where vis even. We again choose
the numbers of the generators in such a way that only the Hilbert symbols (e1, e2),
(e3,e4), ... , (ev-1,ev) are nontrivial. Let the numbers ai Ek be preimages of
the basis elements ei. As K we consider the field obtained from k by adjoining
the radicals efti3, .yl(i4, ... , ~· Then the Galois group F = Gal(K/k) is an
elementary Abelian p-group with v - 2 generators g3, g4, ... , gv, and we assume
that fj<ii, 9i = fftii, for j =f. i and fftii, 9 ; = fftii, (, where ( is a primitive pth root of
unity.
Now we construct the group G. As kernel B, we consider the group of period

p with generators aij, (Ji, where i = 1, 2; j = 3, 4, ... , v; O!ij are central elements;
[(31, f32] = / =f. 1, and / is a central element that cannot be expressed via O!ij
(whence (B: 1) = p3+ 2 (v- 2 l).
Let G be a semidirect extension of the kernel B by the group F = Gal(K/k);
here 'Y and aij are central elements of G and g j 1 (Jig j = f3i aij (i = 1, 2; j =
3, 4, ... , v). It is clear that A = <P (G) is generated by the elements / and aij and
is contained in B, and the commutator subgroup B' is generated by/.
Consider the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, B), where cp is the natural map-
ping G-+ G/B = Gal(K/k). We are interested in proper solutions of this problem
(a semidirect problem is solvable in the sense of algebras). The associated problem
(K/k,G/A,B/A) with A= <P(G) CB is given by a direct extension, whence each
of its solutions is L = K ( .yfxl, V"X2), where xi, x2 E k*. This solution is proper
if and only if the images of the elements xi, x 2 in the space k* /k*P are linearly
independent over the subspace (k* nK*P)/k*P; in other words, the elements xi, x2,
a3, ... , av must generate multiplicatively the entire group k* . .
Now consider the embedding problem (L/k, G, A) with L = K( .yfxl, V"X2)· As
is easily seen, for the character Xij (i = 1, 2; j = 3, 4, ... , v) defined by Xi3(ai3) = (,
where ( is a fixed primitive pth root of unity, and trivial on the other generators akl
((k, l) =f. (i,j)) and on/, the invariant of the corresponding Brauer problem is equal
to the Hilbert symbol (a3, xi). Thus, the embedding problem (L / k, G / B', A/ B')
with B' = [B, BJ = (!) is solvable if and only if all symbols (a3, Xi) are trivial. We
can easily meet this requirement by setting, for example, X1 = ai, X2 = a2, and
in this case the solution is proper. Thus, the problem (K/k,G/B',B/B') has a
proper solution.
Now consider the character 'l/J E Homa(A, L*) defined nontrivially on the el-
ement / E B' and trivially on all of the O!ij. The invariant of the corresponding
problem is equal to (x1,x2). Now let (a3,xi) = 1 and (xi,x2) = 1 (i = 1,2;
j = 3, 4, ... , v). The conditions (a3 , xi) = 1 mean that the decomposition of the el-
ement Xi in the basis el, ... , ev (where Xi is the image of Xi in the space k* / k*P) has
zero coordinates at e3, e4, ... , ev. Therefore, the elements x1 and x2 are generated
by the elements a 1 and a2 over k*P. Let x 1 = ai1 a~ 1 (mod k*P) and x2 = ai2 a~ 2
(mod k*P). Since the symbol (a 1, a 2) is not trivial, the condition (x1, x2) = 1 im-
pliesI:::: I= =
0 (mod p), i.e., x2 xf (mod k*P), where n is an integer. Then Lis
not a proper solution. Thus, the embedding problem indicated above is unsolvable
in the proper sense, but the corresponding Abelian problem has a proper solution.
2°. As we have seen, Theorem 4.1.2' cannot be applied whenever p = 2 and the
field K does not contain A. The following theorem may serve as a substitute.
THEOREM 4.2.1. The embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, B) has a proper solution
if the associated problem (K/k, G / Bb, B / Bb), where Bb is the commutator subgroup
of Bo= B n (G), has a proper solution.
Let L be a proper solution of the associated problem, and L 1 = L 80 1B~. Then
Gal(Li/k) ~ G/ Bo, and we consider the embedding problem (Li/k, G, B 0 ). Since
Bo C (G), Theorem 4.1.2 of the previous section can be applied to this problem,
whence it is equivalent to the associated problem (Lifk, G/ Bb, B/ Bb), and Lis a
proper solution of the latter. Thus, the problem (K/k, G, B) has a proper solution.
Therefore, in considering the embedding problems for local fields and p-groups in
the proper sense, one can reduce the problem to the case where Bo= B n (G) is
an Abelian group.
In the situation where Theorem 4.1.2' can be applied, we may significantly
simplify the problem.
THEOREM 4.2.2. Let (K/k,G,<p,B) be an embedding problem with local fields
K and k, where G is a p-group and Bo = B n (G) is contained in the center of
B. Let C be the intersection of the kernels of all characters x E Homa(B0 ,K*).
Then the embedding problem (1) is solvable in the proper sense if and only if the
associated embedding problem (K/k, G/C, B/C) has a proper solution.
PROOF. Let L be a proper solution of this problem, and let Li = L 80 1°.
Consider the embedding problem (Lif k, G, B 0 ). Its solvability (and thus solvability
in the proper sense) is equivalent to the solvability of all associated Brauer problems
(Lifk, G/Kerx, Bo/Kerx), where x E Homa(Bo,Li). For a E Bo, /3 EB, we have
x(af3) = x(a)f3, but Bo is a central subgroup in B, whence x(a)f3 = x(a). Thus,
x( a) E K* independently of whether or not the field Li contains a cyclotomic
extension of K. Therefore, Homa(B0 , Li) = Homa(Bo, K*). For 'YE C we have
x('Y) = 1 for any x, therefore the Brauer problem corresponding to each x E
Homa(Bo, Li) is associated with the embedding problem (Lifk, G/C, Bo/C) for
which L is a solution. The theorem is proved. 0
REMARK. The group Bo is an F-module, F = Gal(K/k), because Bo is con-

tained in the center of B. Therefore,
Homa(Bo,K*) = Homp(B0 ,K*) ~ Homz(Bo/C,K*).
Moreover, in the group Bo/C the relations /3[ = /3b(f) hold, where /30 E B 0/C,
f E F, and the numbers l (f) are defined by ( f = ( 1Ul, where ( is a primitive root
of the maximal p-power of 1 contained in K (obviously, l(f) = 1 (mod p)). The
theorem proved reduces the embedding problem to the case where the elements f
act on all elements /30 E Bo in the same way. In particular, each subgroup of B 0/C
is normal in G/C.
3°. Now we find conditions for solvability in the proper sense for the embedding
problem in terms of the consistency of a system of equations. We assume that we
have made the necessary reduction, i.e., for the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, B),
the group Bo= Bn(G) is contained in the center of Band every homomorphism
Bo --t K* is a G-operator homomorphism (hence an F-operator homomorphism,
where F = Gal(K/ k)). Since G /Bo is a direct product of the groups B /Bo and
F, there exists a subgroup Go of G such that cp(Go) = F and Go n B = Bo (the
group Go is not uniquely determined, but we fix one of them). This enables us to
regard the group Bas an F-operator group by setting (3f = f- 1(3f, where (3 EB,
f E F, and f is a representative of f in Go (this action is well defined because
Bo = B n «P( G) is contained in the center of B). Let (31, f32, ... , f31 be the elements
of B whose images in the quotient group B /Bo form a basis for this group (regarded
as a space over the field with p elements).
Any solution of the direct embedding problem (K/k, G/ B 0 , B/ B 0 ) is of the form
K 0 k( ylxl, ... , yfx!), where xi E k*, and the adjoined radicals are transformed by
the elements from G (from G / B 0 , to be more precise) by the formulas f!Xi,h = f!Xi,
for h E G0 , f!Xi, 13i = f!Xi,(gii, where (o is a fixed pth root of 1, Dij is the Kronecker
symbol. This solution is proper if and only if the images of the elements x 1 , ... ,
x1 in the space k* /k*P are linearly independent over the subspace (k* n K*P)/k*P.
In order to solve the problem (K/k, G, <p, B) in the proper sense, we need to
find a proper solution L of the intermediate direct problem such that the embed-
ding problem (L/k, G, Bo) is solvable, whence each of the solutions of it is proper.
Therefore, we need to clarify for which x 1 , ... , x1 E k* all associated Brauer prob-
lems (L/k,G/Kerx,Bo/Kerx) are solvable, where x E Homa(Bo,L*). Since for
such x we have x(a) = x(af3) = x(a)f3, where a E Bo, (3 E B, it follows that
x E Hom( Bo, K*) = Bo independent of whether or not the field L contains a
cyclotomic extension of K.
Let the elements 1'(i, f) E Bo be defined by f3{ = f3n( i, f) ((31, ... , f31
are generators of B over Bo, f E F). Then ')'(i, fih) = ')'(i, Ji)h!'(i, f2). We
set u(i,f,x) = x(l'(i,f)), x E Bo. Then u(i,f,x) is a one-dimensional cocycle
from Z 1 (F,K*), and, by Speiser's theorem, we have u(i,f,x) = v(i,x) 1 -f, where
v(i,x) EK*. Let ex be a minimal idempotent of the group algebra K[Bo] corre-
sponding to the character x: ex = (Bo: 1)- 1 l:aEBo ax(a-l ); so, aex = x(a)ex for
a E Bo and e{ =ex for f E F. Now we have (f3iv(i, x)ex)f = f3n(i, f)v(i, x)f ex=
f3iu(i, f, x)v(i, x)f ex = f3iv(i, x)ex, whence the elements f3iv(i, x)ex are invariant
with respect to F. Thus, the elements c(i, x) = x(f3f)v( i, x)P E K* are also invari-
ant under F; therefore, c( i, x) E k*. The elements v( i, x) are defined uniquely up
to factors from k*, therefore the elements c( i, x) are defined uniquely up to factors
from k*P. For simplicity, the images of these elements in the space k* / k*P are also
denoted by c( i, x).
Now compute the invariants of the algebras (G x L)ex, where G x L is the
crossed product of the group G and the field L = K ®k k( ylxl, ... , yfx!) (since
for a E Ker x we have aex = ex, these components are isomorphic to the algebras
(G/Kerx) x L). The algebra (Go x K)ex, which is independent of the choice of
Xi, is isomorphic to the crossed product of K and the group F = Gal(K/k) with
factors x(a(f1,f2)), where a(f1 ,f2) is the cocycle of the extension Go. Let invx be
the invariant of this algebra in the multiplicative notation. The algebra generated
over k by the elements f!Xi, and f3iv( i, x)ex (i = 1, ... , l) is the centralizer of the
algebra (Go x K)ex in (G x L)ex. The commutators of the elements f3i and f3J are
elements from Bo of period g and are central in G. If any one of these commutators
is different from 1 and is not contained in the kernel of x, the elements f3iv(i,x)ex
and f3Jv(j, x) ffiiex can be made commuting, and the exponents m = m(i,j, x)
will be determined modulo p. The centralizer of the algebra (Go x K)ex in (G x L )ex
proves to be represented as a tensor product of cyclic algebras over k generated

by the elements .zy'Xi and /3iv(i,x) ITk<i ylxkm(k,i,x)ex, each of these algebras is
the algebra of generalized quaternions whose invariant is equal to the invariant of
the cyclic algebra (xi, c( i, x)) ITk<i x;:i(k,i,x). Thus, the invariant of the algebra
(G x L)ex is equal to
l
invx II (xi, c(i, x)) II (xi, Xk)m(k,i,x).
i=l k<i
The solvability condition for the problem (L/k, G, Bo), where L is a field, is
equivalent to the compatibility condition for this problem, i.e., to the fact that all
the invariants indicated are trivial. Thus, we have obtained the following theorem.
THEOREM 4.2.3. The problem (K/k, G, <p, B) has a proper solution if and only
if there exist elements xi, x2, . .. , x1 E k* (l is the number of generators of B /Bo)
such that
(a) the images of x 1 , ... , x1 in the space k* /k*P are linearly independent over
the space (k* n K*P)/k*P;
(b) for any x E Bo, the following relations hold:
l
invx II(xi, c(i, x)) II (xi, Xk)m(k,i,x) = 1.
i=l k<i
It is easy to see that if these products are equal to 1 for two characters x1, x2 E
Bo, then this also occurs for the product X1X2· Therefore, it is sufficient to verify
these relations on the set of generators of the group Bo. Moreover, if x acts trivially
on the commutator subgroup of B, then all the exponents m(k, i, x) are equal to
zero, whence the equations indicated above are linear.
4°. Now consider the case where the kernel Bis Abelian. Moreover, we assume
that the initial embedding problem (K/k,G,<p,B) has a solution (not necessarily
proper). Then there exist ai, ... , az (not necessarily linear independent over the
space k* nK*P) for which invx rr~=l (ai, c(i, x)) = 1 with x E Bo. We set Xi= aiYi·
Then the solvability of the problem (K/k, G, <p, B) in the proper sense is equivalent
to the existence of Yi, ... , Yl E k* such that
(a) the images of the elements aiYi in the space k* / k*P are linearly independent
over the subspace (k* n K*P)/k*P;
(b) for any x E Bo the following relation is valid:
l
II(yi, c(i, x)) = 1.
i=l
We denote the number of generators of a p-group H by d(H). The symbol

d(k*) designates the dimension of the space k* /k*P (as is known, d(k*) = d(F),
where F is the Galois group of the maximal p-extension of k).
The following theorem provides a sufficient condition for solvability of the em-
bedding problem in the proper sense.
THEOREM 4.2.4. Let the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p, B), where the kernel
B is Abelian, have a positive solution (in the sense of algebras). Moreover, if
d( k*) ~ d( G), d( k*) > d( G / B) + d( Bo), then this problem is also solvable in the
proper sense.
PROOF. Now we use the additive notation for the elements of the space k* /k*P
and for norm residue symbols. Then we can reformulate the conditions indicated
above concerning solvability in the proper sense as follows. There exist vectors y 1 ,
... , Yl belonging to the space P = k* / k*P and such that
(a) the vectors ai + Y1, ... , a1 + yi, where ai are certain vectors of P, are
linearly independent with respect to the subspace Q = (k* n K*P)/k*P (here l =
d(G) - d(F));
~ l
(b) for every x of the set of generators of Bo, we have L:i=l (c( i, x), Yi) = O;
here(·,·) is an alternating bilinear nondegenerate form on P with values in Z/pZ.O
Let ei, ... , em be a basis of the subspace Q and let ei, ... , em, em+l• ... ,
en be a basis of the space P (hence m = d(F), n = d(k*)). We denote by Ji, ... ,
fn the dual basis of P defined by the relations (Ji, ej) = Dij (Kronecker's symbol).
With the elements c(l, x), ... , c(l, x) we associate the matrix
c}1 c}2 c~l

cCxl =
C~l C~2
whose columns are the coordinates of the vector c( i, x) in the basis {fj}. The ma-
trix cCx) splits into the submatrices I ~1:: II· where c}xl is the matrix composed
of the first m rows of cCx). In this way we construct the matrices A = II~~ I
I
and Y = II~~ composed of the elements ai, ... , a1, and of the unknowns y 1 ,
... , Yl in the basis {ej }, respectively. The relative linear independence of the
elements ai +Yi. ... , a1 + Yl means that the matrix A2 + Y2 has rank l. The
condition L:~=l (c(i, x), Yi) = 0 means. that I: c'JiYii = 0 (i = 1, ... , l; j = 1, ... , n)
or Tr(C(x)yT) = 0. Among these equations there are at most t = d(Bo) linearly
independent equations. Therefore, the dimension of the space of matrices Y sat-
isfying Tr(cCx)yT) = 0 is at least ln - t. The matrices Y2 (the lower parts of Y)
also form a subspace, and its dimension is at least l(n - m) - t.
The condition rank(A2 + Y2 ) = l implies that n - m ~ l, i.e., d(k*) ~ d(F) +
d(B/Bo) = d(G). Thus, the condition d(k*) ~ d(G) is necessary in order that our
problem have a proper solution. (This, however, may be seen directly.)
To complete the proof of the theorem, we need an assertion that will be proved
below. In the space ofµ xv matrices over an arbitrary field, let a linear variety be
given such that each matrix in this variety has rank not greater than p. Then the
dimension of this variety does not exceed pmax(µ, v).
Now we assume that each matrix A 2 + Y2 is of rank less than l (i.e., not greater
than l - 1). Then the dimension of the linear variety A2 + Y2 (where Y2 is the space
of matrices Y2 ) is not greater than (l - 1) max(l, n - m). Since l ::; n - m, we have
dim(A2+Y2)::; (l-l)(n-m). Hence l(n-m)-t::; dim(A2+Y2)::; (l-l)(n-m),
i.e., n ::; m +tor d(k*) ::; d(F) + d(B0 ), which contradicts the assumptions of the
theorem. It remains to prove the assertion about the dimension of the variety.
Let M be a given linear variety of matrices, let A be a matrix of maximal rank
p from M. There exist nonsingular matrices C 1 and C2 such that I= C1AC2 =
II•
II~~ where Ep is the identity matrix of order p. Clearly, it is sufficient to
prove the assertion for the variety Mi = CiMC2; let Pi =Mi - I be a subspace
corresponding to this variety.
Let (} be a homomorphism that maps each matrix X E Pi to its upper left
square of order p. Then dim M = dim Mi = dim Pi = dim(Im B) + dim(Ker B) S
i
p2 +dim Ker(}. We estimate the second summand. Let Y = 11 2 ~: 11 E Ker(}. Then
I+ Y = II~~: I E Mi and rank(!+ Y) Sp. We multiply the matrix I+ Y by
the nonsingular square matrix I ~ -;: II• where >. = v -

1 p. Then the rank of the
I I
matrix ~ Ya_~2 y 1 S p, whence Y3 = Y2 Yi. For the two matrices Y, Z E Ker(},
the sum Y + Z E KerB, whence we obtain
With each matrix Y E Ker(} we associate its right upper corner Yi. The
mapping Y - t Yi is a homomorphism Bi. For Y E Ker Bi we have Y = 2 ~ I i II• and
I I
for any matrix Z = ~2 ; : E Ker(}, we obtain Y2Zi = 0 by(*)· Therefore, each
column of the matrix Zi is orthogonal to each row of the matrix Y2. Let x be the
maximal number of linearly independent rows among all the rows of the matrices
Y2 , where Y E Ker Bi. Then the number of linearly independent columns of the
matrix Zi does not exceed p-x, whence dim(ImBi) S (p-x)(v- p). At the same
time, dim(KerBi):::; x(µ-p). Therefore, dim(KerB) = dim(ImBi)+dim(KerBi) S
(p-x)(v-p)+x(µ-p), where 0:::; x:::; p. Hence dim(KerB) :::; pmax(v-p, µ-p) =
p max(µ, v) - p2 . Thus, dim Pi :::; p max(µ, v), and the assertion is proved.
We show that in Theorem 4.2.4 the inequality d(k*) > d(F) + d(Bo) cannot be
weakened in the general case. For example, let d(k*) = d(G) and d(Bo) = d(k*) -
d(F). It is not difficult to construct a semidirect extension of B by F for which
the equations Tii(c(i,x),yi) = 1 turn into the equations (ao,Yi) = 1(i=1, . .. ,l),
where a0 E k* n K*P. Moreover, if ao is orthogonal to each z E k* n K*P, then Yi,
... , Yl satisfying the conditions (a 0 , Yi) = 1 cannot be linearly independent over
the space (k* n K*P)/k*P. Thus, the embedding problem has no proper solution.
The problem is considerably simplified if every character x E Bo can be ex-
tended to an F-operator character of the group B. In this case, all the elements
c( i, x) constructed above are equal to unity and, thus, the condition d( k*) ;::: d( G)
is necessary and sufficient in order that a solvable embedding problem be solvable
in the proper sense.
5°. We have not succeeded in obtaining sufficient solvability conditions from
analysis of the system of equations obtained in Theorem 4.2.3 for a non-Abelian
kernel (although it is more realistic that Theorem 4.2.4 is valid in the general case).
However, we may justify rougher sufficient conditions.
THEOREM 4.2.5. Let the compatibility condition be fulfilled for the embedding
problem (K/k, G, cp, B) (where the fields are local, G is ap-group). If d(k*);::: d(G)+
d(Bo)+8, then this problem has a proper solution. Here Bo= Homa(Bo, K*), where
Bo= B n (G). Moreover, 8 = 1 if p = 2 and A~ K, and 8 = 0 in the other
cases.
We proceed by induction on the order of the kernel B. When Bis an Abelian

group, the compatibility condition guarantees solvability (in the sense of algebras),
and the inequality d(k*) ;::: d(G) + d(B0 ) is stronger than d(k*) > d(F) + d(B0 ),
which guarantees embeddability by Theorem 4.2.4.
First let (B: Bo)> p. The embedding problem (K/k,G/B',B/B') is solvable
in the proper sense. Let L be a solution of this problem. As before, we can
choose a subgroup B 1 c B such that Bo c B 1, (B: B 1) = p, and L 1 = LBifB~ is
not a cyclotomic extension of K. Then Homa(B 1 ,Li) = Homa(B 1 ,K*), whence
B' = [B, Bi] c Ker x, where x E Homa(B, K*). The compatibility conditions
and the inequality indicated in the theorem are fulfilled for the embedding problem
(Li/k, G, Bi). Therefore, this problem and hence the initial problem are solvable
in the proper sense.
It remains to consider the case (B:B 0 ) = p. However, in this case B = [B, Bo] =
B'. Therefore, if p =I 2, or p = 2 but A EK, then the problem (K/k,G,B)
reduces (by Theorem 4.2.4) to the problem with smaller kernel, which is solvable
by the inductive assumption. Thus, we need to investigate only the case p = 2,
A~ K, and (B: Bo) = p = 2.
We prove that among the solutions of the associated embedding problem (K/k,
G / B', B / B'), there exists a proper solution L for which £Bo/ B' is not a cyclotomic
extension of K, i.e., it does not contain A. To this end, we turn to the proof of
Theorem 4.2.4. Let, as before, P be the space k* /k* 2 written additively, let Q be
the subspace (k* n K* 2 )/k* 2 • We denote by Q the subspace generated by Q and
the class (-1) mod k* 2 , and let k(ya) be a subfield belonging to the group B 0 /B'
of some proper solution of the problem (K/k,G/B',B/B') (which exists because
B / B' is Abelian). The arguments of Theorem 4.2.4 imply that a proper solution
L of the indicated Abelian problem, for which A ~ LBo/ B', exists if and only if
there is an element y E P such that for any x E Homa I B' (Bo/ B', K*), the forms
(c(x), y) are trivial, and also a+ y ~ Q (where a is the class of the element a in P);
here c(x) E P and c(x1x2) = c(x1) + c(x2).
Let R be the subspace generated by the elements c(x) E P. The conditions
(c(x), y) = 0 mean that y E R1-. Clearly, the dimension of R is not greater than
d(Bo), whence dimR1- ;::: d(k*) - d(Bo), and, therefore, dimR1- ;::: d(G) + 1 >
d(F) + 1 = d(Q). Thus, there exists y E R1- such that a+y ~ Q, and our assertion
is proved. Now we are in a position to complete the proof of the theorem.
Let L be the solution of the problem (K/k,G/B',B/B'), L 1 = LBo/B', indi-
cated above. Then for the embedding problem (Li/k, G, Bo) the assumptions of
the theorem are fulfilled (because Bo = Homa (Bo, K*) = Homa (Bo, Li)), and this
problem is solvable in the proper sense. This proves the theorem.
Note that Example 1 in the present section provides an unsolvable (in the
proper sense) problem with d(k*) = 3, d(G) = 2, d(Bo) = 1. Therefore, we cannot
eliminate the summand 8 in the assumptions of the theorem.
CHAPTER 5
The Embedding Problem with Non-Abelian

Kernel for Algebraic Number Fields
The first two sections of this chapter are devoted to the study of the embedding
problem with non-Abelian kernel of order p 3 for arbitrary fields, but embedding
conditions take a final form only for algebraic number fields. In later sections, for
these fields we consider the embedding problem with solvable kernel of odd order
and the semidirect problem with nilpotent kernel.
We introduce some notation which will be used in this chapter. For an arbitrary
algebraic number field k,
Jk is the idele group;
ck is the idele class group Jk/k*;
kp is the completion of k at a point p;
Vp is the group of p-adic units of kp;
Vs= ITp¢S lip, Jk,S = Jk/Vs, Ck,S =Ck/Vs for the set S of points of k.
If K is an algebraic extension of the field k, then we also denote by S the set of
points of K lying over the points of S. We shall write (m) for the principal divisor
corresponding to a number m, A' stands for the group Hom( A, Q/Z), where A is
an Abelian group.
§1. The embedding problem with non-Abelian kernel of order p 3 • I

Groups of order p3 provide examples of minimal non-Abelian p-groups, thus it
is of interest to consider the embedding problems for such kernels as the first step
in studying the problems with non-Abelian kernels. In this section we deal with
the embedding problems (K/k, G, cp, B), where G is also a p-group. Moreover, we
assume that the characteristic of k is not equal to p and the field K (and thus k)
contains a primitive pth root of 1 (this always occurs for p = 2). A specific situation
pertaining to the structure of p-extensions of non-Abelian groups of order p 3 allows
us to give embedding conditions for such groups in adequate terms. This problem
is solved in [32] by somewhat different methods.
1°. For each prime number p, there exist exactly two, up to isomorphism, non-
Abelian groups of order p 3 , and they have different forms for even and odd p. For
p = 2, these groups are the dihedral group and the quaternion group (generators
of them are denoted by a, /3):
a 4 = 1, (3 2 = 1, f3- 1a/3 = a- 1 (the dihedral group) (I),
a4 = 1, (3 2 = a 2 , f3- 1 af3 = a- 1 (the quaternion group) (II).
For odd p, these groups are also groups with two generators, and either aP = 1,
f3P 2 = 1, f3- 1af3 = af3P (the group of period p2) (III) or aP = f3P = [a, f3]P = 1 and
'Y = [a, /3] is a central element (the group of period p) (IV).
93
94 5. THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM WITH NON-ABELIAN KERNEL
In either case, the commutator subgroup B' of such a group B coincides with
the center of B and is the cyclic group of order p.
For the dihedral group the automorphism group is a 2-group (and the require-
ment that G is a 2-group is unnecessary). In the remaining cases, the full automor-
phism group Aut B is not a p-group. However, the automorphisms induced by the
elements g E G form a p-group and are embedded in one of the Sylow p-subgroups
of AutB.
Here we give formulas for the action of the automorphisms of a Sylow p-
subgroup of Aut B on the generators of B. We restrict ourselves to the choice
of one of Sylow subgroups because all Sylow subgroups are conjugate and the for-
mulas for the action coincide under a suitable choice of the generators of B.
For the group (I), we have a9 = a±1, f39 = f3aJ (j = 0, 1, 2, 3). This is the full
automorphism group.
For the group (II), a9 = a±1, {39 = f3aJ (j = 0, 1, 2, 3).
For the group (III), a9 = af3Pm, f39 = aj f31+Pl (j, l, m = 0, 1,. .. , p - 1).
For the group (IV), a9 = a-ym, f39 = f3aj'Yl, 'Yg = "f, where 'Y = [a,/3] (j,l,m =
0,1, .. .,p-1).
We introduce the following notation:
Fis the Galois group of K/k; F = Im<p.
Go is the subgroup of G, whose elements act on B as inner automorphisms.
For p = 2, this means that f39 = f3a 2J (j = 0, 1), and for p ":/; 2, f39 = f31+Pl (type
III), f39 = f3'Y 1 (type IV). The group Go either coincides with G or it has index pin
G and thus is normal in G.
The image of Go under the homomorphism <pis denoted by F0 •
The subfield of invariant elements in K with respect to the group Fa is denoted
by Ko. If Fa= F, then Ko= k; otherwise, Ko= k({i"c), where c Ek*. Moreover,
we choose c E k* in such a way that (for Fa ":/; F) f/ c'f'(g) = {i"c(J if f39 = f3aJ
(mod B'), where ( is a fixed primitive pth root of 1.
B'=[B,B].
H is the subgroup of G whose elements act on the kernel B as follows: ah = a,
f3h = f3 or ah = a- 1 , f3h = f3a for p = 2; ah = a, /3h = f3aJ for p ":/; 2. It is clear
that every element g E G can be mapped to H via multiplication by an element
from B, whence <p(H) = F and HnB = B' (where B' is the commutator subgroup
of B). Thus, the extension 1--+ B/B'--+ G/B'--+ F--+ 1 is semidirect (if Go= G,
this extension is direct).
The subgroup generated by Hand by the element a EB is denoted by ii.
The subgroup of B generated by B' and the .element a is denoted by A. Thus
A = ii n B, the subgroups ii/A ~ F and B /A commute, and thus the extension
1--+ B/A--+ G/A--+ F--+ 1
is direct.
We shall solve the embedding problem
(1) (K/k, G, <p, B)
in three stages: at the first stage we solve the direct embedding problem
(2) (K/k, G/A, <p2, B/A);

§1. NON-ABELIAN KERNEL OF ORDER p 3 . I 95
at the second stage we try to clarify what solutions L 1 of problem (2) enable us to
solve the problem
(3) (Li/k, G/ B', cp3, A/ B');
at the third stage we find those solutions L2 of problem (3) that enable us to solve
the problem
(4) (L2/k, G, cp4, B').
It is obvious that the solutions of problem (4) (if they exist) also solve problem
(1).
2°. Since the group extension determining (2) is direct, it follows that any
solution of problem (2) is of the form Li = K( {/'X), where x E k*. Moreover, we
may assume that Vfxcp 2 (f3) = {/'X(, where (is a fixed pth root of 1, and for g EH
we have {/'Xcp 2 (g) = {/'X. In what follows we assume that Go =f. G.
Problem (3) is Brauer, whence the compatibility condition is sufficient for its
solvability. In the group algebra k[A/ B'] we have the decomposition of the unity as
a sum of central idempotents 1 = e0 + e 1 + · · · + ep-l for which aei = (iei, where
a is the image of a in A/ B'.
For i =f. 0 we consider the components of the crossed product ( (G / B') x Li)ei =
Di. These simple central algebras contain the subalgebras (ii/B' x K)ei ~ H/B' x
K ~ F x K (with unit factors). Thus, (ii/ B' x K)ei is the full matrix algebra over
k of order (F: 1). The centralizer of the algebra (ii/ B' x K)ei in Di is generated
over k by the elements {/'X and 73( y!C)-iei. In fact, if (3 9 = (3aJ (mod B'), then,
by the choice of c, we have ( y!C)cp(g) = {'l'c(J, but in the algebra ((ii/ B') x K)ei
-g -·· - . - .
we then have (3 ei = (3(' 3 ei so that ((3( y!C)-iei) 9 = (3( y!C)-iei.
Therefore, the compatibility condition for problem (3) means that the central-
izer indicated above is isomorphic to a matrix algebra. At the same time, the
elements {/'X and 73( y!C)-i generate over k the algebra of generalized quaternions
k[x, c-iJ and k[x, c-iJ ""' k[x, cJ-i (here we mean the equivalence in the Brauer group
Brk).
Thus, we have the following lemma.
LEMMA 5.1.1. If G =f. Go, problem (3) is solvable if and only if the algebra
k(x, c) is trivial. If G =Go, problem (3) is solvable for any x Ek*.
3°. Let the condition (x, c) ""' 1 be fulfilled and let Lg be a solution of problem
(3). Then Lg is a solution of the semidirect embedding problem (K/k, G/ B', Bf B').
Let K' C Lg be the subfield (subalgebra) corresponding to the subgroup H / B'.
Then K' is not a normal extension of the field k, but it contains the field (Galois
algebra) k( {/'X) and is normal over it because His normal in ii. Therefore, K' =
k( {/'X)(O), where OP=~ Ek( {/'X), and Lg= L 1 (0). We choose an element 0 such
that oa: ~ 0(, where a is the image of a in B / B', and ( is a fixed pth root of 1.
The element 0 is invariant with respect to H / B' because 0 E K'. For 73 we have
073 = OA., where A. E L 1 = K( {/'X).
We establish some properties of the number A. (one can find A. directly from
the representation of x as a norm from the field k( y!C), but we need not do this).
From the relation OA.h = (OA.)h = o73"h = o"h7Ja:i = 073°; = (OA.)°'; = O(J A. (where
h EH) it follows that>.= >.i y!C, where >.i Ek( {IX). Since ()73P = B, it follows that
>,1+73+ .. +73p-i = 1, whence>.= µi-73 withµ Ek( {IX, y!C) (Hilbert's Theorem 90).
The replacement of the element e
= (}P by the element ey,
where y
is an
arbitrary element of k*, in the solution Lg yields an arbitrary solution of the Brauer
problem (3), as is clear from the method of solution of this problem (Theorem 3.1).
4°. Let L 2 be a solution of problem (3). Consider the Brauer embedding
problem
(4)
(any solution of it also is a solution of problem (1)). The embeddability conditions
for this problem are equivalent to the compatibility conditions, i.e., to the splitting
of all components of the crossed product (G x L2)Ei, where Ei = ~ Z:::1:~ -yk(-ik
(where 'Y is a generator of the commutator subgroup B'). The extension 1 ---+
B' ---+ G ---+ GIB' ---+ 1 is determined by a cocycle 'Yu1 ,a2 E Z 2(GIB', B'), where
ai E G/B'. Since for 'YE B' we have "(Ei = (iEi, the algebra Si= (G x L 2)Ei is
the crossed product of the field L 2 and its Galois group G / B' with factors (~ 1 ,a 2 ,
where (a 1 ,a 2 Ei = "fa 1 ,a 2 Ei. Therefore, all the algebras Si split if the algebra
Si = (G x L2)Ei splits.
The algebra Si is simple and contains the simple central subalgebra Ti =
(G x K)Ei, whence Si = Ti® Vi, where Vi is the centralizer of Ti in Si. The
centralizer Vi is generated over k by 7Ji and 112, where 7Ji = a{/X-i Ei for p # 2,
7Ji = a,/X/'CEi for p = 2; 7]2 = f3(µ + aµh + · · · + aP-iµhp- 1 )BEi, where h EH is
chosen so that /3h = f3a (and y!Ch = .yfc(). It is obvious that 7Ji commutes with the
elements from Ti. As is easy to see, the element 112 commutes with the field K, the
group H, and the element a; moreover, the summand (3µ() commutes with /3 because
(jf3 = Bµi-73, and for the other summands this follows from µi-73 I vrcEk( {IX).
Since 112 = rB with r E (G x Li) Ei, we have 7J27Ji = (7Ji 7J2 (because 7Ji r = T1Ji).
Therefore, 17~ is a central element of Si and 77~ E k*. Moreover, 77f = x-i Ei for
p # 2 and 77f = -exEi for p = 2. Therefore, Vi is a cyclic algebra of dimension
p 2 over k with the following invariants: (x-i, z) for p # 2 and (-ex, z) for p = 2,
where zEi = r~ Ei. Note that the element z E k* niay be arbitrary, since the
passage from the fixed solution Lg of problem (3) to an arbitrary solution is given
by z = zC 0 ly, where y Ek* is arbitrary. Thus, we have proved the following lemma.
LEMMA 5.1.2. The initial embedding problem (1) is solvable if and only if there
exist elements x, z E k* such that
(1) the Hilbert symbol (e, x) over k is equal to 1;
(2) in the Brauer group Br k of the field k, the algebra Ti = (G x K)Ei has the
following invariants: (x, z) for p # 2 and (-ex, z) for p = 2.
5°. Now let the compatibility condition be fulfilled for the initial embedding
problem (1). This means that all the components T;, = (GxK)Ei are isomorphic to
the matrix algebra of order (F: 1) over a subalgebra. As before, this is equivalent
to such a representation only for the algebra Ti. Therefore, the compatibility
condition means that there exists a central algebra P contained in Ti and such
that Ti~ P ® (k)(F:i)· It is clear that the dimension of P over k is equal to p 2.
The algebra Ti, as the matrix algebra over P, is equivalent to P in Br k. It
follows from Lemma 5.1.2 that for the solvability of problem (1) it is necessary that
the algebra P be cyclic, i.e., it must contain a normal (hence radical) splitting field.
§1. NON-ABELIAN KERNEL OF ORDER p 3 . I 97
Suppose this condition is fulfilled. We examine the hypotheses of Lemma 5.1.2

under this assumption. As a cyclic algebra, P is determined by elements a, b E k*.
The condition k[a, b] : : : : k[x, z] (or k[a, b] = k[-cx, z] for p = 2) means (because
z is arbitrary) that k({/"x) (respectively, k(J=CX)) must be a splitting field for
the algebra P, i.e., such a field is embedded in P. Let p be odd. The condition
(c, x) = 1 means that the element c is the norm of an element x E k ( {/'x), and
thus is the reduced norm of an element from P. For p = 2, the condition (c, x) = 1
can be rewritten as (c, -ex) = 1, and c again is the reduced norm of an element
of P. The converse is also true. Namely, if c is the reduced norm of an element
x' E P and k(x') is a normal extension of k, then it is radical. We choose x Ek so
that k(x') = k({/"x) (for p = 2, k(x') = k(J=CX), respectively). Then k({/'x) (or
k( J=CX)) is a splitting field of the algebra P, and for some y E k* the algebra P
and the cyclic algebra k(x, z(O)y) (or k(-cx, z(o)y)) are isomorphic. Thus, we have
obtained the following theorem.
THEOREM 5 .1.1. For Go "I G the embedding problem (1) is solvable if and only
if
(1) the compatibility condition is fulfilled;
(2) the element c and the algebra P defined above are such that c is the reduced
norm of an element x E P such that the extension k(x) is normal over k.
REMARK. The requirement for k(x) to be normal over k ensures the cyclicity
of the algebra P. In general, the cyclicity of the algebra P is obvious for p = 2
and may be proved for p = 3. For p ~ 5, in the case of an arbitrary field k it is
unknown whether or not any algebra of dimension p 2 is cyclic.
Now consider a simpler case of Go = G, i.e., the elements g E G act on the kernel
B as inner automorphisms. Here, the extension 1 ----> B / B' ----> G/ B' ----> F ----> 1 is
direct, therefore the field L2 solving problem (3) is of the form L2 = K( {/"x, {fij),
where x, y E k*. An argument similar to that in the general case (but simpler)
allows us to obtain the following theorem.
THEOREM 5.1.2. For Go = G, the embedding problem (1) is solvable if and
only if
(1) the compatibility condition is fulfilled;
(2) the algebra P subject to condition (1) is cyclic.
6°. We study our problem in the case of local fields or algebraic number fields.
By Theorem 2.9, for such fields it is sufficient to verify the compatibility con-
dition for the associated Abelian problem resulting from factorization by the com-
mutator subgroup of the kernel. But the extension 1 ----> B / B' ----> G / B' ----> F ----> 1
is semidirect, hence for this problem the compatibility condition is trivial. Conse-
quently, it is also valid for the initial embedding problem. The algebra P subject
to this condition is either the matrix algebra of order p over k, or a division al-
gebra. In either case, this algebra is cyclic over k (for the matrix algebra this is
obvious, for a division algebra over number or local fields, this is a known theorem
of Brauer-Hasse-Noether). Thus, for Go = G, the embedding problem is always
solvable.
Now we turn to the case where k is a local field.
THEOREM 5.1.3. The embedding problem (K/k, G, t.p, B), where B is a non-
Abelian group of order p 3 , G is a p-group, k is a local field, is always solvable.
PROOF. We show that the assumptions of Theorem 5.1.l are satisfied. The
first assumption (the compatibility condition) holds. If an element c E k* is a pth
power in k*, then c is the reduced norm (in P) of an element from k*. Let c ¢ k*P.
As is known, in the case of local fields any irreducible equation of degree n over k
has a solution in any central simple algebra of dimension n 2 over k (see [1], VI.1).
For p -:f. 2, we consider the equation tP - c = 0. There exists x E P such that
xP = c. Therefore, the field k1 = k(x) is normal over k and Nkifkx = c. Thus,
c is the reduced norm in the algebra P and the assumptions of Theorem 5.1.1 are
fulfilled.
Let p = 2, and let -c be a nonsquare in k*. Then, as an element x, we can
take a root of the equation t 2 + c = 0. If p = 2 and -c = u 2 with u E k*, then
we choose v E k such that u 2 + v 2 is a nonsquare in k* and consider the equation
t 2 -(u2 +v 2) = 0. Then we have c = Nkifk(v+x), where x E P and x 2 = u 2 +v 2 ;
k1 = k(x). The theorem is proved. D
We now proceed with consideration of a global number field.

THEOREM 5.1.4. If k is an algebraic number field, B is a non-Abelian group
of order p 3 for odd p, and G is a p-group, then the embedding problem (K/k, G, <p,
B) is always solvable.
PROOF. The case Go = G was considered above, therefore we assume that
Go-:/:- G. We find an element x Ek* for which
1) (c, x) = 1;
2) P ®k k( {i"x) is a matrix algebra.
Denote by 8 the set of points p of k at which the algebra P is ramified (i.e.,
Pp is a division algebra). The set 8 is the union 8 1 U 82, where for p E 8 1 c is not
a pth power in kp, but for p E 82 c is equal to dP with d E kp.
Now we find a prime element q of k such that q is a pth power in kp for p E 8 1 ,
q is not a pth power in kp for p E 82, and q is a pth power in kp, where p Ip, p ¢ 8.
By Dirichlet's theorem, such a prime element q exists. Now we set x = cq. Then
(c,x)p = (c,q)p = 1 and Pp ®kp kp({i"x) is a matrix algebra for all points p of the
field k (except for, possibly, the point q). By the reciprocity law, we see that xis
the required element.
Since the algebra P( {i"x) splits, in the algebra P there exists an element ~ such
that ~P = x (and ~ ¢ k if P is not a matrix algebra). Since ((~)P = x, where
(P = 1, ( E k*, there exists an 'T/ E P such that 'T/-l~'T/ = ~(. Then P = k(~, ry), ryP
commutes with 'T/ and ~, i.e., ryP E k*. We set y = ryP E k*. Then P is determined
by a pair (x, y), and the elements (x, y) satisfy the assumptions of Lemma 5.1.2.
The theorem is proved. D
For the case p = 2, the proof of Theorem 5.1.4 does not work, since in ad-
dition to the completions by discrete valuations we must consider the case of an
Archimedean valuation.
We show with a simple example that Theorem 5.1.4 is false for p = 2.
Let B be a dihedral group given by the relations a 4 = /3 2 = 1, 13- 1 a{3 = a- 1 .
As G, we consider the group with 16 elements that is generated by the group B
and an element g such that g 2 = a 2 , a9 = a- 1 , f39 = a/3. Let K = k( y'C), where
c E k*. The algebra (G x K)E (for E = 1 - 2°' 2 ) is the tensor product over k of two
algebras of generalized quaternions, generated by the pairs of elements (/3E, aE)
§2. NON-ABELIAN KERNEL OF ORDER p 3 . II 99
and ( y'CE, g{J(l + a)E). The first is a matrix algebra because {3 2 = 1, while the
second can be defined as k(c, -2). As is shown in Theorem 5.1.1, the solvability
of this problem is equivalent to the fact that c can be represented in the form
z? - cz~ + 2z~ - 2cz~, where Zi E k (the general form of the reduced norm for
p = 2). It is clear that if k is embedded in the field of real numbers JR and c < 0,
this representation is impossible.
REMARK. If k is a global field such that A Ek, then Theorem 5.1.4 is also
valid for p = 2.
§2. The embedding problem with non-Abelian kernel of order p 3 • II

In this section we consider the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, B), where B
is a non-Abelian group of order p 3 and the group G is not assumed to be a~
group. Unlike the Abelian case where Kochendorffer's theorem is valid, removing
the requirement that G is a ~group leads to additional difficulties, and we have
not succeeded in resolving them even for the embedding problem over a local field.
In order to avoid cumbersome computations, a detailed consideration is performed
only for a kernel isomorphic to the quaternion group.
1°. Let B be the quaternion group with generators a, {3, where a 4 = 1, {3 2 = a 2 ,
{3- af3 = a- 1 , and let G be an arbitrary (finite) extension of the group B.
1
LEMMA 5.2.1. The group G/B', where B' is the commutator subgroup of B,
is a semidirect extension of the group B / B'.
As shown in the preceding section, this fact is valid if G is a ~group. Since
B / B' is an Abelian group, the lemma now follows from the Gaschiitz theorem (see
[1], IV, 6). However for this case we may give a direct proof of the fact indicated.
We write Go for the subgroup of those g E G that commute with all elements
of the kernel. It is obvious that Go n B = B'. If all g E G act on the elements of
the kernel as 2-automorphisms, then the lemma is valid, as shown in the preceding
section.
Now we assume that an element O" E G inducing a 3-automorphism on the
kernel exists (it is easy to see that the order of the full automorphism group of
the quaternion group is equal to 24). By choosing suitable generators a, f3 E B,
we may achieve the relations aa = {3, {Ja = a{J. It is clear that 0" 3 E Go and
0"- 1 GoO" =Go, whence we have Gl nB = B', (G1: Go)= 3 for the group Gl which
is generated by Go and O". If cp(G1) = F = G/ B, where cp is a homomorphism of
G onto G/B, the lemma is valid. If cp(G 1) -=fa G/B, then the index of cp(G 1 ) in
cp(G) equals 2. We take an element T 1 E G, T1 f/. G1, Tt E Gl. Multiplying T1 by a
suitable element of the kernel and by O"i (i = 0, 1, 2), we obtain an element T, which
induces an automorphism on B such that a 7 = {3- 1 , {3 7 = 0:- 1 . It is easy to see
that (T0") 2 E Go, T2 E Go, thus T- 10"T E 0" 2 Go and then T- 1G1T = Gl· We have
H n B = B', cp(H) = G/B for the group H generated by Gl and T. Therefore,
H / B' ~ G / B, and the lemma is proved.
2°. We solve the embedding problem (K/k,G,cp,B) in two steps. First we
consider the semidirect associated problem (K/k,G/B',cp',B/B') and find all its
solutions. As shown, they are in one-to-one correspondence with the elements of
the group of extensions Ext}(B/F, K*), where F = Gal(K/k) and B/B' is the
character group of B / B'. We apply to our case the direct description of solutions
of the semidirect problem carried out in §12 of Chapter 3. We assume that there
exists an element a giving rise to a 3-automorphism on the kernel (otherwise the

problem is equivalent to the problem considered in the preceding section).
In our case fijiii consists of four elements: xo (the principal character), x1 ,
x2, xa = x1X2· We assume x1(a) = 1, x1(,B) = -1; x2(a) = -1, x2(,B) = 1;
x3 (a) = -1, x3 (,B) = -1 (here we somewhat abuse the notation; it is more proper
to write x(a mod B') and so on). We have x{ =Xi for f E Fo = cp(Go). For the
element a defined above we have x1 = x2, x~ = xa. x3 = Xl· For the element T
(if it exists), we have XI= X2, X2 = X1, X3 = X3·
We show that the solution L of the problem (K / k, G / B', B / B') is determined
by a unique element b = hi(x1,x2) (the notation was introduced in §11 of Chap-
ter 3). Indeed, hi(Xi.Xa) = hi(xa,x1) = hi(x'[ 2 ,x~ 2 ) = hi(xi.x2t 2 ; similarly,
hi(x2,xa) = hi(x1,x2)a. The condition that hi(Xi,Xj) are cocycles yields
hi (xi. x1)h1 (x1x1, x2) =hi (x1, x1x2)h1 (xi. x2),
whence hi(x1,x1) = bl+a 2 (since hi(x1x1,x2) = hi(l,x2) = 1). Similarly,
hi(x2,x2) = bl+a, hi(xa,xa) = ba+a 2 • Moreover, br = hi(xi.x2)r = hi(x2,x1)
= b (if r exists). If f E Fo, then bf = b. Thus, the algebra L is determined by
an element b contained in a cubic extension of the field k (if Fis generated by the
subgroup F0 and the element a, then this extension is normal; if r exists, this is
not the case).
Thus, Lis a linear space over K possessing a basis {1, u1, u2, ua} with (commu-
tative) multiplication table: u1 u2 = u3b, u2u3 = u 1ba, u 1U3 = u 2ba 2 , u~ = bl+a 2 ,
u~ = bl+a, u~ = ba+a 2 , and with the following actions of automorphisms: u{ = Ui
(! E Fo), u'[ = U2, u~ = U3, u3 = u1, ur = U2, u2 = U1, u3 = U3, u? = Ui,
uf = -ui, u~ = -u2, ug = u2, u3 = -u3, u~ = -u3; here b E KF2 , where F2 is
generated by the subgroup Fo and the element r.
3°. Now consider the embedding problem (L/k,G,B'), where L = L(b) is the
solution indicated above of the.semidirect problem. Every solution of this problem,
if it exists, is a solution of the original problem (and, conversely, every solution of
the original problem is a solution of the problem (L/k, G, B') with a suitable L).
This is a problem with Abelian kernel of order 2, consequently it can be reduced to
a problem with 2-group. It is more convenient to consider the embedding problem
(L/k2, G2, B'), where G2 = cp- 1(F2), F2 = (Fo, r), and k2 = KF2 (G2 may contain
elements whose order is not a power of two, but the automorphisms induced by
them on the kernel are 2-automorphisms; as an intermediate problem between two
equivalent problems, one with group G and the other with Sylow 2-subgroup of it,
this problem is equivalent to both of them).
The solvability of the problem (L/k2, G2, B') is equivalent to the fulfilment
of the compatibility condition for this problem (since it is Brauer). The crossed
product G2 x L is a direct orthogonal sum of two simple algebras (G2 x L )Eo and
(G 2 x L)E1, where Eo = !(1 + a 2 ), E 1 = !(1- a 2 ). The first component is a full
matrix algebra over its center k2 (since G 2 E 0 ~ G2/ B'), whence only the second
component needs further investigation. The algebra (G2 x L )E1 contains the simple
central subalgebra (G2 x K)E1, therefore (G2 x L )E1 ~ (G2 x K)E1 0 Z, where Z
is the centralizer of (G2 x K)E 1 • Let us find the algebra z.
If F = (Fo, a) (i.e., in G there is no element r with properties indicated above),
then Z is generated by the elements au1 E1 and ,Bu2E1 over k2. Then Z is the
algebra of generalized quaternions over k2 with constants (-bl+a 2 , -bl+a). Now
§2. NON-ABELIAN KERNEL OF ORDER p 3 . II 101
let such a r exist. Then KF1 (F1 = (F0 , er)) is a quadratic extension of k and there
exists an element () E KF1 , () 2 = c E k, such that or = -0, (JU = {}, Then isz
generated by a(3u30E1 and (au 1 - (3u 2)E1 over k2 and is isomorphic to the algebra
of generalized quaternions k 2(-cbu+u 2 , -(bl+u + bl+u 2 )).
Now we assume that the compatibility condition is fulfilled for the original
embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, B). As shown in Theorem 2.9, this condition is
always satisfied in the case of local and global number fields. Then the algebra
(G x K)E 1 is isomorphic to the matrix algebra of order (F: 1) over a subalgebra
P. The algebra P is a simple central algebra and its dimension over k equals 4.
Therefore, Pis an algebra of generalized quaternions k(a1,a2), where al,a2 Ek*.
Hence, the algebra (G2 x K)E 1 is isomorphic to the matrix algebra of order (F2: 1)
over the subalgebra P©k k2 = k2 (ai, a 2). Therefore, the compatibility condition for
the embedding problem (L/k2, G2, B') means that P © k2 ~ Z, and the following
theorem is proved.
THEOREM 5.2.1. Let the compatib#ity condition be fulfilled for the embed-
ding problem (K/k, G, cp, B), and let ai, a 2 , c be the elements of k constructed
above. Then the solvability of this problem is equivalent to the existence of an
element y E k2, for which the following algebras are isomorphic: k2(a1, a2) and
k2(-yl+u 2 ,-y 1+u) if F = F1 = (Fo,er); k2(a1,a2) and k2(-cyu+u 2 ,-(yl+u +
yl+u 2 )) if F =/; F1 = (Fo,er).
Note that in the second case the element yu+u 2 is a norm from k2( y'C) to k2.
Indeed, let Yu = Z1 + z2/C, where Zi, Z2 E k2. Then yu+u 2 = (yu)l+r = zr - CZ~.
2 '2
It follows from the isomorphism k2(-cyu+u , -(yl+u + yl+u )) ~ k2(a1, a2) that
-cyu+u 2 is a square in k2(ai, a2), i.e., there exist xi, x2, X3 E k2 such that -c(zr -
CZ~) = -cyu+u 2 = al xr + a2X~ - al a2X~. Hence, c is a reduced norm in the algebra
k2(ai, a 2). This necessary condition for the solvability of the original embedding
problem is (as shown in the preceding section) a criterion for the solvability of the
Sylow associated problem.
4°. Now consider a specific example which is of interest from the standpoint
of distinctions between the Abelian and the non-Abelian embedding problem (see
also [33]).
Let B = (a, (3) be the quaternion group, and let the group G be generated over
B by an element er, for which er 6 = a 2, au = (3, {Ju = (3a. The group F = G / B
is a cyclic group of order 6. The element er 3 is central, and the Sylow 2-subgroup
of G generated by the kernel and the element er 3 is a semidirect extension of the
kernel because (er 3 a) 2 = l. At the same time, the group G itself is not a semidirect
extension of the kernel because the order of all elements of the coset er B is equal
to 12.
Consider the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, B), where F = Gal(K/k) is a
cyclic group of order 6 and cp(er) is a generator of this. group. Since Z/6Z ~
Z/2Z x Z/3Z, the field K is the composite of a quadratic extension kl of k and a
normal cubic extension k2 of k. Let k 1 = k( Vd) with d E k* and VJ,cp(u 3 ) = -VJ.
The Galois group of the extension k2 /k is generated by cp(er 2).
Consider the crossed product G x K. By Theorem 2.4, the compatibility con-
dition is fulfilled for our problem, therefore (G x K)E1 (where E1 = ~(1 - a 2))
is isomorphic to the algebra of matrices of order 6 over the subalgebra P. Then
(G2 x K)E1 is a matrix algebra over P © k2 (of order 2). We have (G2 x K)E1
k 2(cw 3Ei, .,/J,)®kk2(aEi, (J.,/J,E 1). Therefore, (since (aa 3 ) 2 = 1) the algebra P@k2
is the algebra of generalized quaternions k2 (-1, -d). Since d E k2, the algebra P
is generated (over k) by anticommuting elements, whose squares are -1 and -d.
These elements are al and a2 specified in our case.
According to the theorem proved above (in the previous subsection), the solv-
ability of the problem in our case means the existence of an element y E k 2 such that
the algebra of generalized quaternions over k 2 with the constants -yl+a, -yl+a 2
is isomorphic to k2 (-1, -d). Thus, our problem reduces to the existence of a non-
trivial solution of the following system of equations over k2:
x~ + dx~ + dx~ = yl+ax~,
{ x~ + dx~ + dx~ = yl+a x~,2
X1X5 + dx2X6 + dx3X7 = 0.
We show that this system is not always consistent even for local fields. Let
p = -1 (mod 4) be a prime number, k the p-adic number field, d = p, and let k 2
be a normal cubic extension of the field Qlp, in which p is unramified. We prove
that system (*) has no nontrivial solutions in this case.
Suppose the contrary. Denote the valuation in k2 by the letter w. Since k2/Qlp
is normal, we have w(y) = w(ya) = w(ya\ and thus the number w(yl+a) =
w(yl+a 2 ) = w(ya+a 2 ) is even. Without loss of generality, we may assume that
w(yl+a) = 0 and then w(y) = 0. We may also assume that the numbers Xi are
integral numbers in k2 and at least one of them is not divisible by p. In this case
w(x 1) = w(x4) = w(xs) = w(xs) = 0. Indeed, if, for example, w(x1) > 0, w(x4) > 0,
then w(x 2) = w(x 3) = 0 and x~ + x~ = 0 (mod p), but, by assumption, (-;,1 ) = -1.
If w(x 1) = w(x 5) = 0, then the third equation of the system is not solvable in
integral elements Xi· Thus, our problem is not solvable.
This example shows that Kochendorffer's theorem cannot be applied to the
case of a non-Abelian kernel. This is also an example of the embedding problem
for local fields, where compatibility does not imply embeddability.
5°. Now we outline the embedding problem (K/k,G,cp,B), where Bis a non-
commutative group of order p 3 with odd p. It follows from the Gaschiitz theo-
rem (see above) that G / B' is a semidirect extension of B / B' by F. Let L be
an arbitrary solution of the semidirect problem (K/k,G/B',B/B'). As above,
the solvability of the original problem is equivalent to the existence of an alge-
bra L such that the compatibility condition is fulfilled for the embedding problem
(L/kp, Gp, B'), where Gp is a Sylow p-subgroup of G, kp = KFP. In other words,
the component of (Gp x L)E1 is isomorphic to a matrix algebra over kp (here E 1 ,
as above, is the idempotent ~ I:f~~ 'Yi(-i, where 'Y is a generator of B'). We
have (Gp x L)E1 ~(Gp x K)E 1 ® Z, where Z is the centralizer of the subalgebra
(Gp x K)E1 . Clearly, Z is a central simple algebra over kp of dimension p2. An ex-
plicit computation of the structure constants of Z is difficult, but we can claim that
this algebra contains a maximal commutative subfield which is a cyclic extension
of kP' We shall show this.
Let A be an inclusion of F in G / B', for which the composite mapping F --+
G/ B' --+ F is identical. For Gp we choose the full preimage of the subgroup
generated in G/B' by the subgroups B/B' and A(Fp), where Fp is a Sylow p-
subgroup of F. In the kernel B there exists a noncentral element a such that c;9 =a
(mod B') for every g E Gp. We denote by (3 an element of B such that (J- 1a(J =et')',
§3. THE SHAFAREVICH LEMMA 103
where 'Y is the element of B' mentioned above. Thus, 13-Iaf3EI = a(EI· Denote
by Gp the preimage of >.(Fp) in Gp and by Go the subgroup of the elements of Gp
that act trivially on a. Clearly, either Go = Gp, or the index of Go in Gp equals p.
In the second case we assume that k =Kip( Go). The field k is a normal extension
of kp of degree p, whence k = kp ( {Yc) with c E k;. If al = 0.71, where f E Fp and
7 is its preimage in Gp, we choose{Yc in such a way that .zy'c1 = .zy'c(1.
Now let XIE Hom(B/B',K*) be a character such that XI(a) = 1 and XI(/3) =
(,and let uI EL be the element corresponding to XI· Then uf = uI, uf = uI(-I,
u;(f) = UI· Let e =a( .zy'c)-IuIEI or let e = O'.UIEI if Go= Gp. The element e is
e
invariant with respect to Gp, as well as to a and /3, i.e., is invariant with respect
to the action of G. Moreover, it commutes with the elements of K. Therefore,
e E Z. In addition, we have ep = aPEic-Iuf. (or ep = aPEiu'f.). The element u'f.
is contained in the center of the algebra (Gp x L)Ei, i.e., it belongs to kp, and
aPE = (iE for some i. Thus, eP E kp· Hence, k(e) is a normal extension of kp and
our assertion is proved. Therefore, the algebra Z is a crossed product over kp with
structure constants YI, Y2 E kp determined by the solution LI.
Now let the compatibility condition be fulfilled for the original embedding prob-
lem (K/k, Q, cp, B). Then (G x K)EI is a matrix algebra over its simple subalgebra
P of rank p over k and (Gp x K)EI is a matrix algebra over P ®k kp· Thus, the
complete splitting of (Gp x L )EI means that the algebra Z is opposite to the algebra
P ®k kp· The elements YI and y2 that determine Z are not arbitrary; they may be
connected by some relations, however, there is freedom in choosing them because
to each element in Ext~(B/.Bi, K*) there correspond YI and Y2 of its own.
A detailed analysis of the obtained embedding condition is beyond the scope
of this book.
§3. The Shafarevich lemma

In this section we show that in a Galois extension, there exist algebraic numbers
with prescribed local properties at finitely many points.
Let L/k be a finite normal extension with Galois group G, Ka normal inter-
mediate subfield with group F, Lo a maximal Abelian extension of period p of K,
contained in L, where p is prime. Suppose K contains all pth roots of 1.
Let T pe a finite set of prime divisors of K such that the following conditions
are fulfilled:
1) T does not contain divisors of p, divisors of the discriminant of K/k, and
for p = 2 infinite divisors;
2) if~ E T, then ~! E T for f E F.
Suppose for every ~ E T a ~-adic unit m'fl is given and let m'fl be its image
in the group K~/ K:/. We associate with rr'f)ET m'fl an element mr of the group
JK / Jf< by setting
m'fl if 1-lJ E T,
{
mr,'f) = 1 if 1-lJ tf. T,
where mr,'fl is the projection of mr on the S.:JJ-component.
In an algebraic number field we may define the pth power residue symbol ( W)
(the Legendre symbol) for a prime divisor 1-lJ and a number m such that 1-lJ does not
divide the divisor (m) (the definition of the symbol and its property may be found
in Exercises in [1]). It immediately follows from the definition that the value of the
symbol ({ft) is completely determined by the image of the number m in the group
K~/K;f.
We denote by Bo the Artin homomorphism of the group Jk onto the Galois
group Fo of the extension Lo/ K (for the definition and properties of the Artin
mapping, see Chapter VII of (1]). The period of Fo is equal top; so, Bo annihilates
the subgroup Jf and we may assume that Bo maps Jk/ Jf onto Fo.
LEMMA 5.3.1 (I. R. Shafarevich). If Bo(mr) = 1, then there exists a number
m in K with the fallowing properties:
1) the decomposition of the divisor (m) is of the form S.V1S.V2aP for odd p and
S.V1 S.V2s,rJ3a2 for p = 2, where the S.Vi are prime divisors of Pi from k, the Pi completely
decompose in L, the element a is an arbitrary divisor of K, relatively prime to S.Vii
moreover, S.V{ does not divide (m) for f E F and f # 1, and the symbols ( ~) are
'13;
equal to 1;
2) the image of m in the group K~/ K:J coincides with m'll for s,µ ET;
3) m is a pth power in the completions of K that correspond to the divisors of
p and infinite divisors.
PROOF. First, let p be an odd prime number. We construct recursively a
sequence {mi} of numbers ink with the following properties:
(1) (mi)= S.Vinf, where S.Vi is a prime divisor of Pi from k, and Pi completely
decomposes in the field L; in addition, S.Vi ~ T, the divisors Pi are distinct and
relatively prime to ai, where i, j = 1, 2, ....
(2) qgT) = (fjij )- 1 for j = 1, 2,. . ., i - 1; f E F and f # 1.
(3) Fors,µ ET the image of the number mi in K~/K;f equals m¥ 2 (the element
m¥ 2 is well defined because the number pis odd).
(4) mi is a pth power in the completions of the field K that correspond to the
divisors of p.
Suppose that the numbers m 1 , ... , mt- l have been constructed. We denote
by Tt-l the set of prime divisors of K consisting of the set T, the divisors of p,
and the divisors S.V{ for j = 1, ... , t - 1; f E F. Let Lt-1 be a maximal Abelian
extension of K of period p, which is unramified outside the set Tt-1· Hence, Lt-l
is the composite of all Abelian extensions of K in which only the divisors from the
set Tt-1 ramify, and the Galois group of these extensions is an elementary Abelian
p-group. Clearly, Lt-1 is a finite normal extension over k with Galois group H,
and the subgroup Vrt_ 1 K* J_k of the idele group JK corresponds to the extension
Lt-if K, according to class field theory.
Let m'llf be the image of mi in K;f / Kaj, where j = 1, ... , t - 1; f E F.
Consider the element mrt-l in the group JK/J_k, the projections mrt_ 1,'lJ of which
are equal to mq)112 if S,V E T, to m'llf if S,V = S.V{, f # 1, and to the unity element
in the othercomponents. Since S.V{ are unramified in Lo/K, we have B0 (mrt_J =
Bo(mr)- 112 = 1.
Let Ki be the composite of the extensions L and Lt-i. K2 the intersection of
these fields, G1 and G2 the Galois groups of Kifk and K2/k, respectively. Then
G 1 is isomorphic to the direct product of H and G with amalgamated quotient
group G2. We denote by B and B2 the Artin homomorphisms of J K/ J_k onto the
Galois groups of the extensions Lt-if Kand K2/K, respectively. The Galois group
of the extension K2/ K is a homomorphic image of F0 ; consequently, B0 (mr,_J = 1

implies that B2(mrt-l) = 1. We set h = B(mr,_J; then h may be regarded as
an element of H. The relation B2(mr,_J = 1 implies that h induces the trivial
automorphism in the extension K2/k and in Gi there exists an element (h, 1),
i.e., an automorphism of the extension Kif k, that induces the automorphism h in
Lt-i/k and the trivial automorphism in L/k. We denote by [(h, 1)] the class of the
elements of Gi conjugate with (h, 1).
By the Chebotarev Density Theorem, there exist infinitely many divisors of k
belonging to the class [(h, 1)]. Therefore, among them we may choose a divisor
Pt different from Pi, ... ,Pt-i and relatively prime to ni, ... , llt-i· Let q'Jt be a
prime divisor of Pt in K, belonging to the automorphism (h, 1) in the extension
Kif K and to the automorphism h in the extension Lt-if K. This means that
7ri:µ, my.L 1 mod Vr,_ 1 K* Jk- = 1, where 7ri:µ, is an idele such that its component
corresponding to the divisor q-Jt equals a prime element ni:µ, of Ki:µ, and the other
components are trivial. Thus, there exists a number mt, the decomposition of the
principal divisor (mt) of which is of the form q-Jt af, and the image of the number mt
in Ili:µEr,_ 1 K*3/ K;f equals the projection of my.L 1 on the components from the set
Tt-i· Since every class of divisors contains infinitely many divisors, we may choose
a divisor llt in the class with representative ilt such that it is not contained in the
set Tt-i and is relatively prime to Pi, ... ,Pt· Then the divisor lltllti is principal,
i.e., there exists a number x in K such that (x) = lltllti· We put mt= mtxP.
Conditions (1)-(4) that determine the sequence {mi} are immediately verified.
Suppose the sequence {mi} contains sufficiently many terms, namely, greater
than p(F:iJ-i. The symbols ( .!I!f) with i = 1, 2, ... ; IE F and If:. 1 may take only
'tJ;
finitely many values, namely, no more than p(F:iJ-i. Therefore, there exist numbers
mi 1 and mi 2 such that for all elements I of F different from 1, the equalities
(~) = (~) hold. Put m = mil mi 2 and show that m is the required number.
+'t1 "+'i2
For definiteness, let ii < i 2 . Clearly, conditions (2) and (3) are fulfilled. We check
that the corresponding Legendre symbols are equal to unity:
( m ) _ (mi 1 ) (mi 2 )
q-J{l - q-J{l q-J{l
_
-
(mi 1 ) (mi 1
q-J{l q-J{l
)-i -_1.
Next, when computing the symbols we shall use the reciprocity law for pairs mi 1 ,
m{1 and mi 2 , m{2 :
Now consider the case p = 2. Denote by T the set of the prime divisors of the
field K that divide the discriminant of the extension K/k.
Let {Fi , F 2, F 3 } be a partition of the set of all elements of F different from the
unit element such that
( 1) Fi consists of all elements of order 2.
(2) If IE F2, then 1-i E F3, and, conversely, if IE F3, then 1-i E F2.
We construct recurrently the sequence {mi} of numbers in K that satisfy the

following conditions:
(1) (mi) = q:Jia~, where q:Ji is a prime divisor of Pi that completely decomposes
in the field L, and q:Ji tt T; the divisors q:Ji are distinct and relatively prime with
aj, where i,j = 1, 2 ... ; ai is an integral divisor.
(2) uw-)= 1 for q::t E r.
(3) The image of the number mi in the group K~/ Kfl is equal to m<,p for
q:J ET.
(4) The mi is a square in the completions of K corresponding to infinite divisors
and divisors of 2.
We shall require that the numbers mi satisfy two more conditions, which we
state below.
Suppose that the set Mt-i consisting of the numbers mi, ... , mt-i has been
constructed. We split Mt-i into subsets formed by the numbers for which the
symbols (~) have the same values for all i, where f E F, f =f. 1. Then the
'll;
number of these subsets does not exceed 2(F:iJ-i. The set Mt-i is ordered in a
natural way, namely, mi 1 < mi 2 if ii < i2. This order on Mt-i induces orders on
the subsets. We construct the sequence {mi} until some subset consists of three
elements. Find a number mt satisfying conditions (1)-(4) and the following two
additional conditions:
(5) (!!!f) = 1forj=1, ... , t - 1; f E Fi.
'll;
(6) If mj is a maximal element in its subset, with 1 :::; j :::; t - 1, then
if f E F2,
(m;)
q:J.J
= { l(_!!!:i_)
q::tf-1
.
if f E Fa;
J
if mj is not maximal, then
The existence of a number mt satisfying conditions (1)-(6) is proved similar to the

case of odd p.
Let the sequence {mi} have sufficiently many elements; then some subset will
consist of three elements mi 1 , mi 2 , mi 3 • For definiteness, we assume that ii <
i2 < ia. Put m = mi 1 mi 2 mi 3 and show that mis the required number. Compute
the symbols (W. ),
where j = 1, 2, 3; f E F1. We denote by K1 the subfield of
3
K belonging to the cyclic subgroup of order 2 with generator f. We may assume
that K = K f (w), where w E K and w2 is an integer in K f. The divisor (w) is the
product of a divisor bi of the field K f and a divisor b2 of K, and the decomposition
of b2 into prime factors contains only divisors of the discriminant of the extension
K/KJ, i.e., the divisors that occur in the set T. Let mi; = c1 + c2w, where
ci, c2 E K1. Then mi; - ml = 2c2w, and 2c2w is integral in the field K. We have
By the reciprocity law,

t
( 2c2fW) = rr(mi;),
s.JJ. j <:J3 s.JJ
where s.JJ ranges over all prime divisors of (2c2w) (this form of the reciprocity law
is valid because the number mi; satisfies condition (4)). If s.JJ is a divisor of 2 and
- m!
is contained in T, then (<if) = 1 by construction. Otherwise,
and either s.JJ is a divisor from the field Kt or s.}Jt also divides (2c2w). Since c1 E Kt,
it follows that either (ft) = 1 (s.JJ is a divisor from the field Kt) or (ft) = ( Wr).
m!
Therefore, in either case Ih
(-if) = 1.
Now we compute the symbols (it) for f E Fi:
3
(;;:) = (;{:) = 1, i.e., (;[J = 1;
( ~ ) = ( m~
s.JJ.3
1 ) ( mf m[3 ) = ( m;3) ( m;3)
s.JJ.3 s.JJ.3 s.JJ.3
2
) (
s.JJ 1 . s.JJ 2
= ( mf
s.JJ.1
3
) ( m~ 3 ) = 1.
s.JJ.2
Now let f E F2; then we have
( m )- (mi1) (mi2) (mi3)- (mi1) (mii)- l

s.JJ{l - s.JJ{l s.JJ{1 s.JJ{l - s.JJ{1 s.JJ{l - '
(s.JJ{2m) =
(mi1) (mi 2) (rrii 3)
s.JJ{2 s.JJ{2 s.JJ{2 =
(m{
s.JJi1
2 ) (mi2)
s.JJ{2
= ( ~~ 1 ) (m~2) = (mf1) (mf2) = l,
s.JJ.l s.JJ.2 s.JJ.1 s.JJ.2
( -) ( )( )( ) ( t)( t)( mi3
m mi1
s.JJ!a = s.JJ{3 s.JJ{3
) mi2 mi3 mi3 mi3
s.JJ{3 s.JJ{3 = s.Jli1 s.Jli2
=( ~i~ 1 ) ~~ 1 ) m[3)
( ( = ( m[2) ( m[3) = 1.
s.JJ.1 s.JJ.2 s.JJ.3 s.JJ.2 s.JJ.3
The case f E F3 is handled similarly. Clearly, the number m satisfies conditions
(2) and (3) of the lemma. D
We prove another auxiliary statement.
LEMMA 5.3.2. Let k be a local field (a finite extension of the field of p-adic
numbers)°, K a finite I-extension of k, where l is a prime number different from p.
Then the Galois group F of the extension K/k has at most two generators.
PROOF. We may assume that k contains all of the lth roots of 1. If Ko is the
fixed field for the Frattini subgroup of F, then it suffices to prove the statement for
an extension K 0 /k with an elementary Abelian l-group Fo.
The number of generators of F 0 does not exceed the dimension of the space
k* /k* 1 over the finite field Z/lZ. The group k* is the direct product of the group
V of units and the infinite cyclic group generated by a prime element 1r.
Let Vi be the subgroup of principal units of V, i.e., the units v with v = 1
(mod n). The quotient group V/Vi is isomorphic to the multiplicative group of
the residue field of the ring of integral elements of k modulo n ([1, Chapter 1,
Proposition 1.4]). By Hensel's lemma ([4, Chapter IV, §3, Theorem 2]), every
principal unit is an lth power and, thus, V/V 1 is a group of order l and k* /k* 1 has
dimension 2 over Z/lZ. D
§4. The Neukirch theorem

In the present section we consider the embedding problem with solvable kernel
of odd order in the case where the field to be embedded does not contain a primitive
pth root of unity, where p is a prime number dividing the order of the kernel. In
this special case the solvability of the global embedding problem is equivalent to
the solvability of associated local problems.
1°. Let (K/k, G, cp, B) be the embedding problem for algebraic number fields
which is related to the exact sequence of groups 1 ---> B ---> G ---> F = Gal(K/k)
---> 1. We shall assume the following:
1. B is a solvable group of odd order and exponent n.
2. If p is a prime number dividing n, then K does not contain a primitive pth
root of unity.
Let S be a finite set of prime divisors of k containing the divisors of n and
the divisors of the discriminant of the extension K/k. For an arbitrary point p
of k, we denote by Pp the set of solutions of the associated embedding problem
(K~/kp,G,cp,B). If Pis the set of solutions of the global problem, then there is
a natural mapping 'I/; of P to TipES Pp taking L E P to the set of local solutions
Lp = L ®k kp. We call 'l/;(L )p the local behavior of the solution L at the point p.
Since the solvability of the local embedding problems is a necessary condition
for the solvability of the global problem, the condition Pp = 0 (the local problem
is unsolvable) implies that P = 0; consequently, in the sequel we shall consider the
global problems for which the set Pp is not empty for all p E S.
THEOREM 5.4 (J. Neukirch). The mapping 1/; is surjective. Moreover, one may
choose a proper solution of the global problem with given local behavior at the points
of the set S.
The theorem not only reduces the solution of the global embedding problem
to the solution of finitely many local problems, but it enables us to construct a
solution of the global problem with given local behavior at finitely many points.
§4. THE NEUKIRCH THEOREM 109
The proof of the theorem proceeds in several stages. First let the kernel B be
an Abelian group that is a simple F-module, i.e., a module not containing proper
submodules different from zero. In this case we shall denote the kernel by A. It is
clear that A is an elementary Abelian p-group and, as an F-module, it has a single
generator.
Denote by Ko the field that is obtained by adjoining to K all of the nth roots
of 1. Let Ki be a maximal Abelian extension of Ko of period p, unramified outside
8. It is clear that Ki is a finite extension of Ko and is normal over k. We denote
by Fi and Fo the Galois groups of Kifk and Ki/ Ko, respectively.
Let Bo be the Artin homomorphism of the idele group JKo onto the group F0 .
Note that Bo annihilates the subgroup VKo,S· We show the existence of a finite set
Si of divisors of the field k, which completely decompose in the field Ko and such
that the image Bo(VKo,S rrpES1 Kcip) generates the group Fo. Indeed, let a be an
arbitrary element of the group Fo and let (a] be the class of conjugates to a in Fi.
By the Chebotarev Density Theorem, there exists a prime divisor Pa of the field k
that belongs to the class (a]. It is clear that if a set of elements a is such that the
union Ua(a] coincides with the group Fo, then the prime divisors Pa form the set
Si. We put 8i = 8USi.
Let k be an algebraic closure of the field k with Galois group F, and let n be
the maximal algebraic extension of the field k, unramified outside 8i, with Galois
group Fs 1 , i.e., the composite of the finite normal field extensions of k, in which
only the divisors from 8i are ramified.
We assume that composition law on the set of solutions of the embedding
problems (K/k, Gh, 'Ph, A) is given; here h ranges over all elements of the group
H 2 (F,A) (see §15, Chapter III). In the semidirect extension G0 the system of
representatives {]0 } fEF of the cosets of A forms a subgroup isomorphic to F.
Thus, an inclusion map (3 of F in G0 is given.
It is clear that K is a subfield of n. Therefore, the lifting homomorphism -\ of
H 2 (F, A) to H 2 (Fs1' A) is well defined. Leth be the cohomology class in H 2 (F, A)
that corresponds to the group extension G.
LEMMA 5.4.1. The existence of a solution of (K/k, G, cp, A), unramified outside
8i, is equivalent to the fulfilment of the relation -\(h) = 0.
The proof repeats almost literally the argument of Theorem 3.13.2. The dis-
tinction between the arguments is in the necessity of replacing the Galois group of
the algebraic closure by the Galois group Fs 1 of !1/k.
PROPOSITION 5.4.1. If A is a simple module, then there exists a solution of
(K/k, G, cp, A), unramified outside 8i.
PROOF. In accordance with the previous lemma, it suffices to deduce that
-\(h) = 0. Consider the commutative diagram
'l/J1
H 2 (Fs 1 ,A) -----+ LE[) H 2 (Fp,A)
pES1
IA r As1
H 2 (F,A)
'l/J2
-----+
LE[) H 2
(Fp,A)
pES1
where F P is the Galois group of the algebraic closure of the local field kp, 1f;2 is
a collection of restriction homomorphisms onto the decomposition groups of the
divisors from S1, A31 is a collection of local lifting homomorphisms, 1/J1 is a natural
mapping whose description may be found in §3 of the Appendix. We note that
for p E S 1 the associated local embedding problems are solvable. For p E S 1 this
follows from Lemma 3.14, and for p E S they are solvable by assumption. Thus,
.X31 1/J2(h) = 0 or 1/J1.X(h) = 0 by the commutativity of the diagram ..
Now we show that 1f;1 is an isomorphism, whence the proposition follows. We
make use of the Tate duality. We have the commutative diagram
H 2(F3 1 ,A)
1/11
------t Lffi H2(Fp,A)
pE81
1 1j)4
1
HomF(A, CK,8J' ------t HomF(A, JK,8 1 )'
where ~4 is the mapping dual to the natural homomorphism 1/J4: HomF(A, JK,8J
---+ HomF(A, CK,8J induced by the mapping 1/Ja of JK,8 1 onto CK,8 1 • Clearly, it
suffices to show that 1/J4 is an isomorphism.
The exact sequence 1 ---+ K* ---+ JK,8 1 ~ CK,8 1 ---+ 1 induces the exact
"'
sequence 1 ---+ Hom( A, K*) ---+ Hom( A, JK,8 1 ) ~ Hom( A, CK,8J· The group. K*
contains only the trivial pth root of unity; so, the group Hom( A, K*) is trivial.
Now we show that 1/J5 is an isomorphism. Let x be an element of order pin CK,8 1 •
Then we have xf E K* for a preimage x1 = 1/J3 1(x). We put x2 = xf. The
extension Ko( vfx2) is contained in the field Ki. Since x2 is a pth power in all of
the completions Ko<:µ with ~ E S 1 , the element X2 is a pth power in Ko and there
is an element x 3 E K;v such that x~ = x 2 (here we use the fact that the divisors
from S1 generate the Galois group Fa of Kif Ko).
The field Ko is obtained by adjoining to K all of the nth roots of unity. There
is a subfield K 2 in Ko such that it does not contain nontrivial pth roots of unity
and Ko is obtained by adjoining to K 2 a primitive pth root (of unity. Let 'Y be a
generator of the Galois group of K 0 / K 2, and let F2 be the Galois group of K 2/ K.
The action of 'Y on the pth roots of unity is defined by the relation C = (i, where
J' is
' an m ' t eger, 1 < J' < p. UT
vve h ave x P"Y p("Y-1)
3 = x2 or x 3 = 1, i.e.,
· x "'(-1
3 = .,rt £or
some integer t. Since j ¢ 1 (mod p), there exists an integer J with the property
=
)(j -1) 1 (mod p). Then (Ytb-l) =(tis fulfilled. We put x 4 = x 3 (-1t, then we
have x~ = X2 and xr 1 = 1, i.e., X4 E K2. Further, let f be an arbitrary element
of F2 . Then x~f-l)p = 1. The field K 2 contains only the trivial pth root of unity,
consequently, x{- 1 = 1 and X4 EK*. By setting X5 = xix,4 1, we have x~ = 1 and
1/Ja(x5) = x. Thus, the groups Hom( A, JK,8J and Hom( A, CK,8i) are isomorphic,
whence 1/J4 is an isomorphism.
2°. Let µ be the homomorphism of the group F onto F corresponding to the
inclusion map of K in k. Consider the Galois group F p of the algebraic closure
kp of the local field kp and the composition µp : F p ---+ F of the homomorphism
from Fp onto the Galois group F<:µ of an extension K<:µ/kp (of the field-kernel of
the algebra Kp = K © kp) and the inclusion map F<:µ ---+ F. The homomorphism
µp that we assign to Kp clearly depends on the choice of a prime point ~of the
field K that is lying over p and on the choice of an inclusion map K<:p ---+ kp. Now
note that there is a homomorphism u P : F P ---+ F such that µu P = µP. (We give
a description of similar mappings and induced mappings of the cohomology group
Hi(F,A)---+ Hi(Fp,A) in the Appendix, §3.) 0
The inclusion map of n in k induces a homomorphism µ81 of F onto Fs 1 • The

field K is contained in n, whence the homomorphism µs 1 of Fs 1 onto F is well
defined. We define the mapping u 1p of F P to Fs 1 by the commutativity of the
diagram
Fp~ F
u1p \,. lis1 l

Fs1·
Note that if a homomorphism v: Fs 1 ---+ G corresponds to a solution L of
(K/k, G, cp, A), unramified outside 8 1, then the homomorphism vu1p corresponds
to the local solution Lp = L ®k kp.
PROPOSITION 5.4.2. Let A be a simple F-module and let the natural mapping
H 1(Fs1' A) ---+ TipES H 1(F P, A) be surjective. Then the Neukirch theorem is valid
for the embedding problem with kernel A.
PROOF. Given an element qs in TipES Pp, we may relate a homomorphism
l/p : F P ---+ G to every solution Lp of the local problem. We note that l/p is defined
up to coboundary from B 1(Fp, A) (see Chapter 1, §14).
We must show the existence of a homomorphism v: Fs 1 ---+ G such that the
following conditions are fulfilled:
(1) cpv = µs 1 (v corresponds to some solution L of (K/k, G, cp, A), unramified
outside 81);
(2) vu1p(Jp) = vP(Jp)alp-l, where f E Fp, ap EA (the local behavior L®kkp
of the solution L coincides with the given local solution Lp);
(3) v is a surjective homomorphism (Lis a field).
By Proposition 5.4.1, there is a solution £1 of (K/k, G, cp, A), unramified outside
81. Let a homomorphism 1/1: Fs 1 ---+ G correspond to £1. As mentioned above, the
local behavior £ 1 ®k kp corresponds to the homomorphism v1u 1p: Fp ---+ G. Then
vp(Jp) = l/10"1p(Jp)hp(Jp), where fp E Fp and hp is a one-dimensional cocycle of
the group Z 1 (Fp,A) (see Theorem 1.15.2). D
By assumption, in Z 1(F Sp A) there is a cocycle h such that its images in

Z 1 (Fp,A) are cohomologous to the cocycles hp for p E 8. Let v(J) = v1 (J)h(J),
where f E Fs 1 • Since h is a cocycle, v: Fs 1 ---+ G is a group homomorphism.
Clearly, cpv = µs 1 •
- - - - - 1-7
Further, vu1p(f p) = v1u1p(f p)h(a1p(fp)) = vp(fp)ap P for ap EA (here we
use the fact that hp is cohomologous to the image of h).
Generally speaking, it may occur that the Galois algebra L corresponding to
v is not a field. We show that in this case L splits completely. Let Lo be the
field-kernel of Land H the Galois group of Lo/k. Then, by the simplicity of the
F-module A, the kernel Ao of the natural mapping of H onto F is trivial (Ao is
a proper submodule of A). It is clear that in this case the embedding problem
(K/k, G, cp, A) is semidirect.
Now we choose a solution L 2 so that La= LoL2 is a field and the local behavior
of La coincides with the algebras Lp for p E S.
Let Z/pZ[F] be a group ring of F over the field with p elements and D a free
Z/pZ[F]-module with one generator, i.e., a set of elements of the form nfEF df',
where n1 E Z/pZ.
Since A is a simple F-module, there is a mapping 8 of D onto A (8 takes the
generator di to a generator of A). The sequence
6
1 ~Do ~D ~A~ 1
is exact.
The mapping 8 induces the homomorphism 8 of a semidirect extension of D
by F onto G 0 , namely, 8(! · d) = /3(!) · o(d), where f E F and d E D (Facts on
the elements d E D in a natural way, namely, (IlfEF df' )f' = nfEF dj;, , /3 is the
inclusion F ~ G). Let Ka be the field obtained by adjoining to Kall the pth roots
of unity, Fa the Galois group of Ka/k. Let 1'i be a generator of the Galois group ri
of Ka/ K, and let c be the order of 1'i · There is a number j such that (1'1 = (3. Note
i
that et = I:~,:~ rit1'f for t = 0, ... , c - 1 are pairwise orthogonal idempotents in
the group ring Z/pZ[ri]. We may speak about the action of the ring Z/pZ[ri] on
the group K3 / K?. Then the module K3 / K? is a direct product of the modules
(K3 / K;P)e', and the action of ')'i on (K3 / K?)e' is of the form z1'1 = z3'. The
converse is also valid, i.e., if z E K3/K? and z1'1 = z3', then z E (K3/K?)e'.
LEMMA 5.4.2. All the solutions of the semidirect embedding problem (K/k, F ·
D, D) are in one-to-one correspondence with the elements of the group (K3 / K?)e 1 •
PROOF. The semidirect extension F · D is the wreath product of the cyclic
group Z/pZ and F. Therefore, the tensor product L = ®k L1 of the conjugate
algebras L1 (with f E F) over the field K with group Z/pZ (see Chapter 3, §6) is
a solution L of the problem under consideration.
It remains to make clear the structure of a cyclic algebra of order p over K. Let
me 1 E (K3 / K?r, and let m be a preimage of me 1 in the group K3. Consider the
- - g-i
algebra Ka= Ka( {:/ffi). Let g E Gal(Ka/Ka) act on {:/ffi by the rule {:/ffi = (.
Let ::Yi be an extension of ')' such thatFm 1
= ~mo, where mo E K3. We have
( {:/ffi ):Y = ( {:/ffi():Y = ~ m 0 (3. On the other hand, (
9 1 1 Fm1 9
) = ( ~m0 )9 =
~ (Jmo. Thus, Ka is a Galois algebra over the field K with group Z/pZ x ri.
The subalgebra Li belonging to the cyclic subgroup fii} is a Galois algebra over
the field K with group Z/pZ.
Conversely, let Li be a Galois algebra over K with group Z/pZ. The algebra
. Ka =Li ®x Ka has group Z/pZ x ri over K. Observe that Ka =Ka( {:/ffi), where
mEK3.
Let g and ::Yi be generators of Gal( Ka/ K) such that g leaves the elements of
Ka fixed, and ::Yi leaves the elements of Li fixed. Note that f.fiffi1
= rm m0 ,
where v E Z and mo E Ka. If {:/ffi 9 = {:/ffi(u, then {:/ffi9 ;y1 = rm m 0 (uj. Since
{:/ffi9 ;y1 = f.fii(i 19 , we have {:/ffivmo(uj = {:/ffivm0 (uv, i.e., j = v (modp). There-
fore, rrft 1 m-j E K;P. The lemma is proved. D
By the Chebotarev density theorem, there is a divisor Po. of the field k that
completely decomposes in Ki. Let s+lo be a prime divisor of Po in Ko, and let 7r
be a prime element in the field kp 0 • Consider the idele Y1 from the group J Ko
whose component at the point s+lo is equal to 7r and the other components are
equal to 1. By class field theory, the Galois group of Kif Ko is isomorphic to
JK 0 /Jf< 0 K 0VK 0 ,s; so, Y1 E Jf<0 K 0VK 0 ,s, i.e., there exists Y2 E Ko such that the
divisor (y2) is of the form s+loaP, where a is a divisor of Ko. Moreover, Y2 is a pth
power in the completions of Ko corresponding to the divisors from S.
Let m be the norm of Y2 from Ko to K3· Clearly, (m) = s.}J3a~, where s.}J3 is a
prime divisor of Po in K3, and a3 is a divisor of K3. Moreover, mis a pth power in
the completions of K3 corresponding to the divisors from S.
By Lemma 5.4.2, me 1 determines a solution L 4 of the embedding problem
(K/k, F · D, D), where mis the image of min K3/ K;P.
We show that L4 is a field. It suffices to prove that L4 = L4 ®K K3 is a field.
Let {f} fEF be representatives of cosets of ri in F3. In K3 we choose preimages
m1 of the elements me.7. Then we may assume that L4 is obtained by adjoining
to K 3 the radicals :efiifj. We note that L4 is a field if and only if the fact that
IT1EF m j' is a pth power in K 3 implies that p divides all of the integers zf.
Consider the divisor I1JEF(m1 )zt and its image IT 1EF(m1 y1 mod VJ?P in the
quotient group wt/VJ?P, where wt is the group of divisors of K3. Then the condition
IT 1EF(m1Y' mod VJ?P = 1, or IJ1EF(!,JJ3 mod VJ?Py1le 1 = 1, implies that p divides
all of the numbers zf.
Let v4 be the homomorphism of F onto F · D corresponding to the field L4.
Then the homomorphism v4ap corresponds to the local algebra L4p = L4 ®k kp.
Since the numbers m1 are pth powers in K 3 '+1 for !,JJ ES, L4p for p ES completely
splits. Therefore, the image of v4 ap is isomorphic to the decomposition group of a
prime divisor !,JJ of p in the extension K/k, i.e., v4ap(Jp) = µp(Jp)hp(Jp), where
fp E Fp and hp is a cocycle in Z 1(Fp, D).
Let Fop be the subgroup of F p belonging to the subfield K '+I· Now if 7P E Fop,
then v4ap(Jp) = 1 (this follows from the fact that the image of V40'p is isomorphic
to the Galois group F<:JJ of K<:JJ/kp, and, by assumption, cpv4ap = µp)· Therefore,
the values of V40'p depend on cosets with respect to Fop, i.e., the cocycle hp is the
lifting of a cocycle h 1p E Z 1(F<:JJ, D).
We show that H 1(F<:JJ, D) is trivial. Note that D is a p-group. Then, by
Corollary 3 to Proposition 6.3. of [1, Chapter IV], it suffices to prove the triviality
of the group H 1 (F<:JJ,~, D), where F<:JJ,p is a Sylow p-subgroup of F'+'. Now we note
that Dis a free Z/pZ[F<:JJ,p]-module. Therefore, by Theorem 9.1 of [1, Chapter IV],
H 1(F<:JJ,p• D) = 0.
Thus; the cocycle h 1p splits; so, there is a d E D such that
- - 7 -1
V40'p(f p) = µp(f p)d P •
Let L 2 be the subfield of L4 belonging to the subgroup Do (L2 is a solution
of (K/k, G, cp, A)). Then the homomorphism v2 = 8v4 corresponds to the field L2.
The homomorphism 8v4ap defined by 8v4ap(Jp) = /3µp(Jp)af P- 1, where a= 8(J)
corresponds to the local behavior L2p = L2 ®k kp at the point p E S.
Show that L3 = Lo L2 is the required solution. We note that a homomorphism
Ti: F ~ G extending v corresponds to the solution L. The homomorphism v3 (]) =
(v(J), v2(7)) mod A, where 7 E F corresponds to the algebra £3. Since the image
of IJ is isomorphic to F, V3 is surjective.
The local behavior L3p = £3 © kp corresponds to the homomorphism v3ap(7p)
- - - - - 1 -1
= (vap(fp),v2ap(fp)) inodA. We have v3ap(fp) = (vap(fp),/Jµp(fp)apP ) =
vap(fp)a~P- 1 , i.e., the solutions £ 3 ©k kp and L ©k kp coincide for p ES. Propo-
sition 5.4.2 is proved.
Thus, to complete the consideration of the case where the kernel of the embed-
ding problem is a simple F-module A, the following proposition must be proved.
PROPOSITION 5.4.3. If A is a simple F-module, then the natural mapping
H -TipEsH 1(Fp,A) is surjective.
1 (Fs1'A)
PROOF. Consider again the exact sequence 1 - Do - D - A - 1. We note

that all the modules in this sequence are naturally Fs 1 - and F p-modules.
Consider the following commutative diagram with natural homomorphisms:
Tl T2 T3
H 1 (Fs1'D) ~ H 1 (Fs 1 ,A) ~ H 2(Fs 1 ,Do) ~ H 2(Fs 1 ,D)
lT4 1T5 1 TB 1 T7
II H 1(Fp,D) ~
TS
II H 1(Fp,A) Tg
~ II H 2(Fp, Do) TlQ
----t II H 2(Fp,D)
pES1 pES1 pES1 pES1
The diagram makes it sufficient to prove the proposition for D. Indeed, let rs E
TipEsH1(Fp,A) and r;s1 E TipES\ H 1(Fp,A). We put rs1 = (rs,r3 1 ). In proving
Proposition 5.4.1 we have shown that the mapping H 2(Fs1' A) - TipESi H 2(Fp, A)
is an isomorphism for any finite F-module A. Therefore, 75 and r7 are isomor-
phisms. Then there is x1 E H 2(Fs 1 , Do) with r5(x1) = rg(rs 1 ). Note that
7'773(x1) = r10r5(x1) = r10rg(rsJ = O; so, r3(xi) = 0, and there exists an ele-
ment X2 E H 1 (Fsi>A) such that r2(x2) = x1. Then r9(rs(x2) - rs 1 ) = T5r2(x2) -
r5(x1) = 0, and, thus, there exists an element fs 1 E TipESi H 1(Fp, D) such that
rs(rsJ = rs(x2) - rs1 • D
Suppose the composition of r4 and the projection on the 8-components is sur-

jective. Then there is X3 E H 1 (Fs 1 ,D) with prsr4(x3) = prsrs1 • Set X4 =
x2 - r1(x3). Then we have rs(x4) = rs(x2) - r5r1(x3) = rs(rs1) + rs1 - rsr4(x3)
and prs rs(x4) = prs rs(rs 1 - r4(x3)) + rs = rs. Thus, we have reduced the
statement to the case of the module D.
Let Fo be the subgroup of Fs 1 corresponding to the subfield K, and let
Z[Fs1/Fo) be a free Abelian group with generators Uf, where UJ are in one-to-one
correspondence with the cosets of F 0 in Fs 1 (with the elements of F). There is an
operator isomorphism 1J: Hom(Z[Fsi/ F 0], Z/pZ) - D given by 1J(X) = fI 1 dj(ui).
Consider the commutative diagram with natural homomorphisms
H 1 (Fs 1 ,D)
T4
----7 II H 1(Fp,D)
pES1
1 T11 1 Tl2
T13
H 1 (Fo, Z/pZ) ----7
II
q3ES1
H 1(FoqJ, Z/pZ),
where the product rrpES1 H 1(F p, D) is taken over the divisors of k, and the product
IJ'lJESi H 1 (Fo'TJ, Z/pZ) istaken over the divisors of K. It follows from Lemma A.3.9
that 711 and 712 are isomorphisms.
It suffices to show that the composition of 713 and the projection on the 8-
components is surjective. Note that H 1 (F 0 , Z/pZ) is dual to CK,si/C'f<:,s 1 , and
IT'lJESH 1 (F0'TJ,Z/pZ) is dual to IT'TJESK~/K.if.
Consider the exact sequence
(as we saw, 714 is injective). The surjectivity of the composition of 713 and the
projection on the 8-components is equivalent to the following assertion. If X5 E
JK,s 1 /J'f<:, 81 , 715(x5) = 1, and the projection of X5 on the components complemen-
tary to 8 is trivial, then x5 = 1. Let 715 (x 5) = 1. Then there is x5 E K* / K*P
with 714(x5) = x5. Let X7 denote a preimage of x5 in K*. Then X7 is a pth power
in the completions K 'Tl of K for ~ E S 1. Moreover, the extension Ko ( {/X7) /Ko is
unramified outside 8, whence Ko( {/X7) C K 1. Since X7 is a pth power in K'll for
~ E Si, X7 is a pth power in K. Thus, Proposition 5.4.3 is proved.
3°. Now consider the general case. We use induction on the order of the kernel
B. Note that there is a subgroup B 1 of B such that B1 is normal in B and the
quotient group A = B / B1 is a simple F-module.
Let t.p1 be the natural homomorphism from Gi = G / B1 onto F induced by
t.p. Then the embedding problem (K/k, G 1, cp 1, A) is associated with the original
problem. For p E 8 let L 1p be the subalgebra of a given algebra Lp, corresponding
to the subgroup B 1. As shown above, there is a solution £3 of the global problem
(K/k,G 1 ,cp1 ,A) whose local behavior coincides with given solutions L 1p for p E 8.
We denote by 82 the set of ramification points of the extension L3/k. Then
only Po and the divisors from 8 1 may belong to 82. Note that, by choice, the
divisors from 82 \ 8 completely decompose in Ko, i.e., the local field K'll contains
all the nth roots of unity for ~ E 8 2 \ 8.
Generally speaking, it may be impossible to embed the solution £ 3 in an exten-
sion with group G, since the embedding conditions may break down for the local
problems at the points from 82 \ 8 1.
Let a homomorphism v3 from F onto G 1 correspond to the field £ 3. Then the
homomorphism v30-p corresponds to the local behavior L3p = L3 ®k kp. If p E 82 \ 8,
then p completely decomposes in K. Therefore, the image of V30"p is a subgroup
of A.. By Lemma 5.3.2, V30"p induces the mapping V30"p of the elementary Abelian
p-group Hp with two generators fip and /2p to the group A (since A is elementary
Abelian p-group, the subgroup of F P generated by the commutator subgroup and
pth powers is contained in the kernel of v3 o-p)· We assume that the generator fip
is chosen so that the automorphism fip acts trivially on the unramified extension
of kp of degree p.
Let v30-p(f1p) = aip and v30-p(f2p) = a2p· We define the homomorphism
v5p : Hp - t G0 ( G0 is a semidirect extension of A by F) by setting
A solution L5p of the semidirect embedding problem (Kp/kp, Go, A) corresponding

to v5p. For p E 82 \ S let dp denote a preimage of a2p in D under the mapping 8.
--i n1
Let dp = nfEF df .
The homomorphism 115p: Hp --+ F · D annihilating fip and taking hp to d;i
corresponds to a solution L6p of the embedding problem (Kp/kp, F · D, D) (a ho-
momorphism of F p to F · D naturally corresponds to 116p). Clearly, the subalgebra
of L 6 p belonging to the subgroup Do coincides with L5p.
As before, let {]} fEF be representatives of the cosets of ri in F3. We fix a
primitive pth root of unity ( E K 3 . Let z7 be an integer with (f = C7.
We note that the mapping ap from F p to F depends on the choice of a point
s,p ink lying over the point p of k. Let s,p be a point of K3 over which s,p lies.
Denote by Wp a p-adic unit in kp with {iw;;12 P-i = (. For a prime divisor b of
K3 we set
for b <t 82 \ S,
for b = s,pT 1 71',
Note that we have m~~ = ms2 for the element ms2 = nbE9Jl mb.
Let B be the Artin mapping from JK3 / Jf<3 onto the Galois group A of the
extension L3 ©K K3/ K3. We show that B(ms2 ) = l. By Proposition 4.3 in Chap-
ter VII of (1], we have B(x 71 ) = B(x) for every x E JK 3 /Jf< 3 • Then B(msJ =
TI B(wp mod K;~ 1 _ 1 t 1 z7L;~,:t ii= 1, since in Z/pZ the element 2:~,:~ f equals 0
(here Wp mod K*P 3,i:pi- - i stands for an element in JK 3 /JKP 3 whose components except
for s,pT 1 are trivial).
Now we apply Lemma 5.3.1, using SU 82 as T and £3 ©K K3 as L. Then there
is a number m E K3 satisfying the following conditions:
1) (m) = s,pi s,p2aP, where s,pi and s,p2 are prime divisors in K3 of Pi and P2 from
k, respectively. Moreover, Pi and P2 completely decompose in £3 ©K K3 and the
Legendre symbols (-~l) are equal to 1, where i = 1, 2, f E F3, and f #- 1;
2) the image of m in K3b / K;~ is equal to mb for b E S U 82.
Let m be the image of m in K3 / K;P. Since e1 is an idempotent of the ring
Z/pZ(ri], the image of me 1 in K3b/ K;~ equals mb for b E SUS2. By Lemma 5.4.2,
the element me 1 yields a solution L 6 of the embedding problem (K/k,F · D,D).
More precisely, if me 1 E K3 is a preimage of me 1 , then the algebra £ 7 generated
over K3 by the radicals ~, where 7 ranges over all representatives of the
cosets of r i in F3, is a Galois algebra over k with group F · D x F F3 . Then the
subalgebra £5 corresponding tori is a solution of the problem (K/k, F · D, D).
By construction, the local behavior £5 © K kp of L5 coincides with L 6 p for
p E 82 \S. Indeed, for p E 82 \S the local behavior L1©kkp of L1 corresponds to the
homomorphism 111p : Hp --+ F · D x F F3 defined as follows: 117p (fip) = 1, v7p(f2p) =
(d;i, 1). (The divisor s,p completely decomposes in the subfield of the field L1
consisting of the elements that are invariant with respect to the automorphism
--i
(dp , 1).) Moreover, in the completion K3<:p we have
and, on the other hand, we have
Now we note that the subalgebra L6 ®k kp corresponds to the homomorphism ll6p

--i
which takes fip to 1 and f2p to dp .
Now let Ls be the subfield of the field L6 belonging to the subgroup Do. We
observe that Ls is a solution of the semidirect embedding problem (K/k, Go, A).
Then the algebra Ls = L3 o Ls is a solution of the problem (K/k, Gi, <pi, A).
Show that Ls is a field. Suppose the contrary. Then Ls is a completely splitting
Galois algebra (A is a simple F-module), and the extension Gi coincides with
G 0 . Consider the local behavior Ls ®k kp 1 of Ls at the point Pi. where Pi is a
divisor in k whose prime divisor ~i divides the principal divisor (m). As above,
let Hp 1 be an Abelian Galois group of period p of the field kp 1 with generators fip 1
and f2p 1. Then the algebra L3 ®k kp 1 corresponds to the trivial homomorphism
Z13p 1 : Hp 1 --+Go (Pi completely decomposes in the extension L3/k), and the algebra
Ls®kkp 1 corresponds to the homomorphism Vsp 1 whose kernel and image are groups
of order p. Let fp 1 be an element in Hp 1 that does not belong to the kernel of llsp 1.
The homomorphism llsp 1 : Hp 1 --+ Go corresponding to Ls ®k kp 1 is given by the
relations
llsp1(fipi) = (v3p 1(fip 1),vsp 1 (fip 1 )) mod A, i = 1,2
(see §15 of Chapter 3). Then llsp 1(fp 1) = Vsp 1(fp 1) =J 1, which means that the local
algebra Ls ®k kp 1 does not split completely. Therefore, Ls is a f).eld.
Leth E H 2 (F, A) be a cohomology class corresponding to the group extension
G i · Note that the local behavior of L3 and Ls at the points p E 8 coincide (a similar
proof was presented in 2°). The divisors from 8 2, as well as Pi and P2, are critical
divisors of the extension Ls/k. The divisors Pi and P2 completely decompose in
L 3 and decompose into divisors of order one in Ls. Therefore, in the composite of
L3 and Ls they decompose into divisors of order one. Note that Ls is a subfield of
Ls ®K L3, whence in Ls/k the divisors Pi and P2 decompose into divisors of order
one.
Now consider the local behavior Lsp = Ls ®k kp for p E 82 \ 8. The algebra
Lsp corresponds to the homomorphism lisp: Hp --+ Gi defined by the relations
llsp(fip) = (v3p(fip), Vsp(fip)) mod A, i = 1, 2
(see §15 of Chapter 3). We have llsp(fip) = (aip, 1) mod A = aip, llsp(f2p) =
-i -
(a2p , a 2P ) mod A = 1.
Thus, in Ls/k the divisors from 8 2 \ 8 also have a cyclic decomposition group.
Denote by 83 the set of critical divisors for Ls/k, not contained in 8. Now
consider the embedding problem (Ls ®k kp/kp, G, <p2, Bi), where <p2 is the natural
homomorphism from G onto Gi. We show that for p E 83 the problem is solvable.
Our assertion is equivalent to the existence of a homomorphism Vgp : F P --+ G

such that the following diagram commutes:
Fp
Vgp / lvsp
G ------t G1
'P2
Note that the image of Vsp is a cyclic subgroup of G1 with generator ap (ap E A
because p completely decomposes in K). Let t be the period of ap, kp ( ~) the
field-kernel of the algebra Ls ®k kp, ap = cp2 1 (ap) the preimage of ap in the group
B, and q the period of ap. Also note that q divides the exponent n of the group B,
the field kp contains all of the nth roots of unity, consequently the field kp ( vm=P) is
well defined, and there is a homomorphism Vgp of F p to the cyclic subgroup {ap}
generated by ap, such that Vsp = cp 2vgp. Denote by Lgp the solution (corresponding
to Vgp) of the local problem (Lsp ®k kp/kp, G, <p2, B1).
By the induction hypothesis, there is a solution Lg of the global embedding
problem (Ls/k, G, <p2, B1) with the properties:
1) the local behavior Lg ®k kp for p E S coincides with a given solution Lp, and
for p E 83 it coincides with Lgp;
2) Lg is a field.
Clearly, Lg is the required solution. Theorem 5.4 is proved.
§5. The semidirect embedding problem with nilpotent kernel

This section is devoted to proving the existence of a proper solution of the
semidirect embedding problem with nilp.otent kernel for algebraic number fields.
1°. It is more convenient to consider the embedding problem for extensions
of algebraic number fields such that the compatibility condition is fulfilled for a
sufficiently .broad class of group extensions. Scholzian extensions (or universally
compatible extensions with respect to groups of fixed exponent) represent a class
of such field extensions.
DEFINITION 5.5.1. We call an extension K/k Scholzian with respect to an
integer n if for all critical, i.e., ramified in K/k, divisors p of k, the extension
K'f!/kp is a cyclic totally ramified extension and the field kp contains all of the nth
roots of unity, where S.:j3 is a prime divisor of p in K.
At the same time field extensions with arbitrary local structure are frequently
dealt with. In this connection we consider a larger class of fields.
DEFINITION 5.5.2. We call an extension K/k quasi-Scholzian with respect to
a natural number n and a finite set S0 of prime divisors of k if for all critical divisors
of k outside S 0 the extension K'f!/kp is a cyclic totally ramified extension and kp
contains all the nth roots of unity.
Let (K/k, G, <p, B) be a semidirect embedding problem with nilpotent kernel
and F the Galois group of the extension K/k. Then an inclusion of Fin G exists
and we have the action of Fon B. Since a finite nilpotent group is a direct product
of its Sylow p-groups and each of them is invariant under the action of F, by
Theorem 1.12, it suffices to consider the case where the kernel is a p-group.
§5. THE SEMIDIRECT EMBEDDING PROBLEM WITH NILPOTENT KERNEL 119
Let the kernel B of the embedding problem be a p-group with generators bi,
... , bd, and let Bi= B, B2 = [B1, Bi] Bf, ... , Bi+l =[Bi, Bi] Bf be the decreasing
p-central series in B. Then there exists c such that Be =f 1, Bc+l = 1, and the
group Bis said to be of class c. In the sequel we assume that K contains all pc+ 1th
roots of unity (otherwise we may adjoin them to K in the ordinary way).
Let U0 be a free group with generators ui,f• where i = 1, ... ,8; f E F. We
denote by Bo,c the quotient group of U0 by the (c+ 1)th term Uo,c+l of the decreasing
p-central series. The group F acts on U0 if we put u{,~ = ui,f f'. In the sequel we
shall consider the groups Ao,c = Uo,c-i/Uo,c+l• Zo,c = U0 ,c/Uo,c+l• and Do,c =
B 0,1 x (B0,1 © B 0,1) x · · · x (B0,1 © · · · © B 0,1), where the number of tensorial factors
increases from 1 to c. Note that the groups Ao,c are Abelian for c > 2. Clearly, the
action of F on U0 induces an action of F on each of the newly introduced groups.
PROPOSITION 5.5.1. Let B be a group of class c with d generators. Then B is
an operator-homomorphic image of Bd,c·
PROOF. Let bi be generators of B. Consider the mapping 'I/; of Ud defined
on the generators by the relations 'l/;(ui,f) = b{ and extended to the whole of ud
by multiplicativity. It suffices to show that 'I/; maps the subgroups Ud,i to Bi for
all i. For i = 1 the assertion is trivial. Let 'l/;(Ud,i) = Bi; then 'l/;(Ud,i+l) =
'l/;([Ud,i, Ud,1JU:,i) =[Bi, Bi]Bf = Bi+l· Consequently, 'I/; induces a homomorphism
of Bd,c onto B. The fact that this homomorphism is an operator homomorphism
can be verified directly. D
The proposition we have proved allows us to reduce the embedding problem

with kernel of class c with d generators to the embedding problem with kernel Bd,c·
The latter will be considered in what follows. The image of Ui,f in Bd,c will be
denoted by bi,f.
Let So be a finite set of prime divisors in k, containing divisors of p, all of the
critical divisors for the extension K/k, and infinite divisors. We seek a solution
of the semidirect embedding problem (K / k, F · Bd,c, <p, Bd,c) in the class of quasi-
Scholzian extensions with respect to So and pc+ 1 . Note that if Lis a quasi-Scholzian
solution, p is a critical divisor of L/k, and p ~ So, then p completely decomposes
in K. In the sequel we shall omit the homomorphism <p in the notation of the
semidirect embedding problem.
2°. Let Z/pZ[F] be the group ring of F over the field with p elements. Denote
by D a free Z/pZ[F]-module of rank 1, i.e., D consists of elements of the form
IltEF df' (n1 E Z/pZ). The module Dis naturally an F-module, namely,
(II df')t' =II d/;,.

fEF fEF
LEMMA 5.5.1. There is a one-to-one correspondence between the solutions of

the semidirect embedding problem (K / k, F · D, D) and the elements of K* / K*P.
PROOF. Note that the group F ·Dis the wreath product of the cyclic group
Z/pZ of order p by F. In §6 of Chapter 3 we have established that the tensor
product ® K L f of the Galois algebras L f with f E F over the field K with group
Z/pZ is a solution L of this embedding problem. It remains to observe that the
algebra L is of the form K( .ifin), where m E K*, and if m' = mxP, then the
algebras K( .ifin) and K( \lffi') are isomorphic. D
THEOREM 5.5.1. For any 8 there is a quasi-Scholzian solution of the embedding

problem (K/k, F · B6,1, B6,1).
PROOF. We note that B6,l is the direct product of 8 copies of D. Let 8 = 1.

By Lemma 5.5.1, the solution K 1,1 of the embedding problem (K/k, F · D, D) is
determined by an element m E K* / K*P. Choose m E K* in accordance with
Lemma 5.3.1 assuming that Tis the empty set and Lis equal to K. Let m be the
coset in K* / K*P with representative m. We show that Kl,1 is a quasi-Scholzian
solution. Clearly, if p is a divisor of k critical for Kl,i/k and p </. So, then the
prime divisors ~ of p occur in the decomposition of the principal divisor (m). Since
p completely decomposes in K, the decomposition of p into divisors of order one
is equivalent to the relations ( ~ ) = 1 for f E F and f =F 1. We note that
(~) = (':J31:.- 1 )f and, by construction, (':J31:.-r) = 1. Clearly, K 1 ,1 is a field, for
if (m)L:1 tjf is a pth power in the group of divisors, then every coefficient t1 is
divisible by p.
Let a quasi-Scholzian solution K6-l,l of the embedding problem (K/k, F ·
B6-l,1i B6- 1,1) be constructed, let the elements mi of K* / K*P with i = 1, ... , 8-1
completely determine the field K6-l,i. and let mi (representatives of mi in K*)
be chosen in accordance with Lemma 5.3.1. Then mi = mi 1 mi 2 for odd p and
mi = mi 1 mi 2 mi 3 for p = 2. Recall that the principal divisors (mi;) are of the form
~i3af3·
Denote by L6-l the field obtained by adjoining to K all of the radicals R·
where f ranges over all the elements of F. We again use Lemma 5.3.1 by taking
the empty set as T and the field £6-1 as L. We denote by m6 the number from
Lemma 5.3.1 and by m6 its image in K* / K*P. Then m6 determines the field K1 , 1
which is a solution of the embedding problem (K/k, F · D, D). We put K6,l =
K6-1,1 © K1,1 and we show that K6,1 is a quasi-Scholzian solution of the problem
(K/k, F · B6,1, B6,1). It is clear that if mf' tjf is a pth power in K6-1,1, then every
coefficient t1 is divisible by p, i.e., K6,l is a field. The critical divisors of K6,i/k
are, in addition to the divisors from So, the divisors IJij whose prime divisors ~ij
divide the corresponding principal divisors (mi)· Since the divisors IJij completely
decompose in K, the decomposition of Pij in K6,1 into divisors of order one is
-f
equivalent to the relations ( ~) = 1 for e = 1, ... , 8, i = 1, ... , 8,
+'•J
f E F, and
-f
f =F 1, and to the relations ( ~)
+'•3
= 1 for i =F e and f E F. By construction, the
divisors ~6j completely decompose in £6-li consequently, fore< 8 and f E F, the
-!
relations ( 7;:~ ) = 1 are fulfilled, where j and j' independently take the values 1 and
-!
2 for odd p and 1, 2, and 3 for p = 2. Consequently, we have (if:;) = 1 fore< 8
-f
and f E F. Since K6-1,1 is a quasi-Scholzian solution, the relations ( ~) = 1 are
+'•3
fulfilled fore < 8 and i < 8, where f E F, f =F 1, and e =Fi. It remains to consider
-!
the symbols (~).with f E F and i < 8. By the reciprocity law, (
m'
m.i.' ) = ( ':j3-mp ).
6
+'•3 +'•3 6j'
By construction, the symbols on the right-hand side in the last relations are
equal to 1, which completes the proof of the theorem.
3°. In the sequel we construct a solution of the problem by induction on c, the
class of the group Bd,c· Let the existence of a quasi-Scholzian solution K6,c-l of the
embedding problem (K/k, F · Bs,e-l, Bs,e-i) be proved for every positive integer 8.
Generally speaking, the solution Ks,e-l cannot be embedded in a quasi-Scholzian
extension with group F · Bs,e· In this subsection we find a sufficient condition for
such an embedding. First we prove two auxiliary facts. D
LEMMA 5.5.2. The group Zd,e is an operator-homomorphic image of Dd,e·

PROOF. In §4 of Appendix we show that the inclusion of Ud in the Magnus
algebra with variables Xi,f, where i = 1, ... , d; f E F, induces an operator isomor-
phism 1f;1 of Zd,e onto I:ffi;=l L 3/pL3 , where £ 3 is the group of homogeneous Lie
polynomials of degree J. We note that there is a natural operator epimorphism
1/J2: Dd,e---+ I:ffi;=l L3/pL3 given by the relation
1/J2(b~11 ,J11 • (bi21,fo ® bi22J22)n 2> • • • l (bic1.fc1 ® bicc.fcctc)

= n1Xi 11 ,J11 mod pL1 EB n2 [xi21 ,f21, Xi 22 ,J22 ] mod pL-2
EB ... EB ne[Xic1.fc1, ... 'Xicc.fccl mod pLe.
Clearly, 1/J1 11/J2 is the required homomorphism.
The kernel of the mapping of Dd,e onto Zd,e will be denoted by Ed,e· D
LEMMA 5.5.3. Let U1 and U2 be elements of ud, and let U1 ¢ Ud,2, U2 E Ud,e,
c-1
and u2 ¢ Ud,e+l. Moreover, we assume that u2u~P ¢ Ud,e+l for every positive
integer n. Then the commutator [u2,u1] ¢ Ud,e+2·
PROOF. We again use Theorem A.4. Denote by H the ideal of the Magnus
algebra generated by p and the variables Xi,f where i = 1, ... , d, f E F. In
this algebra, an element u~ = 1 + l + P 2 , where l is a linear Lie polynomial, i.e.,
l = C1Xi 1,J1 + · · · + CmXim.fm and P2 = 0 (mod H 2), corresponds to u1. Since
u 1 ¢ Ud,2, we may assume that at least one of the coefficients, say c1 , is not
d~visible by p. An element u2 = 1 + pe-lli +···+le+ Pe+l for odd p and u2 =
1+2e-lli + 2e- 2(li + b) +···+le+ Pe+l for p = 2, where l3 are Lie polynomials of
degree J and Pe+l = 0 (mod He+ 1), corresponds to U2. Since u2 ¢ Ud,e+l, among
li, ... , le there is a polynomial l3 0 such that l3 0 ¢. 0 (mod p).
Consider the case p = 2. In this algebra an element 1 +2e-l (lil-ll 1)+2e-l (l?l-
ll? + l2l - ll2) + · · · + (lel - lle) + Pe+2, where Pe+2 = 0 (mod He+ 2) corresponds
to the commutator [u2, u1].
Suppose that our assertion is not true. Then the congruences lil - ll 1 = 0
(mod 2), l?l - ll? +bl - ll2 = 0 (mod 2), ... , lel - lle = 0 (mod 2) hold. If Jo = 1,
i.e., li ¢. 0 (mod 2) and l3 = 0 (mod 2) for J > 1, then the congruence lil - ll 1 = 0
(mod 2) implies li = l (mod 2) and U2 = ur-l (mod Ud,e+i), which contradicts
the assumption. Consequently, we may assume that Jo > 1. Clearly, the congruence
lil - ll1 = 0 (mod 2) implies l?l - ll? = 0 (mod 2). Thus, it remains to show that
the congruence l30l - ll3 0 = 0 (mod 2) for Jo > 1 contradicts the condition l3 0 ¢. 0
(mod 2). Indeed, since c1 ¢. 0 (mod 2), among the summands that occur in l3 0
there are monomials of the form c0 xi f ... x¥11 f 1 , where co is not divisible by 2. Let
' 11
g be a maximal number for such monomials. Then the monomial c1 coxi f ... x¥+11 ' .. 1, 1
must be among the summands of (c1Xi 1,J1 + · · · +cmXimJm)l30, which is impossible.
Consequently, the congruence l30 l - ll30 = 0 (mod 2) is not valid. The case where
p is odd is treated similarly. D
i22 5. THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM WITH NON-ABELIAN KERNEL
COROLLARY. Let bi and b2 be elements in Bd,c+i, bi ¢ Bd,c+l,2• b2 E Ad,c+l,

c-1
and b2 ¢ Zd,c+l. Moreover, for every positive integer n let b~P b2 ¢ Zd,c+i · Then
the commutator [b2, bi] is different from l, where Bd,c+l,2 is the second term of the
decreasing p-central series of Bd,c+i ·
Now we prove the main result of this subsection.
THEOREM 5.5.2. Let the embedding problem (Kd,c-ifk, F · Bd,c+i, 'Pd,c+l,
Ad,c+i) be solvable, where 'Pd,c+l is the natural homomorphism of the group F ·
Bd,c+l onto F · Bd,c-i, and let there exist a solution unramified outside the set S of
prime divisors consisting of So and the divisors of k that decompose in Kd,c-i into
divisors of order one. Then there exists a quasi-Scholzian· solution of the embedding
problem (Kd,c-ifk, F · Bd,c, 'Pd,c, Zd,c), where 'Pd,c is the natural homomorphism of
the group F · Bd,c onto F · Bd,c-i ·
PROOF. Let Ld,c+i be a solution that exists by assumption and let Ld,c be
the subfield corresponding to the subgroup Zd,c+i· A subfield Kd,i corresponds to
the subgroup Bd,c+l,2· We denote by Si the set of divisors in k that completely
decompose in K and ramify in the extension Kd,i/k and by S2 the set of critical
divisors for Ld,c/k that completely decompose in Kd,i · The sets of their divisors in
K will be denoted similarly.
Let p be a divisor from Si U S2, ~ its prime divisor in K, ~c-i a prime di-
visor of~ in Kd,c-i, ~c and ~c+l the corresponding divisors in Ld,c and Ld,c+i·
We denote by Gc-i,p, Gc,p, and Gc+i,p the decomposition groups of the divisors
~c-i. ~c, and ~c+i in the corresponding extensions. We observe that the exten-
sion Kd,c-i,<rJ _)kp either is a totally ramified extension and its Galois group is a
0
subgroup of Bd,c-i or is trivial if p completely decomposes in Kd,c-i ·

Let the order of Gc-i,p be equal to pi. Then Gc,p is Abelian as a central
extension of an Abelian group of period p by the cyclic group Gc-i,p· From the
structure of the center of Bd,c it follows that the order of the preimage of a generator
of Gc-i,p in Gc,p increases p-fold. Lemma 5.3.2 implies that Gc,p has at most two
generators. Thus, Gc,p is either a cyclic group of order pi+i or a direct product
of cyclic groups of orders pi+i and p. In the first case, the extension Ld,c,'lJc is of
the form kp( pi+V?i'P), in the second it is of the form kp( pi+vnP• <fUP), where 'lrp is
a prime element of kp and Vp is a p-adic unit. D
We fix a primitive pc+ith root (c+i of unity in K. Let ( = (~:i · Denote by bip
and b2p the automorphisms from Gc,p that act on Ld,c,'lJc as follows:
v"i'Pb1p-l = 1,
v"i'Pb2p-l = (.
Now we show that if p E Si, then Gc,p is cyclic. Note that in this case i = c-1.
Suppose the contrary, i.e., Gc,p is the direct product of the cyclic groups of orders
pc and p with generators bip and b2p. Let bip and b2p be preimages of bip and b2p
in Gc+l,p· Then bip E Bd,c+i and bip ¢ Bd,c+l,2• b2p E Ad,c+l and b2p ¢ Zd,c+l·
By Corollary to Lemma 5.5.3, the commutator [b2p, bip] is different from the unit
element, whence Gc+i,p is not Abelian. The extension Ld,c,'lJc can be embedded
in the Abelian extension Lp with Galois group Z/pc+iz x Z/p 2Z over the field kp.
Indeed, we can take the field kp( P +vnP, vyrvp) as Lp. The extension Ld,c+i,'lJc+i
0
over Ld,c,'4Jc has an Abelian group of period p, but it is not contained in the field
Lp. Then the Galois group of the composite of the fields Lp and Ld,c+l,'4Jc+i over
the field Ld,c,'4Jc is an Abelian group of period p and has more than two generators,
which is impossible. Thus, b2p is a trivial automorphism, and the assumption that
the extension Ld,c/k is quasi-Scholzian at the points of 81 is valid. The field Ld,c is
a solution of the embedding problem (K/k, F · Bd,c, 'Pd,c, Zd,c)· Let mx E Ld,c be
the Lagrange resolvents corresponding to the characters x E Zd,c, i.e., the elements
possessing the properties m~ = mxx(z), where z E Zd,c·
Let j:l E 82. We observe that m~ E Kd,c-i. and in the completion Kd,c-1,'4Jc-i
the element m~ is of the form p.y:;rpevgy~,p if x(bf~) = (e and x(b2p) = ( 9 .
Now let £ 1 be a solution of the semidirect embedding problem (K/k, F · Zd,c,
Zd,c) generated over K by the elements mox, where x E Zd,c· Suppose the elements
Yx = mbx E K* are chosen so that if x(b2p) = ( 9 , then Yx = vj; 9 Yb,x,p in the
completion K<4J.
We put L2 = Kd,c-1®K L1; then L2/k is an extension with group (P.Bd,c-i) Xp
(F· Zd,c)· Let Go be a semidirect extension of the group Zd,c by F· Bd,c-1· Clearly,
the groups Go and (F · Bd,c-1) Xp (F · Zd,c) are isomorphic, and we shall identify
them in what follows. We define the embedding f3o of the group F · Bd,c-1 in Go
by setting f3o(f · b) = (f · b, f), where f E F, b E Bd,c-1·
We assume that on the set of solutions of the embedding problems (Kd,c-ifk,
Gh, cph, Zd,c), where h ranges over the elements of the group H 2(F · Bd,c-1, Zd,c),
a composition law is given (see §15 of Chapter 3), and the set of representatives of
the cosets of Zd,c in Go is chosen as the image with respect to f3o.
The algebra Kd,c = Ld,coL2 is a solution of the embedding problem (Kd,c-ifk,
F · Bd,c, 'Pd,c, Zd,c) and is generated over Kd,c-1 by the elements mx ® mox, where
x E Zd,c· Clearly, Kd,c is a field (this immediately follows from Corollary 5 to
Theorem 1.6 because the subgroup Zd,c is contained in the Frattini subgroup) and
the condition that Kd,c/k is quasi-Scholzian is fulfilled at the points p E 82. Thus,
the problem consists of choosing a suitable solution L1 of the semidirect problem
(K/k, F. Zd,c, Zd,c)·
We observe that Dd,c is a free Z/pZ[F]-module and that Dd,c is a direct product
oft copies of D for some integer t. For p E 82 let dp E Dd,c be a preimage of b2p
under the natural homomorphism from Dd,c onto Zd,c; dp =IT. fEF d?,]', where
J=l,. . .,t
dj,l is a generator of the jth component of Dd,c· We denote by WJ an integer with
(f=(Wf,
Let T1 = 81 U 82 and let 81 be the Artin homomorphism from the group Jk/ Jf
onto the Galois group Bd,1 of Kd,i/K. For m1,b E Kt,/K;v we put
and m1,T1 = I1b m1,b· Since the divisors of 82 are unramified in Kd,i/K, we have
B1(m1,TJ = 1.
Now we use Lemma 5.3.1, taking the set T1 as T and the field Ld,c as L. Let
m 1 E K be a number from this lemma; then m1 = m11 m12 for odd p, m1 =
m11 m12m13 for p = 2.
Further, let 02 be the Artin homomorphism from JK / Jf< onto the Galois group
of the extension L3/ K obtained by adjoining to Kd,1 the radicals where
f E F, j = 1, 2 for odd p and j = 1, 2, 3 for p = 2. We denote by T2 the set of prime
v;;c,
divisors of K consisting of T1 and the divisors sµ{, that occur in the decomposition
of the principal divisors (m{,) = sµ{, aff. For m2,b E Kb/ K;P we set
if b E 81,
if b = sµr 1
, !.µ E 82.
Let m2,r2 = IJb m2,b· Since the divisors from 82 are unramified in L3/K, we have
02 (m 2 ,r2 ) = 1. We again use Lemma 5.3.1, taking the set T2 as T and the composite
of the fields £ 3 and Ld,c as L. We denote by m2 the number obtained from this
lemma.
Continuing this process, we find the numbers m1, ... , mt in K with the fol-
lowing properties:
1) the decomposition of the principal divisor (mj) is of the form !.lJi 1 !.lJi 2 a~ for
odd p and \l}j1 \l}j2\l}j3UJ for p = 2;
2) mi is a pth power in the completions of K corresponding to the infinite
divisors and the divisors of p;
3) the image of mi in the group K; / K;P coincides with mj,b for b E Ti.
In accordance with Lemma 5.5.1, each number mi determines a solution Ki of
the semidirect embedding problem (K/k, F · D, D), namely, Ki is generated over
K by the radicals effiJ
with f E F. By the first Kochendorffer theorem, the
algebra L4 = ®K Ki (Ki runs over the algebras K1, ... , Kt) is a solution of the
embedding problem (K/k, F · Dd,c, Dd,c)· We note that the action of the group
Dd,c on the elements of L4 is defined by the relations
j = 1, ... , t; f, g E F.
Let Xj,f E Dd,c be the characters of the group Dd,c defined by the relations
Xi.J(ITj,f d7,]') = c,w1n;,1. Clearly, the elements X3,f, where f E F and j = 1, ... , t,
~ c· f ~ - ,,r;;;;;JCj,f
generate the group Dd,c· For X = ITj,f x/j E Dd,c we put max = IT 3,1 y mi .
Then we have mg~' = mox(w1c;.1 = moxx(di.J), i.e., the elements max with x E
Dd,c generate the algebra L4 over K and satisfy the condition = moxx(d), mgx
where d E Dd,c· It can be immediately verified that for!.µ E 82 the number mgx is
of the form vj; 9 1J~,p in the completion Ks;p if x(dp) = (9.
Now we note that L 4 is a field and every divisor that is critical for L 4 /k and
is not contained in So decomposes into divisors of order one (the proof is similar
to that of Theorem 5.5.1). Let £ 1 be the subfield of L4 belonging to the subgroup
Ed,c (the kernel of the mapping from Dd,c onto Zd,c)· Then L1 is a solution of the
semidirect embedding problem (K/k, F · Zd,c, Zd,c)· It is directly verified that if
max with x E Zd,c generate L1 over K, then for!.µ E 82 the elements mgx are of
the form vj; 9z~,p in the completions Ks;p, provided that x(b2p) = (9.
We consider the field Kd,c = Ld,c o L2, where L2 = Kd,c-1 ©K L 1 . Note that
Kd,c is a subfield of the composite of the fields Ld,c and L2. The divisors from
S1 completely decompose in £2 and decompose into divisors of order one in Ld,c·

Consequently, in Kd,c these divisors also can be decomposed into divisors of order
one. By the choice of £1, and also of £ 2, in Kd,c the divisors from S2 decompose
into divisors of order one. It remains to consider the divisors of k that are critical
for Lif k. By construction, these divisors completely decompose in Ld,c, and each of
them decomposes into divisors of order one in Lif k. Thus, Kd,c is a quasi-Scholzian
solution of the embedding problem (Kd,c-ifk, F · Bd,c, Zd,c)·
4°. Thus, it remains to find a solution Kd,c-I of the embedding problem
(K/k,F · Bd,c-i,Bd,c-1) such that it can be embedded in the extension Kd,c+I
with Galois group F · Bd,c+I and is unramified outside the set S consisting of So
and the divisors of k that decompose into divisors of order one in Kd,c-I ·
If we take a quasi-Scholzian solution Ko,c-I of the embedding problem (K/k,
F · Bo,c-i. Bo,c-i) with sufficiently large 8, namely, 8 must be greater than a certain
constant depending only on c and d, then we shall always have a chance of choosing
a subfield Kd,c-1 with Galois group F · Bd,c-I over k that can be embedded in an
extension with group F·Bd,c+I and with necessary bounded ramification. For every
8 we denote by S 0 the set of prime divisors of k, consisting of So, the divisors critical
for Ko,c-if k, and those divisors of k whose prime divisors in Ko,c-1 generate the
p-component of the divisor class group of this field.
Now we consider a homomorphism c of a free F-operator group U0 onto Uo'
with 8' < 8 that takes the generators Ui,J either to Ui' ,f or to 1, where i =
1, ... , 8; i' = 1, ... , 8'. Such homomorphisms will be called canonical. Clearly,
the canonical homomorphisms are F-operator homomorphisms and induce oper-
ator homomorphisms of B 0,c, D 0 ,c, Ao,c, and Zo,c onto the corresponding groups
with subscripts 8' and c. These homomorphisms will also be called canonical.
The homomorphism c from Bo,c+I onto Bd,c+l puts in correspondence to the
embedding problem (Ko,c-if k, F · Bo,c+l • <po,c+l • Ao,c+i) the associated problem
(Kd,c-ifk, F · Bd,c+l• <pd,c+l• Ad,c+1), where Kd,c-1 is the subfield belonging to the
kernel of c, and <po,c+i: F · Bo,c+I ---+ F · Bo,c-1 is the natural epimorphism. We
must choose c in such a way that the associated embedding problem has a solution
unramified outside Sd. We prove several auxiliary assertions.
PROPOSITION 5.5.2. For any natural c, d, and e, there is a natural number
N1 = N1 (c, d, e) such that for 8 ~ Ni and for arbitrary elements X1, ... , Xe in Do,c,
a canonical epimorphism c: Do,c ---+ Dd,c annihilating x1, ... ·,Xe exists.
We prove the proposition by induction on d. The case d = 1 and the induction
passage· will be considered simultaneously. For brevity of notation, we shall omit
the subscript c. We put N11 = N 1(c, d - 1, e) and N11 = 0 for d = 1. We
take 8 > N 11 . By the induction hypothesis, among the canonical epimorphisms
D 0 ---+ Dd-1 annihilating the generators bi,J with i > N11 there is a mapping co
such that co(x1) = co(x2) = · · · = co(xe) = 1. Let 81 = 8 - N11 + d - 1. Consider
the epimorphism c1: D 0 ---+Doi defined by the formula
co(bi,f) if i :::; N11,
c1 (b i,f ) = {
bi-N11 +d-1,f if i > N11.
Clearly, if c 2 : Doi ---+ Dd-1 is the epimorphism leaving fixed the generators whose
first subscript is less than d and annihilating the others, then
We denote c: 1 (xi) by xli for i = 1, ... , e. In the sequel, unless otherwise stated,
for natural 8' and 8" with 8' > 811 we shall consider canonical epimorphisms
c:: D51 --+ D511 such that their restriction to the subgroup D8"-1 is identical, and
the generators bi,f with i 2:: 8" may be mapped only to b511 ,f or to 1. The generators
bi,f with i 2:: 8" will be called independent with respect to the epimorphisms just
mentioned.
Let x be an element of D51. Then x consists of factors of the form bi,f®· ... Such
factors will be called monomials. The maximal number of independent generators
with distinct first subscripts that occur in a monomial is called the degree of x with
respect to the epimorphism D51 --+ D511.
For i 2:: d we consider the epimorphisms £1j: D5 1 --+ Dd defined by the relations
bi,J if i :::; d - 1,
t l j (bi,J) =
{ bd,f if i = i,
1 if i > d - 1, i =Ii.
Since d is a fixed number, for sufficiently large 81 the values of £1j on the ele-
ments xu, ... , X1e coincide. More precisely, there are il, ... ,iv with £131 (xli) =
£132 (xli) = · · · = £1jp (xli) for i = 1, ... , e. For definiteness, let il < h < · · · <iv·
We consider the epimorphism £3: D5 1 --+ D5 1+1-v defined as follows:
bi,f ifi<i2,i=fad,i=/:ii,
bj1,J if i = d,
bd,J if i = il,i2, ... ,iv,
bi-1,f if h < i < i3, i =Id,
bi-v+l,f if iv < i, i =I d.
We continue the proof by induction on the degrees of xn, ... , X1e with respect
to the epimorphism D5 1 --+ Dd. Obviously, the degrees of the elements do not
exceed c. Let these degrees be at most 1. Then, by setting
bi,J if i :::; d,
{
€ 4 (bi,J) = 1 if d < i :::; 81 - 1 + p,
we have £4c3(X1i) = 1 for i = 1, ... , e. Suppose that for the degrees not exceeding
n the value Nl(c,d,e) is equal to N12, where n < c. Consider the case where the
degrees of the elements X1i do not exceed n + 1.
For i 2:: d + 1 we introduce the epimorphisms £2j: D8i -v+l --+ Dd+l by setting
bi,J if i :::; d,
£2j (bi,f) =
{ bd+l,f if i = i,
1 if i > d, i =I i.
Then for 81 large enough there are epimorphisms £2ju ... , £2jp with £2j 1 c3(xli) =
c232c3(X1i) = · · · = £2jp£3(x1i)
for i = 1, ... , e. We may assume that il < h <
... <iv·
Introduce the epimorphism c5: Dtii +1-p ----+ D15 1 + 2 (l-p) by setting
bi,J if i < j2, i =I- d + 1, i =I- jl,
bji,J if i = d + 1,
bd+l,f if i = jl,j2, ... ,jp,
bi-1,f if h < i < h, i =I- d + 1,
bi-p+l,f if jp < i, i =I- d + 1,

and the epimorphism €6: D15 1 +2(l-p) ----+ Dd+l by setting
if i ~ d + 1,
if d + 1 < i.
Clearly, the degrees of €6c5c3(x 1i) with respect to the epimorphism Dd+l ----+ Dd
are less than n + 1, where i = 1, ... , e.
We denote the homomorphism c5c4 by €2 and continue the procedure. For suffi-
ciently large 81 at the (N12-d+ l)th step we get the epimorphism €N1 rd+1: D15 1 ----+
D151 +(N1rd+l)(l-p) ·
Now we consider the epimorphism c~12 _d+l: D15 1+(N1rd+l)(l-p) ----+ DN12 de-
fined by the formula
It is clear that the degrees of the elements c~1 rd+i€N1 rd+l(x1i) do not exceed n
for all i = 1, ... , e. By induction hypothesis there is an epimorphism €: DN12 ----+
Dd annihilating the elements c~ 12 _d+l €N 1 rd+l (xli) for i = 1, ... , e. Then c =
€c~1 rd+ 1 €N1 rd+l is the required homomorphism.
The canonical epimorphisms A/5,c ----+ A151 ,c and Z/5,c ----+ Z151 ,c induce epimor-
phisms of the groups A8,c ----+ A8',c and Z6,c ----+ Z6',c' which will also be called
canonical in what follows.
PROPOSITION 5.5.3. For any natural c, d, e, there is a natural number N2 =
N2 ( c,d, e) such that for 8 ~ N2 and for any elements a~,. .. , a~ of the group A8,c+1 •
a canonical homomorphism onto A~,c+l annihilating all the elements a~, ... , a~
exists.
PROOF. We fix an isomorphism a from the group of pth roots of unity onto
the group of elements of order p in the group Q/Z. For every 8 and c we define
the homomorphism (315: Z/5,c ----+ Z6,c by setting [f315(z)](z) = az(z), where z E Z/5,c,
z E Z/5,c· Clearly, (315 is an isomorphism. D
One can immediately verify that the following diagram commutes:

f:J6
Zl5,c ------+ 2L'
lg 1 c'
z~',c'
(:J6'
z/5',c ------+
i2B 5. THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM WITH NON-ABELIAN KERNEL
where c: and c:' are canonical homomorphisms, and c:' is induced by c:. By Lemma
5.5.2, Z6,c is a homomorphic image of D6,c· Consequently, the previous proposition
implies that for 8 2 Ni (c, 8', e) there is a canonical epimorphism 2L , ---t 25, ,c
annihilating any e elements (specified beforehand) of the group 26,c·
We consider the commutative diagram
1/11
1---+ 26,c+i - - - + A6,c+i ---+ 26,c ---+ 1
1e~+ 1 1 e' 1<

1/12
1---+ 26',c+i ---+ A6 ,c+i
1 ---+ 26,,c ---+ 1
whose rows are exact sequences with natural homomorphisms, and the homomor-
phisms corresponding to vertical arrows are canonical. For 8 2 Ni (c, 8', e), there
is a canonical homomorphism that takes 'I/Ji (a~) to 1 for each i = 1, ... , e. Then in
26',c+l there exist elements a~ such that 1/J2(aD = c:'(a~). Therefore, for 8' 2 Ni(c+
l,d,e) we obtain the required result. Thus, N2(c,d,e) = Ni(c,Ni(c+ l,d,e),e).
The canonical epimorphism c:: A6,c+l ---t A6',c+i induces an embedding f:
A6',c+i ---t A6,c+l· In turn, the mapping f induces the mapping 1/Jie: Hi(F ·
B6' ,c- i, A6' ,c+ i) ---t Hi (F · B6,c-i, A6,c+l) which is the composition of the lift-
i ~ i ~
ing homomorphism from H (F·B6',c-i,A6',c+l) to H (F·B6,c-i,A6',c+l) and the
natural mapping from the latter group to Hi(F · B6,c-1' A6,c+i)·
Let "ifiie be the mapping dual to 1/Ji,e·
PROPOSITION 5.5.4. For any natural c and d, there is a natural number N 3 =
N3(c,d) such thatfor8 2 N3 and an arbitraryx E Hi(F·B6,c-i.A6,c+l)', there
exists a canonical homomorphism c: such that the homomorphism "ifix,e induced an-
nihilates x.
PROOF. The fact that the sequence
is exact allows us to prove the proposition for 26,c+l and 26,c instead of A6,c+l ·
This is similar to what we have done earlier. The group B6,c-i acts trivially on
26,c+l and 26,c· We consider the commutative diagram
i ~ i ~ I i ~
H (B6,c-i, Z6,c)' ----t H (F·B6,c-i,Z6,c) ----t H (F,Z6,c)' ----t 0
i
1 ~ i
1 ~ i
1~
H (B6',c-i. Z6 ,c)' 1 ----t H (F · B6',c-i, Z6 ,c)' 1 ----t H (F, Z6',c)' ----t 0
where the rows are exact sequences dual to the Hochschild-Serre sequence and the
mappings corresponding to vertical arrows are induced by a canonical homomor-
phism. D
By Lemma 5.5.2, the sequence of F-modules

§5. THE SEMIDIRECT EMBEDDING PROBLEM WITH NILPOTENT KERNEL i29
is exact. The canonical epimorphism Do,c+l --t Do',c+i induces the commutative
diagram
i ~
H (F, Do,c+i)' -------+
i ~
H (F, Zo,c+i)'
1/J1
-------+
~F
(Eo,c+l)'
i
1
~ i
1
~ ~F
1
H (F, Do',c+i)' -------+ H (F, Zo',c+i)' -------+ (Eo',c+d
The group Do,c+l is a free Z/pZ[F)-module. We observe that the modules
Hom(Z[F), Z/pZ) and (Z/pZ[F))' are naturally isomorphic. Consequently, by Lem-
ma A.3.3, the module Do,c+I is cohomologously trivial.
Now we consider the commutative diagram
1/J2
-------+
~F
-------+ 1
Efi,c+i (Eo,c+l)'
le 1
~F
Efi',c+i -------+ (Eo',c+d -------+ 1
with natural homomorphisms. We show that for 8 :'.:: Ni (c + 1, 8', 1), there is
a canonical homomorphism that takes any given element from Hi(F, Zo,c+i)' to
1. Indeed, let y E Hi(F,Zo,c+iY· Then 1fiii1/Ji(Y) is taken to 1 by a canonical
homomorphism€ (Efi,c+i is a subgroup of the group Dfi,c+i for which the assertion
follows from Proposition 5.5.2). Clearly, the canonical homomorphism c induces
the required mapping Hi(F, Zo,c+d --t Hi(F, Zo',c+i)'.
Now consider the mapping 1/12,e: Hi (B 01,c-1' Z 01,c+i)' --t Hi (Bd,c-i, Zd,c+i)'.
z
Since B 0 ,c-i acts trivially on the module 0, ,c+i, 1/12,e coincides with the natural
1
mapping Hom(B 01,i,Hom(Zo',c+l•K*)) 1 --t Hom(Bd,i,Hom(Zd,c+l,K*))'.

The fact that a 0 : Hom(B 0,i,Hom(Zo,c+i,K*)) --t Hom(B0,i ©Zo,c+l,K*) de-
fined by the formula [a 0 (b')](b © z) = (b'(b))(z), where b' E Hom(B 0 ,i, Zo,c+i),
b E B 0,i, and z E Zo,c+i, is an isomorphism can be verified immediately. We may
directly check the commutativity of the diagram
11/J3,£ l1/J2,.
where 1/13,e is a homomorphism induced by the canonical homomorphism c, and a0 1
and ad are the mappings dual to a 01 and ad. We note that the group Bo',i ©Zo',c+l
is an operator-homomorphic image of Do'c+2· Consequently, for 8' :'.::Ni (c+ 2, d, 1)
there exists a canonical homomorphism c such that 1/12,e annihilates any element of
Hom(Bo',Ii Zo',c+i)', specified beforehand.
Thus, for an element of Hi(F· Bo,c-i, Zo,c+i)' the value of the constant N3(c+
l,d) is equal to Ni(c + 1,Ni(c + 2,d,1),1). Then for an element of Hi(F ·
Bo,c-i, Ao,c+i)' this value is equal to Ni (c+l, Ni (c+2, Ni (c, Ni (c+l, d, 1), 1), 1), 1);
Let h0 E H 2(F · Bo,c-i, Ao,c+i) be a cohomology class corresponding to the
group extension F · Bo,c+l · For numbers 8 and 81 with 8' < 8 we consider the
diagram
H 2 (F. B6,c-1, A6,c+1)
H 2 (F · B6',c-1, A6',c+1)
where )q is the lifting homomorphism and Tg is the mapping induced by the canon-
ical epimorphism c: A6,c+l --t A6',c+l· Proposition 1.13.1 and Theorem 3.13.1
immediately imply that ri;;(h6) = .X1 (h6' ).
THEOREM 5.5.3. For natural numbers c and d with 8 > N4(c,d), in the quasi-
Scholzian solution K6,c-1 of the embedding problem (K/k, F · B6,c-1, B6,c-1) there
is a subfield Kd,c-1 with Galois group F · Bd,c-1' corresponding to the kernel of the
canonical homomorphism, such that the compatibility condition is fulfilled for the
embedding problem (Kd,c-i/k,F · Bd,c+l,<pd,c+l•Ad,c+l)·
PROOF. Proposition 3.14 implies that the compatibility condition for the em-
bedding problem (Kd,c-ifk, F·Bd,c+l, <pd,c+l, Ad,c+i) is equivalent to the solvability
of the associated local problems (Kd,c-1 ©k kp/kp,F · Bd,c+l,<pd,c+l,Ad,c+1) at all
points p of k. Lemma 3.14 immediately implies that it suffices to consider only the
divisors ramified in the extension Kd,c-if k.
Let p be a critical divisor for K6,c-ifk, qJd,c-1 a prime divisor of pin Kd,c-1,
and let qJ6,c-1 be a prime divisor of qJd,c-1 in K6,c-1 · We denote by Gd,c-1,p
and G6,c-l,p the decomposition groups of divisors in the corresponding extensions
and by Gd,c+l,p and G6,c+l,p the preimages of Gd,c-1,p and G6,c-l,p in the groups
F · Bd,c+l and F · B6,c+1, respectively. The solvability of the embedding problem
(Kd,c-1 ©k kp/kp,F · Bd,c+l,<pd,c+1,Ad,c+l) is equivalent to the solvability of the
problem
(Kd,c-1,'iJd,c-if kp, Gd,c+l,p' <pd,c+i. Ad,c+i).
For all 8, let h6,p E H 2 (G6,c-1,p, A6,c+i) be the restriction of the cohomology
class h6 E H 2 (F · B6,c-1, A6,c+1) corresponding to the extension F · B6,c+l · Denote
by A6,p the lifting homomorphism H 2 (G6,c-1,p, A6,c+i) --t H 2 (Fp, A6,c+1), where
F P is the Galois group of the algebraic closure kp of the field kp. Clearly, we must
choose a subfield K d,c-1 such that the relation Ad,p (hd,p) = 0 is fulfilled.
where .X2 and .X3 are lifting homomorphisms, and rp,i;; and T'p,i;; are the mappings
induces by the canonical homomorphism c. We note that the composition .X3 .X 2
coincides with the homomorphism Ad,p.
Proposition 1.13.1 and Theorem 3.13.1 imply rp,i;;(h6,p) = .X 2 (hd,p)· Conse-
quently, if the relation T'p,i;;A6,p(h6,p) = 0 is valid for the canonical homomorphism
c, then the embedding problem is solvable at the point p.
We show that if p is a critical divisor for the extension K6,c-i/k and p ~ S0 ,
then the corresponding local embedding problem is solvable. We note that in this
case p completely decomposes in the field K. Therefore, G6,c+ 1,p, is a subgroup of

B6,c+l. Moreover, K6,c-1,'fJ 6 , _jkp is a cyclic totally ramified extension.
0
By Theorem 3.14.1, the solvability of a local embedding problem is equiva-

lent to the solvability of the associated Brauer problems. Let x E A6,c+l and let
(K6,c-l,'fJ 6 , 1 /kp,x, Gx, <px, A6,c+i/A6,c+1,x) be the corresponding Brauer problem,
0 _
where A6,c+l,x is the kernel of the character x, kp,x is the subfield corresponding
to the subgroup Fx that acts trivially on x, Gx is the preimage of Fx in the group
G6,c+i,p/A6,c+1,x, and <px is the corresponding homomorphism. We observe that
Gx is either a cyclic group whose order divides pc+l or the direct product of the
group Fx and the kernel of the Brauer problem. Clearly, in either case the problem
is solvable, since kp contains all of the pc+ 1th roots of unity.
Assume that the set So consists of e divisors. We consider the commutative
diagram
II H 2 (Fp,A6,c+l)
pESo pESo
1f]wp,6 1 f]wp,d
II HomF\(A6,c+l>k;) 1 f]:j/jp,• II HomF\(Ad,c+1,k;)',

pESo pESo
where the mappings corresponding to the vertical arrows are the homomorphisms
of Tate's local duality, and ~p,e is induced by the canonical homomorphism e. We
note that if p is a finite point, then Wp,6 is an isomorphism, and if p is an infinite
point, then Wp,6 is injective (see §3 of the Appendix).
For every p E So we choose a preimage Xp from A6,c+l of Wp,6A6,p(h6,p) (the
preimage is taken under the natural mapping of A6,c+l onto HomF\ (A6,c+l> k;)').
By Proposition 5.5.3, for o> N2(c, d, e) there is a canonical epimorphism e: A6,c+l
-+ Ad,c+l taking all of the Xp to 1. It is clear that e is the required homomorphism.D
Let (K6,c-ifk, F · B6,c+l> <p6,c+l> A6,c+i) be the embedding problem for which
the compatibility condition is fulfilled. We denote by S5 the set of prime divisors
of k, consisting of So, of critical divisors for K6,c-if k, and of the divisors com-
pletely decomposing in K6,c-l, whose prime divisors generate the p-component of
the divisor class group of K6,c-1·
Let Fs6 be the Galois group of the maximal algebraic extension 05 of k, un-
ramified outside S5.
THEOREM 5.5.4 (I. R. Shafarevich). The semidirect embedding problem (K/k,

F · Bd,c, Bd,c) has a proper solution.
PROOF. It suffices to show that for o :'.'.: Na(c, d), we may choose a subfield
Kd,c-1 in K6,c-if k, belonging to the kernel of the canonical epimorphism B6,c+l ---'+
Bd,c+l> such that the problem (Kd,c-ifk, F · Bd,c+l> <pd,c+l> Ad,c+1) is solvable, and
we may choose a solution unramified outside Sd. Indeed, applying Theorem 5.5.2
to the latter problem, we obtain a quasi-Scholzian solution Kd,c of the problem
(K/k, F · Bd,c, Bd,c)· In the sequel we shall omit the subscripts c - 1, c, and c + 1
for the brevity of notation.
1a2 5. THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM WITH NON-ABELIAN KERNEL
For every 8 the exact sequence
1 - t K8 -t Jx6,s6 ~ Cx6,s6 -t 1
induces the exact sequence
(1)
We note that 'l/J2,o is surjective. Indeed, let Y1 E Cx6 ,s6 and yf 2 = 1 (the group
A 0 is of period p 2). There is an element Y2 E Jx 6 ,s6 with 'l/J1,o(Y2) =Yi· We put
2
Ya = y~ . Then Ya E K8 and K 0( PVfl3)/Ko is a splitting algebra (So contains
representatives of the p-component of the divisor class group of K 0 ). Consequently,
2
Ya = y~ , where Y4 E K8, and for Y2Yi 1 we have
( Y2Y4-l)p2 = 1.
The sequenc(l (1) induce the exact sequence
(2) H 1 (F ·Bo, Ao)'~ Homp.s6(Ao,Cx 6,s6)1 ~ Homp.s6(Ao,Jx6,s6)1

dual to the exact cohomology sequence.
Tate's duality (see §3 of the Appendix) allows us to write the commutative
diagram
~ LEI> H 2 (Fp,Ao)
PE§6
11"3,6
Homp.s 6(Ao, Cx6,s6)1 ~ Homp.s 6(Ao, Jx 6,s6)'.
Since the compatibility condition for the embedding problem (K0 /k, F · B 0 , . 0 (h 0 ) = 0 or, by the diagram, 'l/J4, 0 r2, 0 >. 0 (h0 ) = 0, where >. 0
is the lifting homomorphism H 2 (F · B 0 , A 0 ) - t H 2 (Fs 6, A 0 ).
We denote r2, 0 >. 0 (h 0 ) by x1. Since the sequence (2) is exact, there is x2 E
H (F · B 0 , Ao)' with 'l/Ja, 0(x2) = x 1. Proposition 5.5.4 implies that for 8 ~ Na(c, d),
1
there is a canonical homomorphism e such that the induced mapping
'l/J1,e: H 1 (F · B 0 , Ao)' -t H 1(F · Bd, Ad)'
annihilates x2. D
Now we show that e is the required homomorphism. Let S = S 0 U Sd. First we

prove that the embedding problem (Kd/k, F · Bd, <pd, Ad) is solvable, and we may
choose a solution unramified outside S.
>.6 >-1
H 2(F ·Bo, Ao) ~ H 2(Fs 6,Ao) ~ H 2(Fs,Ao)
1.Ps.. l .P6,E
>-2 H 2(F · B 0, Ad)
>.a
H 2(F · Bd, Ad) ~ ~ H 2(Fs,Ad)
where >.1, >.2, and >.a are lifting homomorphisms, 'l/J5,e and 'l/J6,e are natural mappings
induced bye. Clearly, our assertion is equivalent to the relation >.a,,P5,e(h0) = 0 or
to 'l/J6,e>.1>.o(ho) = 0 by the commutativity of the diagram.
Now we consider the diagram

>-1 1/Js,e
H 2 (Fs 6 ,A6) -----+ H 2 (Fs,A6) ---+ H 2 (Fs,Ad)
l T2,6
l l
1/J1 1/J1,e
Homp.B 6 (A6, CK6 ,s6 )' -----+ Homp.B 6 (A6, CK6 ,s)' ---+ Homp.B 6 (Ad, CK6 ,s)',
where the mappings corresponding to the vertical arrows are Tate's duality isomor-
phisms, 7/J1 is induced by the natural epimorphism CK6 ,s -+ CK 6 ,s6 , and 7/J1,e is
induced by the canonical homomorphism.
Proposition A.3.2 implies the commutativity of the diagram. Therefore, the
relation 7/J6,i;>..1>..6(h6) = 0 is equivalent to 7/J1,e7/J1(x1) = 1.
In order to prove the latter relation we consider the commutative diagram
id ;;pl,£ 1 ~
H 1(F. B6, A6)' -----+ H 1(F·B6,A6)' ---+ H (F · Bd, Ad)'
l 1/J1
l 1/J1,e
l
Homp.B 6 (A6, CK6 ,s6 )' -----+ Homp.B 6 (A6, CK6 ,s)' ---+ Homp.Bd(Ad, CKd,s)',
where the mappings corresponding to the vertical arrows are homomorphisms dual
to the connecting homomorphisms. We note that the groups Homp.B6 (Ad, CK6 ,s)
and HomF·BAAd, CKd,s) coincide. Indeed, the kernel W of the canonical epimor-
phism B6 -+ Bd. acts trivially on Ad. Moreover, we have c~.s = CKd,s (see
Lemma A.3.11). It is clear that 7/J1,e7/J1 annihilates x1, i.e., the embedding problem
(Kd/k, F · Bd, <pd, Ad) has a solution unramified outside S.
To complete the proof of the theorem, it remains to show that the lifting ho-
momorphism >..4: H 2 (Fsd, Ad) -+ H 2 (Fs, Ad) is injective. Indeed, in this case
>..d(hd) = 0, where >..dis the lifting homomorphism H 2 (F · Bd, Ad) -+ H 2 (Fsd, Ad)
(we have already shown that >..4>..d(hd) = 0).
We set Sd = S\Sd and V3d = {{xi:µ} E JKd : xi:µ E Vi:µ for s.:}3 E Sd and xi:µ= 1
for s.:}3 <:j. Sd }. We note that the set Sd consists of the divisors of k that completely
decompose in the field Kd. Since the intersection of Vsd and K:L in the group JKd
is trivial, the sequence
is exact.
This sequence induces the exact sequence
(3)
The fact that 7/J2 is surjective easily follows from the commutative diagram with
natural homomorphisms:
Hom(Ad, JKd,s) -----+ Hom(Ad, JKd,sJ -----+ 1
l 1/J2
l
Hom(Ad, CKd,s) -----+ Hom( Ad, CKd,sJ
l
1
The sequence (3) induces the exact cohomology sequence

1/J3
HomF·Bd(Ad,CKd,s ) -----+ HomF·Bd(Ad,CKd,sJ---+ H 1(F · Bd,Hom (Ad, -VsJ).
Lemma A.3.4 imi:ilies that the group H 1 (F · Bd,Hom(Ad, VsJ) is trivial, i.e.,
'ljJ3 is surjective. It remains to observe that Proposition A.3.2 implies that the
injectivity of A4 is equivalent to the surjectivity of 1/J3.
THEOREM 5.5.5. If the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, B) with the nilpotent
kernel for algebraic number fields has a solution, then it has a proper solution.
PROOF. Let L be a solution of the problem, and let L = EE!l i Loei be a de-
composition into a direct sum of fields. If H is the Galois group of L 0 /k, then G
is representable as a product (generally speaking, not semidirect) of the subgroups
H and B. We may speak of the action of H on B. D
Let G be the semidirect extension of B by H with a given action of H on B.

The group G is a homomorphic image of G under the mapping VJ given by the
formula VJ((h, b)) = hb, where h EH and b EB.
By Theorem 5.5.4, the semidirect embedding problem (Lo/k, G, B) has a proper
solution L. It remains to note that the subfield y,Kerv> is a solution of the embedding
problem (K/k, G, cp, B).
§6. The inverse problem for solvable groups in Galois theory

We deduce some consequences of the main theorem of the previous section.
1°. THEOREM 5.6.1 (I. R. Shafarevich). For any algebraic number field k and
any finite solvable group B, there is a solution of the inverse problem in Galois
theory.
We prove the theorem by induction on the order of B. By Theorem A.5.2,
there are proper subgroups C1 and C2 of B with B = C1C2, one of them, e.g., C1,
being a nilpotent normal subgroup.
We note that the conjugation of the elements in C1 by the elements in C2
determines an action of C2 on C 1. We consider a semidirect extension G of C 1
by C2 and define the epimorphism 1/: G ---+ B by setting 71( (c2, c1)) = c2ci, where
c1 E C1 and c2 E C2.
By the induction hypothesis there is an extension K/k whose Galois group is
isomorphic to C2. By Theorem 5.5.4, there is a proper solution L of the semidirect
embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, C1 ), where cp 1 is the natural mapping of G onto
C2. Clearly, the subfield of invariant elements of L with respect to the subgroup
Ker 1/ is a Galois extension over k with group 13.
Let B be a finite solvable group with generators b1 , ••• , bm, N = (n 1 , ••• , nc)
a collection of natural numbers. We consider the following decreasing series of
subgroups of B:
... ' ... ,

where square brackets stand for the commutator subgroup of the corresponding
group. If Be '# 1 and Bc+l = 1, then we say that B is a group of class c with
respect to N.
§6. THE INVERSE PROBLEM FOR SOLVABLE GROUPS 135
For a prime number p we denote by qj,p the maximal power of p that divides
the number nj, and by Nj,p the collection of numbers (n1, ... , nj-1' qj,p, ... , qc,p)·
For an arbitrary group, we may consider a series of subgroups corresponding to
Nj,p· We shall denote by Bj,p,i the terms of this series for the group B.
Consider another decreasing series of subgroups of an arbitrary group B. This
series is defined for N and natural j not exceeding c as follows: Bj,i = nPBj,p,i·
We say that the group B is of class c with respect to N and j if Bj,c -:/:- 1 and
Bj,c+l = 1.
Suppose B is an F-operator group. We consider a free F-operator group U
with the generators ui,f• where i = 1, ... , m and f E F. The action of Fon the
elements Ui,f is defined by the formula (Ui,f )f' = Ui,f !'. In the sequel we shall
denote the quotient groups U/Uc+l• U/Uj,p,c+l• and U/Uj,c+l by D, D(j),p• and
D(j), respectively. Clearly, these groups are finite.
PROPOSITION 5.6.1. Every F-operator group B of class c with respect to N
with m generators is an operator-homomorphic image of D.
PROOF. We consider the epimorphism 7f; 1 : U --t B by setting 7/J1 (Ui,f) = b{.
It suffices to show that the kernel RcH of the mapping 7/J1 contains the subgroup
Uc+l. We prove this by induction on c. For c = 1 the assertion is trivial. Assume
that it is proved for c = i and Ri+ 1, Ri+ 2 are the kernels of the mappings of the
group u onto the groups BI Bi+ 1 and BI Bi+2, respectively. By assumption, ui+ 1 is
contained in ~H· Since Bi+i/ Bi+ 2 is an Abelian group of period dividing ni+l• we
have Ri+ 1 Ri+1, ~H ) c ~+2· Consequently, Ui+2 = Ui+
n;+1 (
1 Ui+i. Ui+1 ) c ~+2·
n;+1 (
We observe that the subgroups Uj, Uj,i• and Uj,p,i coincide as far as the jth
term. Therefore, the epimorphism D(j),p --t U /Uj is well defined. D
LEMMA 5.6.1. The group D(j) is isomorphic to the direct product D(j) of the
groups D(j),p with amalgamated quotient gr?up U /Uj.
PROOF. We observe that it suffices to consider the prime numbers p dividing
at least one of the numbers nj, ... , nc, since otherwise D(j),p is isomorphic to U /Uj.
Consider the mapping 7/J2: D(j) --t TIP D(j),p defined as follows:
7/J2 ( u mod (n Uj,p,c+i)) =II u mod Uj,p,c+i·

p p
It is immediately verified that 7f; 2 is a monomorphism and its image is contained

in the subgroup D(j). Note that for distinct p the orders of Uj,p,j/Uj,p,c+l are
relatively prime. Moreover, for every p the mapping 7/J2 induces the epimorphism
Uj,j/Uj,c+l --t Uj,p,j/Uj,p,c+l· Consequently, 7/J2 maps Uj,j/Uj,c+l onto the group
TIP Uj,p,j /Uj,p,c+l · D
We note that from the proof of the lemma it follows that the kernel Ej of the
natural epimorphism D(jH) --t D(j) is a nilpotent group (it is contained in the
kernel of the natural mapping of Du+ 1 ) onto U /Uj+l, which is the direct product
of the groups Uj+i/Uj+1,p,c+1).
The following assertion can be immediately verified.
LEMMA 5.6.2. If B is a group of class c with respect to N (Nj,p, N, and j),
then the class of its subgroups and quotient groups with respect to N (Nj,p• N, and
j, respectively) does not exceed c.
LEMMA 5.6.3. The group D(j),p is maximal among the groups of class c with
respect to Nj,p· More precisely, let
u~ x
1/J3 ",. l 1/J2
D(j),p
be a commutative triangle, where 'l/J1, 'l/J2, and 'l/J3 are surjective. Then 'l/J2 is an
isomorphism.
We prove this lemma by induction on c. For c = 1 the assertion is trivial.
Assume that it is valid for c = i and the groups X/ Xj,p,i+l and. U /Uj,p,i+l are
isomorphic. It remains to observe that the commutativity of the triangle
Uj,p,i+l 1/J4
-------+ X·J,p,i·+1/X·J,p,i·+2
Uj,p,i+i/Uj,p,i+2
implies that 'lj;5 is an isomorphism, which proves the assertion for c = i + 1.
LEMMA 5.6.4. Assume that the group X of class c with respect to N and j +1
is an extension of a group C by D(j). Then X is a semidirect extension.
We prove this lemma by induction on the order of C. Let Co be a minimal nor-
mal subgroup of X, contained in C. By induction, X/Co is a semidirect extension,
and it contains a subgro~p Dj isomorphic to D(j) and disjoint with C/C0 . Let X 0
be the full preimage of Dj in X. We have the group extension
1 ---+ Co ---+ Xo ---+ D(j) ---+ 1,

where X 0 is a group of class c with respect to N and j + 1, and Co is an elementary
Abelian p-group (Co is a minimal normal subgroup of X). By induction, X 0 is a
semidirect extension, whence the extension X is also semidirect.
Thus, it is sufficient to consider the case where C and Co coincide. Let H
be a kernel of the natural mapping of D(j) onto D(j),p· Clearly, the order of His
relatively prime with p. The group C is an H-module. Since C is a minimal normal
subgroup in X, only two cases may occur, namely, either C is a trivial H-module
and CH= C, or CH =.1.
First we consider the case CH = 1. Let h E H 2 (D(j), C) be the cohomology
class corresponding to the extension X. Clearly, the groups Hi(H,C) are trivial
(the orders of H and C are relatively prime). By Proposition 5.2 of Chapter IV
from [1), we have the exact sequence
0---+ H 2(D(j),p•.CH) ~ H 2(D(j)> C) ~ H 2(H, C) = 0,

where .A is the lifting homomorphism and p is the restriction homomorphism.
Clearly, the relation CH = 1 implies that the group H 2(D(j)• C) is trivial, i.e.,
X is a semidirect extension.
Now we consider the case CH = C. Then the full preimage ii of the subgroup
Hin Xis the direct product of the subgroups Hand C. Clearly, His normal in
§6. THE INVERSE PROBLEM FOR SOLVABLE GROUPS 137
X. We consider the exact sequence 1----+ C----+ X/H ~ D(j),p----+ 1. Lemma 3.13.2
implies that the cohomology class corresponding to the extension X is the lifting
of the class corresponding to the extension X/ H. Clearly, it suffices to show that
X/ His a semidirect extension of C by D(j),P'
It is immediately verified that X/ H is a group of class c with respect to Nj,p·
Let di,f be the generators of D(j),p that are the images of the generators Ui,f of the
free group U. We denote by di,f preimages of di,f in X/ H with respect to 'I/; and by
Dj,p the subgroup generated by the elements di,f· Then 'l/;(Dj,p) = D(j),p and, by
Lemma 5.6.3, the groups Dj,p and D(j),p are isomorphic, which means that X/ H
is a semidirect extension of C by D(j),p·
2°. In conclusion, we consider a special case of the embedding problem (K/k, G,
cp, B) with solvable kernel for algebraic number fields, where the orders of the kernel
and the Galois group F of the field to be embedded are relatively prime.
In this case, by Schur's theorem, G is a semidirect extension of the subgroup
B by F, and we may assume that B is an F-operator group. Taking into account
that B is solvable, the proof of this fact is relatively simple, and we give it here. We
proceed by induction on the order of B. If Bis Abelian, then the assertion follows
from the fact that H 2 (F, B) is trivial. If B is non-Abelian, then its commutator
subgroup Bi is normal in G. Then G/Bi is a semidirect extension of B/B 1 by F,
and there is an embedding f3 of F in G /Bi. Let G i be the full preimage of the
group f3(F) in G with respect to the natural mapping of G onto G / B 1 . We have
the exact sequence of groups 1 ----+ B 1 ----+ Gi ----+ F ----+ 1. By induction, it splits, i.e.,
there is an inclusion of F in G 1 . Clearly, it may be extended to an inclusion of F
in G, and this subgroup and the subgroup Bare disjoint.
Let B be a group of solvability class c with m generators. We put ni to be equal
to the period of the group Bi/ Bi+ i, where Bi is the (i - 1)th commutator subgroup
of B. Let N be the collection of numbers (n 1 , ... , nc). Then B is a group of class c
with respect to N. By Proposition 5.6.1, the group Bis an operator-homomorphic
image of the corresponding group D.
Let G be a semidirect extension by F of a solvable group B of class c with
respect to N and j (as before, we assume that the orders of the groups B and F
are relatively prime). In turn, let B be an extension of a group H by Dcil' The
following sequence of groups is exact:
(1)
PROPOSITION 5.6.2. The sequence (1) splits.
PROOF. We prove the proposition by induction on the order of H. Let Hi be

a minimal normal subgroup of G, contained in H. Clearly, Hi is an elementary
Abelian p-group. Then, by induction, the extension
splits, and there is an inclusion f3 of the group F · D(j) in G / H 1 . Let Gi be the full
preimage in G of the subgroup f3(F · DuJ)· We have the group extension
ias 5. THE EMBEDDING PROBLEM WITH NON-ABELIAN KERNEL
Denote by Bi the full preimage of the subgroup D(j) with respect to'¢. Clearly,
Bi is a group of class c with respect to N and j + 1. By Lemma 5.6.4, Bi is a
semidirect extension of the subgroup Hi by D(j).
Let h E H 2 ( F ·D(j), Hi) be the cohomology class corresponding to the extension
Gi. Then the restriction p(h) of the class h to the subgroup D(j) (the image of
the restriction homomorphism p: H 2 ( F · D(j), Hi) -+ H 2 ( D(j), Hi)) corresponds
to the extension Bi. Therefore, p(h) = 0. It remains to note that pis injective (the
orders of F and Hi are relatively prime), i.e., h = 0, which completes the proof. D
The group-theoretic results obtained are useful in studying the embedding prob-
lem.
THEOREM 5.6.2. The embedding problem (K/k, F · B, B), in which the orders
of the groups F and B are relatively prime, has a proper solution provided that B
is solvable.
PROOF. It suffices to show that there is a proper solution of the problem
(K/k, F · D, D), for which the original problem is an associated one.
For j ~ c we consider the embedding problems (K / k, F · D(j), D(j)) in suc-
cession. We observe that D(i) is a nilpotent group. Therefore, by Theorem 5.5.4,
there is a proper solution Li of the problem (K/k,F · D(l),D(i))· Now let L3 be
a proper solution of the problem (K/k, F · D(j)> Dcj))· We consider the embedding
problem (L3/k, F · D(j+l)> cp3, E3+i), where cp3 is the natural mapping of the group
F · DJ+i onto F · D(j)· As was mentioned above, Ej+i is a nilpotent group. By
Proposition 5.6.2, the group extension
<p.
1 -+ EJ+i -+ F · D(j+i) -..-!+ F · D(j) -+ 1
splits. To complete the proof of the theorem, we again use Theorem 5.5.4. D
Appendix
§1. Associative algebras

THEOREM A.1.1. Let A/k be an associative algebra with unit containing a
subalgebra B / k isomorphic to the algebra of matrices of order m over k, and let the
unit elements of A and B coincide. Then A is the algebra of matrices of order m
over the subalgebra of elements that commute with the subalgebra B.
PROOF. Let €ij E B, i,j = 1, 2, ... , m, be the matrix units of the algebra B.
Then I:i €ii = 1. Consider the linear mappings of A into itself: S(a) = e 11 ae 11 ,
T(a) = I:i £iiaeli for a E A. These mappings are projections: S(S(a)) = S(a),
T(T(a)) = T(a). Moreover, S(T(a)) = S(a), T(S(a)) = T(a). It is clear that S(A)
is a subalgebra of A with the unit element e 11 . We prove that T(A) is a subalgebra
isomorphic to S(A). Indeed, T(a)T(b) = I:i,j €i!a€1ie3ibei3 = I:i £iiae11beii =
T(S(a)S(b)). Therefore, S(a)---+ T(S(a)) = T(a) is a homomorphism and T(a)---+
S(T(a)) = S(a) is inverse to it. The unit element of T(a) is equal to 1 = T(l).
Now we show that T(A) is the centralizer of Bin A. Indeed, if x EA commutes
with all matrix units €ij, then T(x) = I:ieiiXeli = I:ixeiieli = L:ix€ii = x,
i.e., x E T(A). Conversely, if x = T(y), then X€kl - €k!X = I:i €i!Y€ii€kl -
€kl l::i tilYeii = €kiYe11 - €kiYe11 = 0.
Now we set Xkl = I:i €ikX€!i for x EA (k, l = 1, 2, ... , m). Then T(xk1) = Xk!,
so that Xkl E T(A) and
L €ikX€!i€kt = Lk,l €kkXeu = x.

Lk,l Xk!tkl = k,l,i
Thus, A is the matrix algebra over T(A). D
THEOREM A.1.2. If an associative algebra A/k with unit decomposes into a

direct sum of right ideals isomorphic as A-modules, then A is isomorphic to the
matrix algebra over the subalgebra eAe, where e is the component of unit in any of
the direct summands.
PROOF. Let A = Bi EB B2 EB··· EB Bm. Then we have a decomposition 1 =
ei + e2 +···+em, where ei = Bi. The elements ei are orthogonal idempotents,
since ei = 1 · ei = eiei + · · · + eiei + · · · + emei but ekek E Bk, so ey = ei, ekei = 0
for k =/= i.
Let 1/Jk, k = 1, ... ,m, be isomorphisms mapping Bi onto Bk ('I/Ji is identical)
as right A-modules. Then 1/Jk(xiy) = 1/Jk(xi)Y for xi E Bi, y E A; 1/J/;i(xky) =
1/J/;i(xk)Y for Xk E Bk, y E A. We set €ki = 1/Jk(ei), eik = 1/J/;i(ek)· Then
€ki€ik = 1/Jk(ei)elk = 1/Jk(eik) = ek, eikeki = 1/J/;i(ekekl) = 1/J/;i(eki) = ei, since
ek is a left unit in Bk. Moreover, we set €ij = £ii€ij· These definitions agree
i39
140 APPENDIX
because ci1c11 = 1/li(e1)e1 = ci1, c11c1j = c1j· Now we have €ij€kl = ci1€1j€k1c11 =
CilCljejekCklCll = 0 fork¥- j, CijCj! = CilCljCjlCll == €i1e1c11 = CilCll = €i!, i.e.,
the elements C:ij are multiplied as matrix units. Moreover, cu+ c22 +···+€mm =
e 1 + e2 +···+em= 1. By Theorem A.1.1, A is the algebra of matrices of order m
over T(A), but T(A) is isomorphic to S(A) = eiAe1. 0
THEOREM A.1.3. If an associative algebra A with unit decomposes into a direct

sum of m isomorphic right ideals in two ways, then there exists an inner automor-
phism taking one decomposition to the other.
PROOF. Let A = eiA EB e2A EB ···EB emA = c1A EB··· EB cmA be two decom-
positions of A, let ei, C:i be idempotents of the corresponding components. By
the Krull-Schmidt theorem, the direct summands of the decompositions are iso-
morphic. Let 1/li be an isomorphism of eiA onto c:iA. We put ci = 1/ii 1(c:i) E
eiA, 'Yi = 1/li(ei) E c:iA. Then Ci"fi = 1/ii 1(c:i)-yi = 1/li 1(ci"fi) = 1/li 1('Yi) = ei,
"fiCi = 1/li(ei)ci = 1/li(eici) = 1/li(ci) = c:i, since ei and ci are left units of the cor-
responding components. Moreover, Cici = Ci, "fiei = "fi, so Cic:iA = ciA C eiA;
"fieiA = "fiA C C:iA· For i ¥- j we have cic:jA = 1/ii 1(c:i)c:jA = 1/ii 1(c:i€j)A = 0.
Similarly, "fiC:jA = 0. Therefore, Ci"fj = "fiCj = 0 for i ¥- j.
We set c = L:, 1 ci, "f = L:, 1 'Yi· Then C"f = Li Ci"fi + Lih Ci"fj = Li ei = 1,
and in the same way -ye = 1. In addition,
-yeic = L "fieick = L "fieick = L "fiCk = "fiCi = C:i,

j,k k k
and the theorem is proved. 0
THEOREM A.1.4. Let an algebra A with unit be an algebra of matrices of order

k over a subalgebra B and also an algebra of matrices of order mk over a subalgebra
C. Then B is isomorphic to the algebra of matrices of order m over C.
PROOF. We have A = L:,; Ell eiA, where eiA are isomorphic right ideals, and
C ~ e 1Ae 1. Moreover, A= LJ= 1Ell EjA, and B ~ E1AE1. By the Krull-'-Schmidt
theorem, the ideal E1A is isomorphic to the sum of m ideals L:, 1Ell eiA. Therefore,
there exists an inner automorphism of A taking E1 to L:, 1 ei. Therefore, we may
assume that E1 = L:, 1 ei and E1A = L:, 1Ell eiA· But then B ~ E1AE1 ~
L:i Ell eiAE1, i.e., B decomposes into the direct sum of m isomorphic right ideals
eiAE1. By Theorem A.1.2, we find that Bis isomorphic to the algebra of matrices
of order mover the algebra eiAE1e1 = eiAe1, which is isomorphic to C. 0
THEOREM A.1.5. Let an algebra A with unit contain rings of matrices of rel-
atively prime orders k and m, and let the unit of A be the unit of each of the rings.
Then A is the algebra of matrices of order mk over a subalgebra.
Let eii (i, j = 1, ... , m) and ca,B (a, {3 = 1, ... , k) be the matrix units. Consider
the algebra A as a right A-module. We have A = euA EB · · · EB emmA, A =
c: 11 A EB · · · EB C:kkA. Let Bi, ... , Bn be all nonisomorphic indecomposable right
A-modules. We decompose euA into indecomposable modules, euA ~ tiB1 EB
···EB tnBn, where ti ;::: 0 is the multiplicity of the occurrence of Bi in en A. Then
A~ mtiB1 EB··· EB mtnBn. Similarly, we have c11A ~ s1B1 EB··· EB snBn (si ;::: 0)
§2. SIMPLE ALGEBRAS 141
and A= ks1B1 EB ks2B2 EB··· EB ksnBn. By the Krull-Schmidt theorem, we have

mti = ksi, whence ti= kqi, qi E Z, since m and k are relatively prime. Therefore,
euA ~ k(q1B1 EB··· EB qnBn) and A~ km(q1B1 EB··· EB qnBn), i.e., A decomposes
into a direct sum of km ideals isomorphic to q1 B 1 EB··· EBqnBn. It remains to apply
Theorem A.1.2.
§2. Simple algebras

1°. It is well known (see [6]) that a maximal subfield of a simple algebra is a
splitting field of it; in other words, if A is a simple algebra with center k, and K is
a maximal subfield in A, then A ®k K is the full matrix algebra over K. It is less
known that this fact admits the following conversion.
THEOREM A.2.1 (see [5]). Let A be a simple algebra over the center k of
dimension n 2 and ~t K be a splitting field of A of degree n over k. ·Then A
contains a subfield K isomorphic to K.
PROOF. Consider the algebra kn of matrices of order n over the field k. As is
known, any extension of the field k of degree n can be embedded in such a matrix
algebra. We embed the field K in the algebra kn. This embedding induces an
embedding i of the algebra K ®k A in the algebra kn ®k A, which is the algebra
of matrices of order n over A. At the same time, K ®k A~ Kn~ kn ®k K. This
isomorphism, together with i, induces an embedding i*: kn ®k K---+ An. Let B be
the image of kn under the embedding i*, and let A be the centralizer of B in the
algebra An. Since An and Bare simple algebras with common unit, and B ~kn,
An ~ kn ®k A, then A is isomorphic to A. Since K is the center of the algebra
kn ®k K, the image of K under the embedding i* is contained in the centralizer A.
Therefore, a field isomorphic to K is contained in the algebra A isomorphic to A.
The theorem is proved. D
2°. Let k be a field containing a primitive nth root c of unity (the characteristic
of k does not divide n) and a, b E k*. We denote by k(a, b) the associative central
algebra of dimension n 2 over k with basis ei'f/j (i,j = 0, 1, ... 'n - 1), where the
elements e and 'f/ satisfy the relations en =a, 'f/n = b, ,,,- 1e'f/ = ec. These relations
give the multiplication table of the basis elements. For p = 2, a = b = -1 we obtain
the ordinary quaternion algebra. For this reason, the algebra K (a, b) is also called
the generalized quaternion algebra.
We fix the extension K = k(e). This is a cyclic radical extension of the field k.
Let F = Gal(K/k) ~ Z/nZ and let f be a generator of the group F. The mapping
(Ji,Ji)---+ Dij.(i,j = 0,1, ... ,n-1), where Dij = 1 for i+j < n and Dij = b for
i + j 2: n, is a multiplicative two-dimensional cocycle in Z 2 (F, K*). The crossed
product of the field K and the group F with factor set {Dij} consists of sums of the
form 2::~:01 VJiXi, where Xi E Kand xv! = v1xf, v"j = b. Therefore, this crossed
product is isomorphic to the generalized quaternion algebra k( a, b) defined above.
THEOREM A.2.2 (Hasse). The algebra k(a, b) splits completely (i.e., is isomor-
phic to the algebra of matrices of order n over k) if and only if b is the norm of an
element from k( {/fa) over k. ·
PROOF. First let k(e) = K be a field, i.e., tn - a is an irreducible polynomial
over k. As is known (see [6]), the condition that the crossed product splits com-
pletely is equivalent to the homologous triviality of the factor set. In other words,
i42 APPENDIX
there exist elements zo, zi, ... , Zn-i E K* for which Zi+j = z{j Zj if i + j < n;
Zi+j-n -- zifj z3·b-i i'f.i + J. > - , z2 -- ZiHf , ... , Zn-i -- Zil+J+ .. +r-2.,
_ n. Hence zo -1
1
1 = z:+J+ .. +r- b-i, i.e., Nzi = b. Conversely, if Nzi = b, then replacing in the
crossed product the representative VJ by VJZ!i, we obtain the unit factor set.
Now let k(e) be a Galois algebra over k with the field-kernel Ki and idempotents
ei, ... , ed, where d/n. Then the algebra A= k(a, b) decomposes into a direct sum
of isomorphic right ideals eiA. This isomorphism is given by multiplication of eix
(x E A) by 'T/j (j = 0, 1, ... , d - 1) from the left, since ei, ... , ed are permuted by
inner automorphisms induced by 'T/j. Therefore, A is isomorphic to the algebra of
matrices of order d over its subalgebra eAe (Theorem A.1.2). This subalgebra is
again a generalized quaternion algebra that is defined by the constants a,i/d E k*
(since en/d = aifd) and b = ('Tldr/d. By Theorem A.1.4, the algebra A splits
completely if and only if the algebra eAe splits completely, i.e., if b is the norm of
an element from Ki c k(e).
The image of the algebra k( a, b) in the Brauer group Br k will be denoted by
k[a,b] (or merely [a,b]). By the product [ai,bi][a2,b2J, we mean the image in Brk
of the tensor product k(ai, bi) ©k k(a2, b2)· 0
THEOREM A.2.3. The symbols [a, b] (for fixed k and n) are subject to the fol-
lowing relations:
a) [a,bi][a,b2] = [a,bib2); [ai,b][a2,b] = [aia2,b];
b) [a,b] = [b,a-i];
c) [a, b][b, a] = 1;
d) [a, 1 - a] = 1 for a =f. 1.
PROOF. a) Consider the tensor product A = k(a, bi)© k(a, b2)· Let 6, 'T/i be
generators of the first algebra, '2, ry2 generators of the second. Consider the algebra
generated over k by the elements 'T/i and e!i6. This subalgebra Bis the generalized
quaternion algebra with constants bi and 1, i.e., this is a matrix algebra. Therefore,
A is a matrix algebra over the centralizer of the subalgebra B. This centralizer is
generated by the elements 6 and 'T/i 'T/2, and, thus, is isomorphic to the algebra
k(a, bib2). The second part is similar.
b) Let A = k(a, b) and let e, 'Tl E A, en = a, 'Tln = b, ,,.,-ie'T/ = ee. After the
change of variables 6 = ,,.,, 'T/i = e-i, we have er = b, 'Tlf = a-i, 'Tl1i6'T/i = 6e,
i.e., A = k(b, a-i ).
c) By the above properties, we have [a, bj[b, a]= [a, b][a, b-i] =[a, 1], but k(a, 1)
is a matrix algebra.
d) This follows from the relation 1 - a= N(l - e), where en= a. D
Thus, we see that the symbols [a, b] have the familiar properties of the Hilbert
symbol.
We note that in the case of local and global number fields any central simple
algebra has a cyclic splitting field (see [1]). Therefore, if the field k contains a
necessary root of unity, such an algebra is isomorphic to a matrix algebra over a
generalized quaternion algebra. Indeed, let K / k be a cyclic splitting field of the
algebra A/k. One may assume that A is a division algebra (otherwise, we have a
matrix algebra over a division algebra). Then K = k(e), where em= a E k*. Let
f be a generator of the group Gal(K/k) ~ Z/mZ. Find an element 'Tl E A such
§2. SIMPLE ALGEBRAS i43
that 'f/-ie'f/ = ec. (This element exists by the Noether-Skulem theorem (see [6,
p. 421]).)
e
It is clear that and 'f/ generate the entire algebra A, and 'f/m is a central
element of A. Therefore, 'f/m =band A= k(a, b).
3°. Now we consider the case n = 2 in more detail. In this case -1 Ek, so that
any central simple algebra of dimension 4 over k (we assume that char k -::f=. 2) is a
generalized quaternion algebra k(a, b). The condition of a splitting of this algebra
means that b =NB, () E k( JO,), i.e., the equation x 2 - ay 2 = b has a solution in the
field k. Otherwise, k(a, b) is a division algebra (i.e., a division ring).
We denote by 1, i, j, k the basis elements of A= k(a,b), so that i 2 =a, j 2 = b,
k = ij = -ji, whence k 2 = -ab. The quaternion x - yi - zj - tk is conjugate to
x+yi+zj+tk EA, so that (x+yi+zj+tk)(x-yi-zj-tk) = x 2 -ay 2 -bz 2+abt2 is
the norm of a quaternion. It is clear that for a, f3 EA, we have Na.(3 = Na.Nf3. The
elements of the form yi + zj + tk are said to be pure quaternions. If f3 = yi + zj + tk
is a pure quaternion, then (3 2 = ay 2 + bz 2 - abt 2 Ek. For a= x + (3, where x Ek
and f3 is a pure quaternion, we have a. 2 = x 2 + (3 2 + 2xf3; therefore, if x -::f=. 0, f3 -::f=. 0,
then (x + (3) 2 ¢ k.
Now we try to answer the following question. When are ki (ai, bi) and k( a2, b2)
isomorphic algebras? For this, it is necessary and sufficient that there exist elements
a and f3 in the algebra k(a2, b2) such that a. 2 = ai, (3 2 = bi, f3a. = -a.(3. We
have seen that a and f3 must be pure quaternions in k(a2, b2)· Therefore, a =
Yii+zij +tik, f3 = y2i+z2j +t2k, where 1, i, j, k is the standard basis in k(a2, b2)·
The condition a.(3 + f3a. = 0 means that a2YiY2 + b2ziz2 - a2b2tit2 = 0. Thus,
the isomorphicity of k(ai,bi) and k(a 2 ,b2) means that in the field k the following
system of equations is consistent:
a2y~+ b2z~ - a2b2ti = ai,

a2y~ + b2z~ - a2b2t~ = bi,
a2YiY2 + b2ZiZ2 - a2b2tit2 = 0
(clearly, one may write an equivalent dual system with a2, b2 on the right-hand
side).
Now we consider the tensor product Ai ®k A 2 , where Ai and A2 are generalized
quaternion algebras over k. This product may be either the full matrix algebra over
k (of order 4), or a division ring, or an algebra of matrices of order 2 over a division
ring. The case of the full matrix algebra is realized if and only if Ai and A2 are
isomorphic. The following theorem by Albert enables one to separate the second
and the third cases.
THEOREM A.2.4. The algebra A = Ai ® A2, where Ai, A2 are generalized
quaternion algebras over k, contains zero divisors if and only if there exists a qua-
dratic extension of k that is embeddable in both algebras Ai and A2·
PROOF. If K is an extension mentioned above, K = k(y'C), zi and z 2 are the
images of y'C in Ai and A2, then (zi ®l-l®z2)(zi ®1+ l®z2) = 0, and sufficiency
is proved.
Now let Ai ® A2 contain zero divisors. If either Ai or A2 is a matrix algebra,
then our assertion follows from the fact that any quadratic extension is embeddable
in the algebra of matrices of order 2. Therefore, we may assume that Ai and A2
are division algebras.
i44 APPENDIX
We denote by i, j, k the standard basis of the algebra A 2, where i 2 = a, j 2 = b,

k2 = -ab. The elements of the algebra A = Ai © A2 are linear combinations of the
elements 1, i, j, k over the division ring Ai.
Let a= ai + a2i + a3j + a4k be a zero divisor in A (ai E Ai). At least one
element of a2, a3, a4 is different frorn zero. Assume that a4 =f 0. Multiplying by
a4 i one can find that a zero divisor a exists with a4 = 1. Then the first component
of the element /3 = a(ab + aik) is zero and /3 is also a zero divisor (a three-termed
zero divisor).
Assume that A contains a two-termed zero divisor. It can be reduced, as before,
to the forrn ai + k (or ai + i, ai + j), where ai E Ai. But (ai - k)(ai + k) =
af +ab E Ai is a zero divisor, whence ai +ab= 0. Therefore, k( V-Oli) can be
embedded both in Ai and in A2 (since k 2 = -ab). Now we assume that A is free
of nontrivial two-termed zero divisors.
Let a = a 1i + a2j + k be a zero divisor in A (ai E A). Then a 2 = (aaf +
ba~ - ab)+ (aia2 - a2ai)k is a two-termed zero divisor, so a 2 = 0. Therefore,
ai a2 = a2ai and aaf + ba~ = ab. The elements a1 and a2 cannot simultaneously
belong to k; otherwise, a E A 2. Let ai tJ_ k. Consider the field K = k(a 1); K
is a quadratic extension of k which can be embedded in A1. Since a 2ai = a 1a 2,
then a2 EK, so a= a1i + a2j + k is contained in the algebra A2 © K = K(a, b).
Therefore, K is a splitting field for the algebra A2 , and, thus, is embeddable in the
algebra A2. The theorem is proved. D
§3. The Tate duality

In this section we present sorne facts of Galois cohornology theory of number
and local fields needed for the study of the embedding problem.
1°. Let F be a finite group. For F-rnodules A and B we consider the operations
©and Horn over Z, assuming that the results are F-rnodules with the action of F
by the rules (a©b)f = af @bf and cpf(a) = (cp(ar 1 ))f for cp E Horn(A,B).
For cohornology we use U-product that rnaps HP(F, A)© Hq(F, B) to flP+q(F,
A© B). We regard the cohornology groups in the sense of Tate with positive
and negative numbers (see (1], Chapter IV, §6, The Tate groups). Properties
of U-product are described in the sarne book (Chapter IV, §7). Moreover, if
there is an F-hornornorphisrn 1/J: A© B - t C, then it induces a hornornorphisrn
'l/Jp+q: fiP+q(A © B) - t fiP+q(C). The application of 'l/Jp+q following U-product
yields a hornornorphisrn
'l/Jp+q: HP(F, A)© Hq(F, B) -t fiP+q(F, C).
This hornornorphisrn is called the U-product relative to 1/J.

Define a natural mapping 1/J: A© Horn( A, B) - t B by the formula 'ljJ(a © /3) =
f3(a) for a E A, /3 E Horn( A, B). It is easy to see that 1/J is an F-hornornorphisrn.
It generates a hornornorphisrn 'l/Jp,q under applying U-product relative to 1/J:
'l/Jp,q: HP(F, A)© Hq(F, Horn( A, B)) -t fiP+q(F, B).
Let T = Q/Z be regarded as an F-rnodule with trivial operators. The F-

rnodule A'= Horn( A, T) is called dual to an F-rnodule A. If A is a group of period
m, then it is natural to identify Horn( A, Zm) with A', where Zm is the cyclic group
of order m.
§3. THE TATE DUALITY 145
In the last formula we replace B with T and set q = -p - 1. We obtain
1/Jp,-p-1: HP(F, A)® H-p-l (F, A') ---+ H- 1 (F, T).
We recall that H- 1 (F, T) = Ker(T --> mT) ~ Z~, where m is the order of the
group F. Thus, there is a pairing of the groups HP(F, A) and H-P- 1 (F, A') with
values in Zm. This pairing turns out to be nondegenerate. This means that each of
the groups HP(F, A) and H-P- 1 (F, A') is dual to the other. For the proof of this
important result, see [26, Chapter XII, Theorem 6.4] or Appendix, §6.
Now let an F-module A be a free Abelian group of finite rank, i.e., a module
of the integer representation of the group F (written in the multiplicative form).
The exact sequence
implies the exact sequence
1 ---+ Hom( A, Z) ---+ Hom( A, Q) ---+ Hom( A, T) ---+ 1.
The modules Q and Hom( A, Q) admit a unique division by an integer. Therefore,

Hi(F,Q) = 0 and Hi(F,Hom(A,Q)) = 0, and the connecting homomorphisms
for the cohomology groups Hi(F, Hom( A, T)) and Hi+l(F, Hom( A, Z)), as well as
for the cohomology groups Hi(F, T) and Hi+ 1 (F, Z), are isomorphisms. Therefore,
there exists a nondegenerate pairing of the groups HP (F, A) and H-P (F, A*), where
A*= Hom(A,Z).
Now let P be a multiplicatively written module of the regular integer represen-
tation of the group F, i.e., a free group with generators e J, f E F, and with the
action of F by the rule eJ = eJ 9 , g E F. We note that Pis a free module for any
subgroup Fo of the group F. There is a natural homomorphism P ---+ Z that maps
rr ej1 to E aJ· We denote by I the kernel of this homomorphism. It consists of
rr ef1 with E aJ = 0. The kernel I, as a free Abelian group, is generated by the
elements eJe1 1 for f =/. 1. The exact sequence 1 ---+ I ---+ P ---+ Z ---+ 1 generates the
exact sequence
The connecting homomorphism 8 is an isomorphism, since Hi(F, P) = 0 for all i.

In particular, H 1 (F,I) ~ H 0 (F, Z), so that H 1 (F, I) is the cyclic group of order
m = (F : 1). For a cocycle from a generator of the group H 1 ( F, I), it is natural to
take the result of applying f - 1 to any element from P with the sum of exponents
equal to 1. It is simpler to take e1, and then it is natural to take CJ = eJe1 1 as a
generator cocycle for H 1 ( F, I).
Now we proceed with description of a construction that is important in the
sequel. Let C be a given F-module and h(f1 , h) E Ka cocycle. We construct a
new module C1 that is the extension of C by I. Namely, consider the direct product
of C by I and introduce the action of F on this product by the rule
(1)
146 APPENDIX
for 9 E F. It is easy to see that the action of 9 does not destroy the structure of
an Abelian group. We show that
(c, IT efa1)9192 -_ ((c, IT efa1)91)92 .

Indeed,
( c, IT e'j1) 9192 = IT h(f, 9192t1, IT ej~192)

( c9192
= ( c9192 IT (h(f, 9192)h(91, 92))a!, IT e'J~ 192 ) ·

We can add the factor h(9 1, 92)a1, since L: af = 0. On the other hand,
( ( c, IT e'ff )91 )92 = (c91ITh(f,91)a1, IT e'f~1)92

= ( c9192 IT (h(f, 91)92h(f91, 92))a1, IT e'J~192).
Equality (1) is proved because h(f1, h) is a cocycle.
It is obvious that the mapping (c, f1 e'j1) -+ f1 e'j1 is an F-homomorphism of
C1 onto I with kernel (C, 1) naturally isomorphic to C.
Let C be a class formation (the term is introduced in [71]), i.e., an F-module
that is subject to the following conditions:
1. H 1 (F0 , C) = 0 for any subgroup Fo of F.
2. H 2 (F0 , C) is a cyclic group of order {Fo : 1) with canonical generator hp0 ,
and the restriction homomorphism H 2 ( F, C) -+ H 2 ( Fo, C) maps hp to h Fo.
We construct C1 by means of the cocycle h(91, 92) from the generator of the
group H 2 (F, C) and compute the cohomology groups Hi(Fo, C1) for any subgroup
F0 of F. The exact sequence 1 -+ C-+ C1 -+I-+ 1 implies the exact sequence
0 = H 1(Fo, C)-+ H 1(Fo, C1)-+ H 1(Fo,I)
~ H 2(F0, C) -+ H 2(Fo, C1) -+ H 2(Fo, I).
It follows from the exact sequence 1 -+I-+ P-+ Z -+ 1 that Hi(F0 , Z) and
Hi+ 1 ( F0 , I) are isomorphic because P is a free F 0 -module, so that H 2 ( Fo ,I) = 0
and H 1 (F0 , I) is the cyclic group oforder (Fo: 1). One can take ZJ = efe;:- 1 , f E Fo,
as a cocycle in the generator of the group H 1 (F0 , I).
We recall that the connecting homomorphism /j in the exact sequence
. . . 6 ·+1
-+ Hi(Fo, C) -+ Hi(Fo, C1) -+ Hi(Fo, I) -+Hi (Fo, C) -+
is defined as follows. One must take a cocycle in a cohomology class of Hi(F0 ,I),
take its inverse image in C1 , and then apply the coboundary map. For i = 1 we
have
(ti(zJ)) (91, 92) = (1, e91 e;:- 1 )92 (1, e 92 e;:- 1)(1, e;1 ~ 2 e1)
= (h(91, 92), e9192e;n(l, e92e1 1)(1, e;1~2e1) = (h(91, 92), 1).
Thus, /j is an isomorphism of H 1 (F0 ,I) and H 2 (Fo,C). Therefore, H 1 (F0 ,C1 ) = 0

and H 2 (F0 , C1 ) = 0. Hence it follows (Theorem 9.4, Chapter IV in [1]) that C1 is
a cohomologously trivial module.
LEMMA A.3.1. Let C 1 be a cohomologously trivial module, let A be an integer

lattice that is an F-module. Then Hom(A, C1 ) is also a cohomologously trivial
module.
PROOF. Let 1 ---+ C2 ---+ C3 ---+ C1 ---+ 1 be the presentation of C1 as a quotient
module of a free F-module C3. It is clear that the modules C3 and C 2 are cohomol-
ogously trivial. Moreover, C2 and C3 are free Abelian groups. Since A is a lattice,
the sequence of F-modules
1 ---+ Hom( A, C2) ---+ Hom( A, C3) ---+ Hom( A, Ci) ---+ 1
is exact. First we show that for any free module C3, the module Hom( A, C3) is
also free. Indeed, let {xi} be a base of the module C3, and let aj be generators of
the module A. It is easily verified that the elements Xij E Hom( A, C3) defined by
relations
Xi if m = j,
{
Xij(am) = 1 if m =f. j,
form a base of the module Hom( A, C3).
We note that, by Theorem 9.3 of Chapter IV in [1], the module C2 is projective.
Then there exists a module C2 such that C2 x C2 is a free module. Therefore, the
module Hom( A, C2) x Hom( A, C2) is also free, and so Hom( A, C2) is projective.
Thus, we have shown that the modules Hom( A, C2) and Hom( A, C 3) are cohomol-
ogously trivial, and so is Hom( A, C 1). 0
THEOREM A.3.1 (Nakayama-Tate). Let C be a class formation and let A be an
integer lattice, then for all i, U-product that takes Hi(F, A)® H 2 -i(F, Hom( A, C))
to H 2 ( F, C) is nondegenerate.
PROOF. Consider the commutative diagram
'l/J2
Hi(F,A) ® H-i(F,Hom(A,Z)) ----t H 0 (F,Z)
lid l 'l/Js l 'I/Jg

'l/J10
Hi(F,A) ® H 1-i(F,Hom(A,I)) ----t H 1 (F,I)
lid l 'l/J11 l 'l/J7
Hi(F,A) ® H 2 -i(F,Hom(A,C)) - -'l/J12 - - t H 2 (F,C),
where 1/J10and1/J12 are U-products, and 1/Js, 'I/Jg, 'I/Jn are connecting homomorphisms
which are isomorphisms in our case. Then the nondegeneracy of 'ljJ 12 follows from
the nondegeneracy of 1/J2. D
2°. Let G be a finite group, H a normal subgroup of G, F = G / H, and let
A be an F-module. For any subgroup Go C G and for any positive integer i, the
restriction homomorphism p: Hi (G, A) ---+ Hi (Go, A) is well defined.
LEMMA A.3.2. The restriction homomorphism commutes with lifting; more
precisely, the following diagram is commutative:
Hi(G,A) - - - - t Hi(Go,A)
p
Hi(F,A) ----t Hi(G 0 /HnGo,A),

Po
148 APPENDIX
where >. 0 and >. are lifting homomorphisms, p and Po are restriction homomor-
phisms.
PROOF. The diagram of cocycles
zi(G,A) -----+ zi(Go,A)

p
Ix rxo
zi(F,A) -----+ zi(Go/HnGo,A)
Po
corresponds to the initial diagram. It is clear that it is sufficient to verify the

commutativity of the latter diagram. Let Ui, ... 'O"i E Go, 1 E zi(F, A). Then
(p"Xf)(u1, ... ,ui) = f(u1 mod H n Go, ... ,ui mod H n Go).
On the other hand,
Let Fo be a subgroup of the group F and let Z[F/ Fo] be a free Abelian group
with generators e9 that are in one-to-one correspondence with the cosets of F with
respect to F0 . We convert Z[F/Fo] into an F-module by setting e~09 = eFo:S.gf•
where g is a representative of the class g. D
LEMMA A.3.3. For all i 2: 0, a natural isomorphism
exists.
PROOF. Let Pi be the ith term of the standard F-resolvent of the group Z;
then one may regard Pi as the corresponding term of the Fo-resolvent. It follows
readily that the mapping
cp: HomF(Pi,Hom(Z[F/Fo],A)) -t HomF0 (Pi,A)
given by the rule (cpx)(p) = x(p)(e1), with XE HomF(Pi,Hom(Z[F/Fo],A)), p E

Pi, is an isomorphism, which proves the assertion.
Let K/k be a normal extension of algebraic number fields with Galois group F,
A an F-module, p a prime divisor of the field k, s,µ a prime divisor in the field K,
F'.JJ its decomposition group. We denote by V p the projection of the subgroup of
units of the idele group of K to the components corresponding to the prime divisors
of the divisor pin the field K, i.e., Vp = I1'.JJ/p V<.JJ, where V'.JJ is the group ofl-lJ-adic
units. D
LEMMA A.3.4. For all i there exists an isomorphism

PROOF. Let, as before, Pi be the ith term of the standard F-resolvent for Z.
It is immediate that the mappings
<p: Homp(Pi,Hom(A, Vp))---+ Homp'll(Pi,Hom(A, V'.13)),

'if;: Pi ®F Hom(A, Vp)---+ Pi ®F'll Hom(A, V'.13)
given by the rules (<px)(p)(a) = pr'.J3(x(p)(a)), 'lf;(p ® µ) = p ®µare isomorphisms,

where p E P, a E A, X E Homp(Pi, Hom(A, Vp)), µ E Hom( A, Vp), and /i E
Hom(A, V'.13), with /i(a) = pr'.13 µ(a).
For any G-module B we denote by Na the endomorphism of the module B
that maps the element b E B to the product f1 9 EG b9 , and we denote by I( G)B the
submodule generated by the elements bY- 1 , where g E G.
For i = 0, -1 and for a G-module B, we define the deflation mapping
by setting
deL1(1_ 1 modJ(G)Hom(A,B)) = (NHf_ 1 ) modI(F)Hom(A,BH)
and
defoO'o mod NaHom(A,B)) = ] 0 mod NpHom(A,BH),
where ]_ 1 E KerNaHom(A,B) and ] 0 E Homa(A,B). D
LEMMA A.3.5. The deflation mapping is dual to the lifting homomorphism or,
more precisely, for i = 2, 3 the following diagram is commutative:
H 2 -i(G, Hom( A, B))'
rdef
where def is the mapping dual to the deflation mapping, and 01, 02 are the homo-
morphisms induced by U-product.
PROOF. Let i = 2. Consider the diagram
H 2 (G,A) ® H 0 (G,Hom(A,B)) ~ H 2 (G,B)
where (} 3 and 04 are U-products, and )q is the lifting homomorphism. One may
directly verify that the relation 03(>..(f) ® g) = >..184(! ® defo(g)) holds, where f E
H 2 (F, A), g E H 0 (G, Hom( A, B)), and, thus, the initial diagram is commutative
for i = 2.
Further, in the proof we use the shift of dimension. Let 11 = Hom(Z[F], A) be
an F-module with natural action of F. Consider the inclusion 05: A ---+Ii defined
by the relations 05 (a) (ea) = a for all a E F.
lSO APPENDIX
The exact sequence 1 ---+ A ~ Ii ---+ 12 ---+ 1 splits over Z. Indeed, we define
the mapping Os: Ii ---+ A by setting Os(µ) = µ(e1) forµ E fi. It is easy to check
that Os is a homomorphism and OsBs = id. Therefore, for any G-module D the
following sequence is exact:
1 ---+ Hom(h D) ---+ Hom( Ii, D) ---+ Hom( A, D) ---+ 1.
Consider the diagram with natural homomorphisms
H3(G,A)------T-1- - - - r H - 1 (G,Hom(A,B))'
~rA3 ~
H'(G, I,) I~ H"(G, Hom(!,, B))'
H 3(F,A)----T-
3 _r____ -+H- 1 (F,Hom(A,BH))'
~ defol ~
H 2 (F, 12) T
4 H 0 (F, Hom(h BH))'
We have already seen that 72A2 = defo74. It is clear that Ii and Hom(Ii,BH)
are cohomologously trivial modules, so 82 and 84 are isomorphisms. We have 8372 =
7181 and 7382 = 8474. Note that lifting and deflation commute with the connecting
homomorphisms. Then we have
71A3 = 7181.A282 1 = °S372A282 1

- - -1 - - -1 - -1 -
= 83 defo 7482 = deL1 847482 = deL1 738282 = deL1 73.
3°. We recall the definition of the cohomology groups of profinite groups.
Define the notion of a projective limit of groups. Let r be a directed set of indices,
and we assume that a group A 0 corresponds to each a Er. Assume that for each
pair a, /3 E r with a :'.S /3 a homomorphism <p~ : A,13 ---+ A 0 is given so that if
a= /3 then <p~ =id, and if a S /3 S 'Y then <p~<p~ = <p~. Then the projective limit
A= limA 0 of the groups A 0 relative to the homomorphisms {<p~} is a subset of
f---
the direct product ITaH A 0 consisting of elements {a 0 } 0 Er such that for a S /3,
<p~(a,13) = a0 • It is easy to check that A is a subgroup of ITaH A°'.
In the definition of a profinite group A, all A 0 are finite groups. When we
consider the projective limit of compact groups, we shall always assume that <p~
are continuous maps. It is easy to see that the projective limit of compact groups
is a compact group in natural topology.
Let F = lim f---
F0 be a profinite group and H 0 the kernel of the projection of
F to the component with index a. We define the cohomology groups for discrete
F-modules A, i.e., for modules that can be represented in the form UaEr AH". In
the sequel we shall consider only discrete modules. For a S /3, i :::: 1, the lifting
homomorphism .A~: Hi(F0 ,AH")---+ Hi(F,13,AHf3) is well defined. It is clear that
the groups {Hi(F0 , AH" )} 0 Er form an inductive system relative to the homomor-
phisms A~ (see [1, Chapter V, §2]). The inductive limit limHi(F°"AH") is called
~
the ith cohomology group Hi(F, A).

Let H be a subgroup offinite index in F. We set Ha= HnHa and Fa= F/Ha.
It is immediate that the natural mapping limHi(Fa,AH limHi(Fa,AH is
00 ) - 00 )
---t ---t
an isomorphism.
It follows directly from the properties of the inductive limit that an exact
sequence 1 - A1 - A2 - A 3 - 1 of F-modules induces the exact cohomology
sequence
for i ~ 1.
Now let A be an F-module finitely generated as an Abelian group. Then there
exists a subgroup of finite index H C F such that the elements of H act trivially
on the elements !!_f the module A. It is clear that the groups {Fa} form a projective
-
system and limFa = F.
Let C be an F-module such that CH for a E F is a class formation. As an
00
example of such a module, one may take the multiplicative group le* of the algebraic
closure of a local field.
For a:::; f3 and i = 0, -1, the deflation homomorphism is well defined:
It is clear that the groups {Hi(Fa,Hom(A,CH ))}a.Er form a projective system.

00
the module Hom(A, C) for i = 0, -1. -

We call the projective limit limHi(Fa, Hom( A, cli°' )) the ith cohomology group of
We prove several assertions needed in the sequel. For arbitrary a E F let exact
sequences of groups 1 - Aa ~Ba~ Dex - 1 exist. Assume that for a:::; /3,
the following diagram is commutative:
1 -------+ A f3 1/J113 1/J213

D13 1
-------+ B13 -------+ -------+
1~~ 1"'~ le~

1 -------+ A ex 1/J1°'
-------+ Bex 1/J2°'
------t Da -------+ 1.
It is clear that we may consider the sequence
- - -
. A a -----t
1Im -if,1 l"1m B a -----t
-if,2 l"Im D a .
It is immediate that this sequence is exact and 1f;1 is injective. D
LEMMA A.3.6. If the groups Aa and !}a are compact for all a Er and if all
the maps considered are continuous, then 1/J2 is surjective.
-
PROOF. Let d E limDa, let da be the projection of d onto the component
with index a, and let ba be the inverse image of da in Ba. We note that the cosets
Ea = ba'l/Jia(Aa) are compact sets. Therefore, E =Ila.Er Ea is a compact subspace
of the space Ila.Er Ba.
152 APPENDIX
Let r.e be a subset of elements in r consisting of o:'s with o::::; /3. We set E,13 =
ITaEr.a 'l/>~(Ea) x I1aEr\r13 Ea. It is clear that the sets {E,13} form a centered system
of compact sets (i.e., any finite intersection is nonempty); therefore, n.eEr E,13 is
nonempty. Thus, in the group limBa there exists an element b such that ;f2 (b) = d.
~
The lemma is proved. D
For the module HomH"' (A, C) we set
NH"' Hom(A,C) = n
<>:5./3
NH"'/H13 HomH13 (A,C).
LEMMA A.3. 7. If the modules HomH"' (A, C) are compact for all o:, then the
fallowing relations hold:
H- 1(F,Hom(A,C)) = ~H- 1 (Fa,NH"' Homii)A,C)),

H 0 (F,Hom(A,C)) = Homp(A,C)/NpHom(A,C).
PROOF. It is clear that for all o: E r the groups Ker N p; Hom( A, CH"') and 0
!(Fa) Hom( A, CH 0 ) are compact. Passing to the projective limit in the exact se-
quence
1 ---t !(Fa) Hom( A, CH"') ---t Ker N p; Hom( A, CH"')

0
---t H- 1 (Fa, Hom(A, CH"')) ---t 0
we have
The first assertion of the lemma follows from the latter exact sequence. The
second assertion is proved in a similar way. D
Let {Aa} be an inductive system of groups relative to the maps {cp~}. It is

clear that the groups {A~} form a projective system relative to the dual maps {<p~}.
LEMMA A.3.8. If lim ---t
Aa is the inductive limit of the groups Aa with discrete
topology, then there exists a natural isomorphism lim
---t
Aa ---t (lim A~)'. ~
PROOF. Let T1: ~<>Er EB Aa ---t (IJaEr A~)' be a natural topological isomor-
phism, namely,
n
T1 ( aa 1 + · · · + aaJ (II ba) = II ba; (aa;),
aEr i=l
where aa; E Aa;, ba; E A~;.

We note that ~A°'= (~aErffi Aa)/M, where Mis a subgroup generated by
the elements cp~(aa) - aa. Then T1(aa - cp~(aa))(IJba) = ba(aa)(<,O~(b.e))(a~ 1 ).
Therefore, if IJba E limA~,

f--
then r1(aa - cp~(aa))(IJba) = 1, i.e., r1 induces
T2: limAa --> (limA~)'. It is clear that r2 is a homomorphism. It follows from the
----+ f--
commutative diagram
(~A~)'
r
LE!lAa ~ (II A~)'
that r2 is surjective.
Now consider the map 71: IT A~ --> (2:: Aa Ell)' dual to r1. Let X E (lim Aa)',
----+
'Pa a natural homomorphism of Aa to lim Am and let <i5a: (lim Aa)' --> A~ be
----+ ----+
a homomorphism dual to 'Pa· We note that Cj5~cp13 (x) = <i5a(X) for a :::; /3, i.e.,
IT<i5a(X) E limA~,
f--
so 71 maps the subgroup limA~
f--
onto (limAa)',
----+
and r2 is an
isomorphism. D
Now we prove an analog of Lemma A.3.3 for profinite groups.

LEMMA A.3.9. Let F be a profinite group, H a subgroup of finite index in F,
A an F -module. Then for i ~ 1 there exists an isomorphism
Hi(F,Hom(Z[F/H],A))--> Hi(H,A).
PROOF. Let F = limF/Ha,

f--
then
Hi(F, Hom(Z[F/ HJ, A))= limHi(F/ Ha, Homs., (Z[F/ HJ, A)).
----+
As we have observed, one may assume that the system of subgroups {Ha} is such
that Ha c H for all a. Then Homs.,(Z[F/HJ,A) = Hom(Z[F/H],AH.,). The
lemma now follows from the fact that the groups
Hi(F/Ha, Hom(Z[F/H), AH")) and Hi(H/Ha, AH")
are isomorphic. D
4°. Let k be a local field (a finite extension of the p-adic number field), k
the algebraic closure of k and F the Galois group of the extension k/k. For a
finite normal subextension ka/k with Galois group Fa, the multiplicative group
k~ of the field is a class formation, so for an Fa-module A the homomorphism
'l/Ja: Hi(FaA) --> H 2 -i(Fa, Hom( A, k~))' is well defined.
Let A be an F-module finitely generated as an Abelian group. Then there exists
a subgroup H of finite index in F, whose elements act trivially on the module A. As
we have noted in 3°, the cohomology group Hi (F, A) can be defined by means of the
inductive system {Hi(..F°" A)}, where Fa runs over the Galois groups of extensions
ka/k containing the field of invariants kH.
Lemma A.3.5 implies that for i = 2, 3 and a :::; /3, the following diagram is
commutative:
Hi(F13,A) ~ H 2 -i(F13,Hom(A,k~))'
rA r def
Hi(Fa, A) ~ H 2 -i(Fa,Hom(A,k~))'.
154 APPENDIX
By Lemma A.3.8, the passage to the limit yields a homomorphism v: Hi(F, A)--+
H 2 - i ( F, Hom( A, "k*) )'. We note that from the Nakayama-Tate theorem it follows
that if A is a lattice, then v is an isomorphism.
LEMMA A.3.10. If A is a lattice, then H 3 (F, A)= 0.
PROOF. It is sufficient to prove the dual assertion, namely,
-
limH- 1 (Fa., Hom(A, k~)) = O.
For all a, we have the exact sequence 1 ---+ Va. ---+ k~ ~ Z ---+ 0, where Wa.
maps every element x E k~ to its value of the exponent, and Va. is the group of
units.
The exact sequence
1 ---+ Hom( A, Va.) ---+ Hom( A, k~) ---+ Hom( A, Z) ---+ 1
H- 1 (Fa., Hom( A, Va.))---+ H- 1 (Fa., Hom( A, k~)) ---+ H- 1 (Fa.,Hom(A, Z)).
For a :::; {3 we consider the diagram
H- 1 (F.a,Hom(A, V.a)) - H- 1 (F.a,Hom(A,k~)) - H- 1 (F.a,Hom(A,Z))
16~ lg~ lo~

H- 1 (Fa.,Hom(A, Va.)) - H- 1 (Fa.,Hom(A,k~)) - H- 1 (Fa.,Hom(A,Z)).
Here the maps 8~ and O~ are induced by the map NHa,/3' where Ha,,8 is the kernel
of the natural homomorphism of the group F.a onto Fa., the map O~ is induced
by multiplication of the module Hom( A, Z) by the inertia degree of the extension
k.a/ka.. The commutativity of the diagram is immediate. Passing to the limit, we
have the exact sequence
- --
limH- 1 (Fa.,Hom(A, Va.))---+ limH- 1 (Fa.,Hom(A,k~))
---+ limH- 1 (Fa.,Hom(A,Z)).
We observe that Hom(A, Va.) is a compact group, so, by Lemma A.3.7,
lim H- 1 (Fa., Hom( A, Va)) = lim H- 1 (Fa., NH- Hom( A, Va.)).
- - a
Since A is a lattice, NHa Hom(A, Va.)= Hom(A,NHa Va.)· It follows from local
class field· theory (see [1, Chapter VI]) that Niia Va. = 1, so
-
limH- 1 (FaiHom(A, Va.))= O.
-
Now we compute limH- 1 (Fa.,Hom(A,Z)). Let x E limH- 1 (Fa.,Hom(A,Z)),
Xa. = pra. x be the projection of x to the component with index a, and Xa. the rep-
resentative of Xa. in the group Ker N Fa Hom( A, Z). Let the order of the group
-
H- 1 (Fa., Hom( A, Z)) be equal to n and let k.a/ka. be an unramified extension
of degree n. If x.a = pr.Bx and x.a is the inverse image of x.a in the group
Ker N F13 Hom( A, Z), then Xa. = x3 mod I(Fa.) Hom( A, Z). We note that from the
last equality it follows that N Fax.a = 1, i.e., Xa. E J(Fa.) Hom( A, Z) and Xa. = 1. 0
§3. THE TATE DUALITY i55
THEOREM A.3.2 (Tate's local duality). For a finite F-module A, the map
'ljJ: H 2 (F, A) --+ Homp(A, k*)' is an isomorphism.
PROOF. First we show that v defined above is an isomorphism. Let 1 --+Ai --+
A2 --+ A --+ 1 be a representation of A as the quotient module of a lattice. To the
exact sequence
H 2 (F, Ai) --+ H 2 (F, A2) --+ H 2(F, A) --+ H 3 (F, Ai) = 0
there corresponds the sequence
H o-
(F,Hom(Ai,k -*,
)) --+ H o- -*,
(F,Hom(A2,k )) --+ H o- -*,
(F,Hom(A,k )) .
Consider the commutative diagram with natural homomorphisms
H 0 (F,Hom(A2,Z)) ~ H 0 (F,Hom(Ai.Z))
l l
We note that the middle vertical sequence can be obtained by passing to the
projective limit in the exact sequence
0 - 0 - - 0 -
H (F0 "Hom(A2, Va))·-+ H (Fa,Hom(A2,k~))--+ H (Fa,Hom(A2,Z)).
We prove that 73 is injective by using the relation limH-i(Fa,Hom(A2,Z)) = 0.
+--
Similarly we prove that 74 is injective. Observe that 71 is an isomorphism (this
follows from the isomorphism of the groups Hom(A2, Z) and Hom( Ai, Z)). The
bottom sequence of the diagram coincides with the exact sequence
Homp(A, V) --+ Homp(A2, V) --+ Homp(A1, V).
Indeed, Hom(A, Va) is a compact module, so
. o- -
hmH (Fa,Hom(A, Va))= Homp(A, V)/NpHomp(A, V),
+--
where V is a subgroup of units of k. It remains to note that
NpHomp(A, V) c Np Hom(A,NI:f Va)= 1
0 0
(it follows from local class field theory that NH Va= 1). We can show similarly
0
that for i = 1, 2, ·
. 0 -
hm H (Fa, Hom( Ai, Va)) = Homp(Ai, V).
+--
Diagram chase yields the exactness of the middle horizontal sequence of the
diagram and proves that 72 is injective. Hence, v is an isomorphism. It remains to
note that
o- -* . 0 -
H (F,Hom(A,k )) = hmH (Fa,Hom(A, Va))= Homp(A, V) = Homp(A,k)
-*
+--
(we use the finiteness of the module A). D
Now consider the duality map in the case where k is the field of real numbers.
Let C be the field of complex numbers, F the Galois group of the extension C/k, and
A an F-module. Observe that C* is a class formation, and, thus, the homomorphism
<pi: Hi(F, A) --+ H 2-i(F, Hom( A, C*))'
is well defined.
156 APPENDIX
THEOREM A.3.3. If A is a finitely generated F-module, then cpi is an isomor-

phism for arbitrary i.
PROOF. It follows from the Nakayama-Tate theorem that cpi is an isomorphism
if A is a lattice. Let 1 - t A1 - t A 2 - t A - t 1 be a representation of A as the
quotient module of a lattice.
Consider the diagram
Hi(F,A1) ---+ Hi(F,A2) ---+ Hi(F,A)
1'f'i,l 1 'f'i,2 l'f'i

H 2-i(F, Hom(A1, C*))' ---+ H 2-i(F, Hom(A2, C*))' ---+ H 2-i(F,Hom(A,C*))'
1 'f'i+l,l l'f'i+l,2
-------+ H 1-i(F, Hom(A 1, C*))' -------+ H 1-i(F, Hom(A2, C*))',

where the bottom row is the exact sequence dual to the cohomology sequence for
the triple:
It is clear that the diagram is commutative and the theorem follows from the fact
that cpi,1 and </)i,2 are isomorphisms for all i (A1 and A2 are lattices). D
5°. Let k be an algebraic number field, S the set of points of k, n the maximal
algebraic extension of k unramified outside S, i.e., the compositum of all finite
normal extensions ka./k in which only the divisors of the set Scan ramify. Denote
by Fs the Galois group of n/k, by Vs,a. the subgroup of units of the idele group
Ja. of ka. whose projection to the components corresponding to the divisors from S
is trivial. Note that a natural embedding Vs,a. - t Ca. exists, where Ca. is the idele
class group of ka.. We will denote by Cs,a. the quotient group Ca./Vs,a.·
Observe that Ca. is a class formation. It follows from [1, Chapter 6, Propo-
sition 1.1 and Chapter 7, Proposition 7.2] that Vs,a. is a cohomologously trivial
module. The exact sequence
implies that the cohomology groups of the modules Cs,a. and Ca. coincide, i.e., Cs,a.
is a class formation.
LEMMA A.3.11. For /3 :'.'.'. a, Cff.~·{j = Cs,a., where Ha.,{3 is the kernel of the
natural homomorphism of the group F13 onto Fa..
PROOF. The exact sequence of Ha.,13-modules
1 - t Vs,13 -t C13 -t Cs,13 -t 1
1 - t v:S,{3
Ha,{j -t
cHa,{j
{3 -t
cHa,{j
S,{3 -t
Hl (Ha.,{3, TT )
v S,{3 =
0
or 1 ---t Vs,a ---t Ca ---t cff.~·{3 ---t 1, whence the lemma follows. D
Let A be an Fs-module, finitely generated as an Abelian group. As we have

noted before, there exists a subgroup H of finite index in Fs, whose elements ac:t
trivially on A. As before, we define the cohomology groups for the group Fs by
using the Galois groups Fa of the extensions ka/k containing the field of invariants
nH.
For arbitrary a E r, the functorial homomorphism
Hi(Fa,A) ---t H 2-i(Fa,Hom(A,Cs,a))'

is well defined. For i = 2, 3, one may pass to the limit and obtain the homomorphism
7/Js: Hi(Fs, A) ---t H 2-i(Fs, Hom( A, Cs))',
where Cs is the inductive limit lim Cs a relative to the inclusions Cs a ---t Cs /3 for
----+ ' ' I
a ::; /3. We note that the Nakayama-Tate theorem implies that for lattices, 7/Js is
an isomorphism.
Let ] a be a subgroup of the idele group of the field ka consisting of elements x =
{xp} such that Ilp lxPIP = 1, where I IP is a valuation at the point p. Then the group
Ja/]a is isomorphic to the multiplicative group JR* of positive real numbers. It is
clear that k~ Vs,a C] a, so that]a/k~ Vs,a is a subgroup of the group Cs,a which
we will denote by Cs,a in the sequel. Note that Theorem 16.1 in [1, Chapter II]
implies that C s,a is a compact group.
LEMMA A.3.12. If A is a finitely generated Fa-module, then the natural map-
ping
Hi(F°" Hom( A, Cs,a)) ---t H\Fa, Hom( A, Cs,a))
is an isomorphism for all i.
PROOF. Let A1 be the torsion subgroup of the group A. Then A2 = A/A1 is
a lattice. Consider the commutative diagram with natural homomorphisms
1-t Hom(A1, Cs,a) -t Hom(A1, Cs,a) -t 1
r r Tt
r
1-t Hom(A, Cs,a) -t Hom( A, Cs,a) -t Hom(A,JR*)
r r r 7"3
1 -t Hom(A2,Cs,a) -t Hom(A2, Cs,a) ~ Hom(A2, JR*).

It is clear that T1 is surjective.
Note that in the group Hom(A,JR*) the equation xn =a has a unique solution
for any natural n; therefore, Hom( A, JR*) is a cohomologically trivial module, and
the lemma follows from the exact sequence
·1- ·- -
Hi- (Fa.Hom(A,JR*)) ---t Hi(Fa,Hom(A,Cs,a))
---t Hi(Fa, Hom( A, Cs,a)) ---t Hi(Fa, Hom( A, JR*)).
D
158 APPENDIX
LEMMA A.3.13. The group N-H"' Csa.

,
is a division group.
PROOF. Let {Si} be a sequence of sets of prime divisors of ka. with the prop-
erties:
l. Si is a finite set;
2. Si cSi+l;
3. uisi = s.
For a prime p and natural i, j, we denote by kijp the class field to the subgroup
Jt Vs;,a.k~. It is clear that kijp c n, and the union of the fields kijp coincides with
the maximal Abelian extension of the field ka contained in n. Then
Nii"'Cs,a = nnnJ~;Vs;,a.k~/Vs,ak~.
p j i
Compute ni JP;Vs;,ak~/Vs,ak~ for p and j fixed. Note that
ni
J~; Vs;,ak~/Vs,ak~ = ~ Jt Vs;,ak~/Vs,ak~,
where the projective limit is taken with respect to the embeddings, or more pre-
cisely, for ii :::; i2, the natural mapping
J apj TT -k* /TT -k*

V 8; 2 ,a a. V S,a a. --t
JPj
a TT -k* /TT -k*
V 8; 1 ,a a. V S,a a.
is injective.
1 --t c~~ka ~ ~J~jVs;,ak~/Vs,a.k~ --t ~( II Vp,a/k~J~j n II Vp,OI.).

pES\S; pES\S;
Since ~ rrpES\S; Vp,a. = 1, Lemma A.3.6 implies that T is an isomorphism.

Therefore,
Nii°' Cs,a = nnC~~a
p j
and, thus, it is a division group. D
Note that similar arguments show that Nii°' Cs,a also is a division group.
THEOREM A.3.4 (Tate's global duality). If A is an Fs-module finitely gener-

ated as an Abelian group, then the mapping
1/Js: H 2 (Fs,A) --t H 0 (Fs,Hom(A,Cs))'
is an isomorphism.
PROOF. Let 1 ---+ Ai ---+ A2 ---+A---+ 1 be a representation of A as the quotient

module of a lattice. Consider the diagram with natural homomorphisms
H 2(Fs,Ai) ---+ H 2(Fs, A2) ---+ H 2 (Fs, A)
lws lws lws

H 0 (Fs, Hom(A1, Cs))' ---+ H 0 (Fs,Hom(A2,Cs))' ---+ H 0 (Fs, Hom(A, Cs))'
~ H 3 (Fs,A1)
lws
~ H- 1(Fs, Hom(A1, Cs))'
Note that, by Lemma A.3.12, one can replace the module Cs in the diagram
with the module Cs = lim Cs a.
----+ '
We describe the map 81 in more detail. Let x E H- 1(Fs, Hom(A1, Cs)). Since
Hom(Ai,Cs,a) is a compact group for all a Er, we have
The exact sequence
induces the exact cohomology sequence. Then for all a the homomorphism
is well defined. Moreover, there exists a natural homomorphism
Let 81a be the composition of the homomorphisms 8a and ea. It is immediate

that for a :::; (3 the relation def0 81,e = 81a deL 1 holds. Therefore, the passage to
the projective limit yields a homomorphism
Then 81 is the homomorphism dual to 81.

The commutativity of the diagram is verified directly. We verify the exactness
of the bottom row by considering the dual sequence.
Let x1 E ~ H- 1(Fa, Hom( Ai, C s,a)) and 81 (x1) = 0. Note that Xia =
praXl E H- 1(Fa,Niia Hom(Ai,Cs,a)), and from the relation 81a(X1a) = 0 for
all a Er it follows that there exist elements X2a E H- 1(Fa, Hom(A2, NHa Cs,a))
such that Wa(X2a) = X1a, where
160 APPENDIX
is a natural homomorphism. One can show that the elements X2a can be chosen in
such a way that
(the proof is similar to that of Lemma A.3.6).

and let
0 - 0 -
ry: H (Fs,Hom(A,Cs))---+ H (Fs,Hom(A2,Cs))
and
be the homomorphisms induced by r; and 7J, respectively.

Let y1 E H 0 (Fs, Hom(A, Cs)), where 'fh is a representative of Y1 in the group
HomF5 (A, Cs) and ry(y1) = 0. Then ?J(1/i) E Np;"' Hom(A2, NH"' Cs,a), i.e., ?J(?Ji) E
Homp;JA2,NJi"'Cs,a), so y1 E Homp;JA,NH"'Cs,a) and there exists an element
Y2 E H- 1 (Fs, Hom(A1, Cs)) such that c51(Y2) =Yi·
Now we assume that z1 E H 0 (Fs, Hom(A2, Cs)), :Z1 is a representative of z1
in HomF5 (A2,Cs) and O(z1) = 0. Then 7J(z1) E Np;"'Hom(Ai,NH"'Cs,a) for all
a, and in the group Np;"' Hom(A2,NH"'Cs,a) there exists an element z2 such that
7J(z2) = 7J(:z1). Note that the elements :Z1 and :Z1z:2 1 lie in the same class, and
7J(:z1z:2 1) = 1. Therefore, there exists an element Z3 E HomFs (A, Cs) such that
r;(z3 ) = :Z1z:2 1. It remains to observe that the isomorphism of the groups H 2 (Fs, A)
and H 0 (Fs, Hom( A, Cs))' follows directly from the exactness of the bottom row
and the commutativity of the diagram. The theorem is proved. D
6°. In this section we consider a relationship between the global and local
duality. Let k be a field of algebraic numbers, S a set of points of k, n the maximal
algebraic extension of k unramified outside S, kp the completion of k at the point
p, Kp an algebraic extension of kp containing n, Fs and Fp the Galois groups of
the extensions nI k and K pI kp , respectively.
If A is an Fs-module, then its structure induces the structure of an Fp-module
on A. Indeed, the embedding n---+ Kp induces the map c5: Fp ---+ Fs. By setting
al= a6U) for f E Fp, we convert A into an Fp-module.
Consider the map c5 in more detail. Let {ka/k}aHi be an inductive system of
finite normal extensions with Galois groups Fa that determines the field n and let
{kp,,e/kp},eH 2 be a similar system of local extensions with groups F,e that deter-
mines the field Kp.
We fix the point qJ of n over p that is fully determined by the choice of points
Pa of the fields ka over p, and if a1 :S a2, i.e., ka 1 ~ ka 2 , then the point Pa 2 lies
over Pai·
For any a E r 1 an embedding ka ---+ ka,p"' exists. The Galois group Fp"' of the
extension ka,p"'/kp (the decomposition group of the divisor Pa) can be embedded
in Fa. Let f3 = ~(a) E r2 be the index corresponding to the field ka,p"', i.e., the
mapping <P: Fl --+ F2 is well defined, and for every a E rl the mapping F4>(o.) --+ F 0
is given. We observe that for a 1 :=::;. a 2, the diagram
1 1
is commutative. Therefore, the homomorphism
8: Fp = limF,e--+ limF0 = Fs
f-- f--
is well defined.
For i;::: 1 and an arbitrary Fs-module A the homomorphism 8 induces a map-
ping
ep: Hi(Fs, A) --+ Hi(Fp, A).
Indeed, the embedding F4>(o.) --+ F 0 induces the homomorphism
that is the composition of the restriction homomorphism
and the natural homomorphism

. H . H
H'(F4>(o.)> A "')--+ H'(F4>(o.)> A ~«»),
where H0 and H4>(o.) are the kernels of the natural mappings Fs--+ F 0 and Fp --+
F4>(o.), respectively.
By Lemma A.3.2, restriction commutes with lifting, so the passage to the in-
ductive limit yields a homomorphism
where H,e is the kernel of the mapping Fp --+ F,e.

Now let A be a finite Fs-module, Ha the subgroup of the group Fs consisting
of all elements which act trivially on A, H73 the same subgroup of the group Fp, let
H-
ka = fiH<> and~= Kp {j be the fields of invariants for Ha and H73. We set
Gal(ka/k) = G and Gal(~/kp) =Gp;

k0 = kak 0 , k,e = ~k,e;
F0 = Gal(k0 /k) and F,e = Gal(k,e/kp)·
For i = 0, -1, one can define a mapping
Os: IT Hi(Fp,Hom(A,K;))--+ Hi(Fs,Hom(A,Cs))

PES
162 APPENDIX
in the following way. The embedding F<P{a) ---+Fa induces the homomorphism
Os,a: II Hi(F<P(a)> Hom( A, 'k;(a))) Ilia II Hi(Fa, Hom( A, J;.;a,P))

pES pES
---+ Hi(F°" Hom( A, J;.;",s)) ---+ Hi(Fa, Hom( A, Cs,a))
which is a composition mapping for the sequence written above, where 01 °' is an
isomorphism (see Lemma A.3.4).
One can verify directly that for a 1 ::; a 2 , the following diagram commutes:
II Hi(F.P(a 2 )> Hom(A, 'k;(a 2 ))) ~ Hi(Fa 2 , Hom(A, Cs,a 2 ))

pES
II Hi(F<P(ai),Hom(A,k;(ai))) ~ Hi(FapHom(A,Cs,aJ).
pES
Therefore, the passage to the projective limit yields the homomorphism Os.
Let Kp be the algebraic closure kp of kp and Fp = Gal(kp/kp). As was shown
above, if A is a finite Fs-module, hence an F p-module, then there exist the duality
isomorphisms
cp: H 2 (Fs,A)---+ H 0 (Fs,Hom(A,Cs))',

cpp:H2(Fp,A)-+H
- o- -*,
(Fp,Hom(A,kp)).
Denote by es the natural homomorphism
H 2 (Fs, A)---+ LE!l H 2 (Fp, A).

pES
PROPOSITION A.3.1. The diagram
pES
1
H 0 (Fs, Hom( A, Cs))' (II H (Fp,Hom(A,k;)))'
0
pES
is commutative, where Os is the homomorphism dual to Os.

PROOF. It is clear that the following diagram commutes:
pES
1 1
H (Fa, Hom( A, Cs,a))'
0 -------+ II H (F<P(a)> Hom( A, 'k;(a))'.
0
pES
By Lemma A.3.5, lifting is dual to deflation, therefore the passage to the limit
completes the proof of the proposition.
We transform the mapping Os. Note that Hom(A, Cs,a) is a compact group,
so the relation
0 -
H (Fs,Hom(A,Cs)) =Homp5 (A,Cs)/Np5 Homp5 (A,Cs)
holds. The group H 0 (Fp, Hom( A, k;)) coincides with the group HompP (A, k;) or
HomcP (A, Ji)
which, in turn, is isomorphic to the group Homc(A, Jk 0 ,p)· Thus,
one can identify the group TipESH 0 (Fp,Hom(A,iI;)) with Homc(A,Jk 0 ,s) and
the homomorphism 7Js with the mapping dual to the natural homomorphism
Homc(A, Jk 0 ,s) ~ Homc(A, Cs,-a)/ N Fs Homp5 (A, Cs).
Let ka,S be the subgroup of the group k~ consisting of elements x such that
in the decomposition of the principal divisor (x) into the prime factors only the
divisors of the set S occur; let Ea,s be the projection of the idele group of the field
ka to the S-components. For arbitrary a E r1 an embedding ka,S ~ Ea,S exists;
we denote its cokernel by Da,S· It is clear that Da,S is a subgroup of the group
Cs,a·
For a 1 ~ a2 there exist embeddings
therefore the passage to the inductive limit with respect to the embeddings in the
exact sequence
yields the exact sequence of Fs-modules
We observe that if n is a natural number and S contains all the divisors of n

and infinite divisors, then Os is a group with division by n. Indeed, let x E Os.
Then x E ka,S for some a E I' 1 · It is clear that ka ( y'x) C 0, i.e., x is the nth
power in Os.
Let A be the character group of Hom( A, 0*). The following homomorphism
11s: H 1 (Fs, A)~ IT H 1 (Fp, A)

pES
is well defined. 0
THEOREM A.3.5 (J. Tate). Let A be a finite Fs-module and let S contain all
infinite divisors and all prime divisors of order equal to the order of the group A.
Then the kernel of the mapping
cs: H 2 (Fs,A) ~ "Ell 2 -

L..t H (Fp,A)
pES
is dual to the kernel of 11s.
164 APPENDIX
PROOF. The exact sequence of Fs-modules
1--+ A= Hom(A,f!s)--+ Hom(A,Es)--+ Hom(A,Ds)--+ 1
induces the cohomology sequence

~
Homp8 (A,Es)--+ Homp8 (A,Ds)--+ H 1 (Fs,A)--+
"
H 1 (Fs,Hom(A,Es)).
We note that for arbitrary a E f 1 the kernels of the homomorphisms
H 1 (Pap A) --+ IT H 1 (Fw(a 1 )> A)

pES
and
1 - ~ 1 -
H (FapA)--+ H (Fa 1 ,Hom(A,Ea 1 ,s))
coincide; therefore, the homomorphisms 'T/S and v have the same property.
We show that there exists a natural homomorphism w: Kercs --+ (Ker718 )'.
Consider the commutative diagram
(1)
0 -------> Ker cs -------> H 2(Fs,A) -------> H2(Fp,A) Lffi
pES
l~ l~s
H 0 (Fs, Hom(A, Cs))' -------> (IT H 0 (Fp,Hom(A, k;)))'
pES
lT1 lT2
0 -------> (Kerrys)' -------> Homp8 (A, Cs)' -------> Homp8 (A,Es)'.
The mappings cp, cps, r1, r2 are injective, so the injective homomorphism
w: Kercs--+ (Kerrys)'
is well defined.
First consider the case where Fs acts trivially on the modules A and A. It is
clear that it suffices to set A= Z/nZ.
The commutative diagram
0-----+ Z/nZ -----+ ns -----+ ns -----+ 1
lid l l
0 -----+ Z/nZ -----+ k; -----+ k; -----+ 1
induces the commutative diagram
H 1 (Fs,ns) -------> H 1 (Fs,ns) -------> H 2(Fs, Z/nZ) -------> H 2(Fs, f!s)
l lcs lµ
0 -------> LEB H 2(Fp,Z/nZ) -------> Lffi H2(Fp,k*).
PES pES
We observe that µ is the composition of the homomorphism
µi: H 2 (Fs, ns) ---+ H 2 (Fs, Es):::::::! LG) H 2 (Fp, n~)

pES
and the collection of the lifting homomorphisms
Since Ap is an injective mapping, the injectivity of µ 1 implies the injectivity of µ.

We show that Ds = Cs. Indeed, D 0,s c Cs,a. for all a E ri, so Ds c Cs. Let
x E Cs and let x1 E Js be the inverse image of x. Then x1 E Jkcx.,s for some
a E r 1 . If k02 is the maximal Abelian unramified extension of the field k0 , then in
the field k 02 there exists an element x2 such that x;- 1 x E Es (in the field k02 any
divisor of k0 is principal), so Ds =Cs and H 1 (Fs,Ds) = 0. Thus we have
Now compute the group H 1 (Fs, f2s) in the exact sequence
n~s---+ E%8 ---+ v:s---+ H 1 (Fs,f2s)---+ H 1 (Fs,Es).
We note that
H 1 (Fs,Es) =~H 1 (FwEa.,s) =~II H 1 (Fa.,Jk"'",p)·

pES
Therefore, the sequence is of the form
1 ---+ ks ---+ Ek,S ---+ Ck,S ---+ H 1 (Fs, ns) ---+ 0,
i.e., H 1 (Fs,f2s) = Cl/Cls, where Cl is the divisor class group of the field k and
Cls is the subgroup generated by the divisors from the set S.
Consider the group Ker17s. Note that from class field theory it follows that
Ker ?Js coincides with the kernel of the mapping dual to the natural homomorphism
Ek,s/E"k,s---+ Jk,s/J'k,sk*. It is clear that Ker17s : : : :! (Cl/ClnCls)', i.e., Kercs : : : :!
(Ker17s)'.
Thus, the following sequence is exact:
II H o- -
(Fp,'ll/n'll)---+ H 0
(Fs,Hom('ll/n'll,Cs))---+ Ker17s---+ 0.
pES
It is clear that the sequence in which we replace the group Fs with H 0 and F P
with Hif.>(a.) is exact. For a1 :::; a2, we have the commutative diagram
II H o(Hif.>(a. 2 'll/n'll)
pES
-
)>
- H 0 (H02 , Hom('lljn'll, Cs)) --+ Ker17s,a.2 -o
1 1 1µ~~
II H o(Hif.>(a.1 'll/n'll)
pES
-
)>
- H 0 (H01 , Hom('ll/n'll, Cs))
- Ker17s,a.1 -o,
166 APPENDIX
where the vertical mappings are induced by the norm mapping N H"' 1 I H"' 2 • Passing
to the projective limit, we have
limH 0 (Hc.,Hom(Z/nZ,Cs))
+---
= 0,
therefore lim Ker 'f/s c. = 0.

+--- '
Now for a E r 1 consider the exact sequences
II HomH4>(a)(Z/nz,k;) ---t HomH"'(Z/nZ,Cs) ---t Ker'f/s,a ---t 0.

pES
Passing to the projective limit with respect to the norm mappings and the homo-
morphisms µ~~, we obtain
~II z;:;;z---t ~HomH"'(Z/nZ,Cs) ---t ~Ker'f/s,a ......-+ 0.

pES
Since ~ITz;:;;z = 0, we have ~Hom(Z/nZ,Cs,a) = O,"i.e., for each a we have

N Ha Hom(Z/nZ, Cs,a) = 0.
Now consider the general case. Clearly we have the relation
N Fs Hom(A, Cs)= NaN H HomH(A, Cs)= 1.
Therefore, in (1) r 1 is an isomorphism. Hence it follows that w is also an isomor-

phism. The theorem is proved. 0
COROLLARY. If A is a finite module, then the diagram
H 2 (Fs,A) ---+ I:Ell H 2- (Fp,A)

pES
l l
Homa(A, Cs,a.)' ---+ Homa(A, Jkc;:,s)'
is commutative.
In conclusion, we consider the relationship between the duality mappings under
an increase in the number of points of the set S. Let S and T be sets of prime
divisors of the field k with S c T, let n and ~ be maximal algebraic extensions
of the field k unramified outside S and T, respectively, Fs = Gal(r!/k), Fr =
Gal(~/k).
Let A be a finite Fs-module (hence an Fr-module) and H the subgroup of Fs
consisting of elements acting trivially on A, K = nH, G = Gal(K/k).
Note that n c ~;therefore, the homomorphism Fr ---t Fs that induces the lift-
ing homomorphism .>i: H2 (Fs,A) ---t H 2 (Fr,A) is well defined. The natural map-
ping CK,s ---t CK,r induces the mapping"'(: Homa(A,CK,r) ---t Homa(A,CK,s).
DECREASING p-CENTRAL SERIES OF A FREE OPERATOR GROUP 167
PROPOSITION A.3.2. If A is a finite module, S contains all infinite divisors

and all prime divisors of order equal to the order of A, then the following diagram
commutes:
Homa(A, CK,s)' Homa(A, CK,r)',
where <p 1, <p2 are duality isomorphisms and "'j is the homomorphism dual to 'Y.
PROOF.· One can directly verify that for ka ~ k13, the diagram
is commutative. Passing to the limit, we prove the proposition. D
§4. The structure of factors of the decreasing

p-central series of a free operator group
Let F be a finite group, ud a free group with generators Ui,f, where i = 1, ... 'd;
f E F. The group Ud is an F-operator group if we set u{.f = ui,fq·
Consider the decreasing p-central series of the group Ud, i.e., the sequence of
subgroups Ud,c which is constructed recurrently in the following way:
... '
where [Ud,i, Ud,1] is the subgroup of the group Ud,i generated by the mutual com-
mutators, i.e., by the elements (ui,u1]; Ui E Ud,i, u1 E U1. Together with the
p-central series of the group ud, we shall also consider the central series of ud, i.e,
the sequence of subgroups U d,c defined as follows:
... ,
Let Rd be the Magnus algebra, i.e., the algebra of formal noncommutative
power series with integral coefficients and variables Xi,f, where i = 1, ... , d; f E F.
One can define the action of the group F on the elements of Rd by setting
xf,J =Xi.Jg·
We observe that there exists an embedding 'I/; of the group Ud in Rd given on

the generators by the relations 'I/;(Ui,f) = 1 + Xi,f and, by multiplicativity, extended
to all elements of Ud. It is clear that
00
'l/J(u~}) = ~)-l)nxf, 1 .
·n=O
168 APPENDIX
We define recurrently Lie monomials in the algebra Rd· The elements Xi,f are
Lie monomials li of degree one. Then, b = lil~ - l~li are Lie monomials of degree
two, where li and l~ are linear Lie monomials; ln = ln-1l1 - l1ln-1, where ln-l and
li are Lie monomials of degree n-1 and 1, respectively, is a Lie monomial of degree
n. An algebraic sum of Lie monomials of degree n is a Lie polynomial of degree n.
It is clear that the Lie polynomials of degree n form an additive group denoted by
Ln.
Let H and H be the ideals of the algebra Rd generated by the elements p, Xi,f
and Xi,f, respectively.
. - - - -. - -e+l
Recall that if u EU d,e, then 'ljJ(u) = 1 +le +he+l• where le E Le, he+l = H ;
conversely, if u E Ud and 'ljJ(u) = 1 + Ze + he+l• then u E Ud,e, i.e., there exists
an isomorphism of the groups U d,e/U d,e+l and Le (the proof can be found in [52,
Chapter 11]).
We study the structure of the group Ud,e/Ud,e+l · First we prove an auxiliary
assertion.
LEMMA A.4. If u E Ud,e, then
'1/J(u) = 1 + pe-lli + pe- 2z2 +···+le (mod He+l)
for oddp,
'1/J(u) =1+2e-lz1 + 2e- (I~ + I2) + 2e- 3[3 +···+le

2 (mod He+l)
for p = 2, where Ii E Li.

We prove the lemma by induction on c. For c = 1, the lemma is trivial. Let it
be proved for the elements of the group Ud,e-l· It is clear that it suffices to verify
the lemma for the elements [g1,u] and g~, where g1,g2 E Ud,e-li u E Ud.
Consider the case p = 2 and let
'1/J(g1) = 1+2e- 2z11 + 2e- 3 (I~ 1 + I21) + · · · + Ie-1,1 + hci,

'1/J(g2) = 1 + 2e- 2I12 + 2e- 3 (I~ 2 + I22) + · · · + Ie-1,2 + he2,
'1/J(u) = 1 + I1a + h2a,
where he1, he2 E He, h23 E H 2.

We have
'1/J([g1, u]) = (1+2e- 2I11 + · · · + Ie-1,1 + he1)- 1(1 + [13 + h2a)- 1

r - -
X (1+2e- ln + · · · + le-1,1 + he1)(l + lia + h23)
= 1+2e- 2(I11I1a - I1aI11) + 2e- 3 (I~ 1 I1a - I1aI~1 + I21I1a - I1aI21}
- - - - +1
+ · · · + (le-1,1l13 - liale-1,i) (mod He ).
We set
Then
- - - - - -2 -2 - - - - -2 - - -2 -2 - - - -
la= lnlial11 - lial11 - l11lia + lnlial11 = l 11 lia - lial11 - 2l11lia + 2l11lial11.
DECREASING p-CENTRAL SERIES OF A FREE OPERATOR GROUP 169
It remains to note that -2I~ 1 +2I 11 I 13 I 11 E H 4 , so the element ?,b([g1,u]) is of

the necessary form.
For g~ we have
2 c-r - 2
?,b(g2) = (1+2 li2 + · · · + lc-1,2 + hc2)
= 1 + 2c- 1I12 + · · · + 2Ic-1,2 (mod Hc+l ).
The case of odd p is considered similarly.
Now we define the mapping
c EB
cp: Ud,c/Ud,c+l ---t L LifpLi.

i=l
Note that an arbitrary element u E Ud,c is of the form
cp(u mod Ud,c+i)

= ( m1 Xi 1 ,J1 + · · · + mt Xi, ,J,) mod pL1 + I2 mod pL2 + · · · + Ic mod pLc.
THEOREM A.4. The mapping
c EB
cp: Ud,c/Ud,c+l ---t L LifpLi

i=l
is an isomorphism.
PROOF. Clearly, cp is a homomorphism. We show that cp is surjective. Let
c EB -
be an element of the group I:i=l LifpLi, where li E Li and m1, ... , mt are
integers. As we have noted, there exist elements Ui E Ud,i such that ?,Li( ui) = 1 +Ii
-=i+l
(mod H ). We put
Clearly, u E Ud,c and cp(u mod Ud,c+1) = z.

The fact that cp is injective is also checked immediately. The theorem is
proved. 0
170 APPENDIX
§5. The Frattini subgroup and its properties

The Frattini subgroup of the group G is the intersection of all maximal
subgroups of G. Since a subgroup conjugate to a maximal subgroup is also maximal,
 coincides with all conjugate subgroups, hence is a normal subgroup in G.
PROPOSITION A.5.1. If the group G is generated by a system of elements {bi}
and the subgroup , then the system {bi} itself generates G.
PROOF. If {bi} generates a subgroup H-:/:- G, then His contained in a maximal
subgroup A-:/:- G, which contains the subgroup , so that the group generated by
{bi} and is also contained in A, a contradiction. D
THEOREM A.5.1 (the Frattini argument). Let H be a normal subgroup of a

finite group G, P a Sylow subgroup in H, and let N be its normalizer in G. Then
NH=G.
PROOF. Let g E G. Then g- 1 Pg c Hand also is a Sylow subgroup in H. By
Sylow's theorem, Sylow subgroups of H are conjugate in H, so that there exists an
h EH such that h- 1 Ph= g- 1 Pg, whence gh- 1 E N, g E Nh. Since this is valid
for any g E G, we have NH= G. ·7 D
COROLLARY (Frattini, [76]). The Frattini subgroup of a finite group G is nilpo-

tent.
PROOF. Let P be a Sylow subgroup of and let N be its normalizer in G.
We have N = G, whence, by Proposition A.5.1, N = G. Therefore, any Sylow
subgroup of is normal in G, and so in . Therefore, is a nilpotent group. D
PROPOSITION A.5.2 (Gaschiitz, [77]). Let a normal subgroup H of a finite

group G contain the Frattini subgroup of G. If H/ is nilpotent, then H is also
nilpotent.
PROOF. Let B be a Sylow p-subgroup of H/, Bits inverse image in H, Pa
Sylow p-subgroup of B. The index (H: P) = (H: B) · (B: P) = (H/: B) · (B: P)
is prime to p, therefore P is a Sylow subgroup in H containing a unique Sylow
p-subgroup of . This subgroup is obviously n P. Since B = B / is a p-group,
then the mapping P ~ B is surjective, so B = P. The group B = B/, as
a unique Sylow p-subgroup in the nilpotent group H/, is characteristic in H/.
Hence Bis normal in G. Applying the theorem, we obtain G = NB, where N
is the normalizer of P in G, or G = NP. Hence, by Proposition 5.1 we have
G = NP or, finally, G = N. Thus, P is normal in G and, thus, it is a unique
Sylow p-subgroup in H. This argument is valid for any p dividing the order of H.
Therefore, H is nilpotent. D
THEOREM A.5.2. For a finite solvable group G there exists a nilpotent normal
subgroup H and a proper subgroup M such that G = HM.
PROOF. Let be the Frattini subgroup for G and H a nontrivial nilpotent
normal subgroup in G /if>. The latter subgroup exists by the solvability of G /.
Its inverse image H is nilpotent by the preceding proposition, and is a proper
subgroup of H. Among the maximal subgroups of G, there exists a subgroup M
such that M does not contain H.
By the maximality of M, we have HM= G. The theorem is proved. D
§6. A DUALITY THEOREM IN COHOMOLOGY OF FINITE GROUPS 171
§6. A duality theorem in cohomology of finite groups

1°. Let G be a finite group. Although in applications multiplicative G-modules
are mainly considered, here we write them additively and assume that the elements
of G act as right operators.
Consider the additive group of the group ring 0 = Z[G] with basis {eg} gEG as
a G-module, where egh = egh (g, h E G). Denote by I a submodule of 0 generated
by the differences eg - el (in other words, I consists of the sums E mgeg for which
Emg = 0, mg E Z). Let J be the quotient module of 0 by the one-dimensional
submodule generated by the element E eg. The modules I and J are called the
Chevalley modules.
Thus, we have the exact sequences of G-modules
()
(1) 0-1-0-z-o,
()'
(1') 0- z ------+ 0
- J - 0,
where 0(2: mgeg) = E mg, O' (m) = E meg (the action of G on Z is trivial). Since
here all the modules are lattices, the two sequences split over Z.
Now let A be an arbitrary G-module. Then the following sequences are exact
(2) 0- A® I - A® 0 - A - 0,
(2') 0 - A - A® 0 - A® J - 0.
Here the tensor product is regarded over Z and is provided with the structure of a
G-module under the action of elements from G on the two factors.
We observe that the subgroup A of the module A ® 0 consisting of elements
left fixed relative to all g E G is isomorphic to A as a Z-module. The module A® 0
(induced for the group A) is operator isomorphic to A® 0. Thus [1, Chapter IV],
the module A® 0 is cohomologously trivial, i.e., fin(G, A® 0) = 0 for all integer
n (ii is the cohomology of Tate, in the sequel we omit the sign~). Therefore, the
cohomology sequence gives us the isomorphisms
Hn(G, A) - Hn+l(G, A® I), Hn- 1 (G, A® J) - Hn(G, A).
Considering tensor powers of the Chevalley modules In and Jn, we obtain the
following proposition.
PROPOSITION A.6.1. The following isomorphisms hold:
Hn(G, A)~ H 0 (G, A® in),
H-n(G, A)~ H 0 (G, A® r) (n;::: 0).
It is easy to check that the tensor product I® J is isomorphic, as a G-module,
to the direct sum of Zand the (IGI - 2)-fold direct sum of the module 0 = Z[G].
2°. Let L be a lattice, i.e., an Abelian torsion free group with finitely many
generators. Consider the dual lattice L* = Homz(L, Z). If Lis a G-module, then
a structure of G-mod ule is also introduced on L * by the formula f g ( x) = f (x g- 1 ),
where f EL*, g E G, x EL. The dual basis {vi, ... ,v;';..} for a basis {v1,. .. ,vm}
of Lis defined by the formulas vi(vj) = Oij (the Kronecker symbol).
Consider also the character group of an arbitrary group A. Namely, by such a
group we mean Homz(A, C), where C = Q/Z. Denote it by A'. If A is a G-module
with a right action of operators, then the same structure is also defined on A' by
the formula (xg)a = x(ag- 1 ) (x EA', g E G, a EA).
172 APPENDIX
PROPOSITION A.6.2. Let A and L be G-modules, and let L be a lattice. Then

a G-isomorphism
(A©L)' ~A' ©L*
exists.
PROOF. The mapping <p1: A' © L* - t Hom(L, A') defined by the formula
(<p1(X © f))(x) = f(x)x, where x E A', f E L*, x E L, is a Z-isomorphism;
the inverse mapping is of the form 'if; - t Ei 'if;(vi) ©vi; 'if; E Hom(L, A'), where {vi}
is a basis of L and {v;} is the dual basis.
One can easily construct a Z-isomorphism <p: Hom(L, A') - t (A© L )'; namely,
for w E Hom(L,A') we set (<p2w)(a©x) = (wx)(a), where x EL, a EA.
Therefore, the composition <p = <p 2<p 1 : A' © L* - t (A© L)' is also a Z-
isomorphism and is defined by the formula
(<p(X ©!))(a© x) = f(x)x(a) (a EA, x EL, f EL*, XE A').
The isomorphisms <p1 and <p2 are not G-operator isomorphisms, but their compo-
sition <p is a G-isomorphism. Indeed, for g E G we have
(<p((x © f)g))(a © x) = ('P(xg © fg))(a © x) = (f g)(x)(xg)(a)

= f(xg- 1 )x(ag- 1 ),
((<p(X © f))g)(a © x) = (<p(X © f))(ag- 1 © xg- 1 )
= f(xg- 1 )x(ag- 1 ).
The proposition is proved. D
LEMMA A.6.1. If Li and L2 are lattices, then (Li © L2)* is isomorphic to

Li ©L2.
Indeed, if {ui} and {vj} are bases of L 1 and L2, respectively, then u; ©vj is a
basis of (Li © L2)*.
LEMMA A.6.2. The Chevalley modules I and J are lattices dual to each other,
i.e., J* ~I and I*~ J.
Indeed, let w* E J*. Consider the element w = Eg w* (eg )eg, where eg is
the image of the basis element eg E 0 in J. Since Eg w* (eg) = w* (2: eg) = 0,
then w E I. Conversely, for w = Eg mgeg E I we have Eg mg = 0, and we set
w* (eg) = mg. Since w* (2: eg) = 0, the map w* is a homomorphism of J to Z.
Thus, we have constructed a natural isomorphism J* ~I. Since the module (J*)*
is naturally isometric to J, we also have J ~ I*. The lemma is proved.
COROLLARY. The following natural isomorphisms hold:
3°. Let A be a G-module. Denote by A 0 the submodule of A of elements

invariant under g E G. We also denote by I A' the submodule of A' generated by
the differences xg - x (x E A', g E G).
§6. A DUALITY THEOREM IN COHOMOLOGY OF FINITE GROUPS 173
LEMMA A.6.3. The relation (A/AG)'= IA' is valid. (Here we regard (A/AG)'
as a submodule of A'.)
PROOF. For a E AG we have (xg)(a) = x(a), whence xg - x E (A/AG)', i.e.,
IA' c (A/AG)'. Now we prove the inclusion (A/AG)' c IA'.
Let Og(a) = ag - a for a E A and g E G. Denote by Ag the image of Og and
consider the external direct sum Lg# ffi Ag = B. We define the homomorphism
(} : A --+ B as the homomorphism (}g on each component Ag. It is clear that
kerO =AG. Now we have the exact sequences
(3) 0--+ AG~ A--+ A/AG--+ 0,

(4) 0-+AG ~A~B.
Since C is a divisible module, we have
(3') 0--+ (A/AG)'--+ A'~ (AG)'--+ 0,
(4') B' ~A' ~ (A.G)' --+ 0.
Therefore, we obtain (A/AG)'= Keri'= ImO'. We need to show that ImO' c IA'.
Let 'ljJ EB'. Then (O''ljJ)(a) = 'ljJ(Oa), where a E A. The components Ba in Ag
are of the form ag - a, therefore
g g g
Thus, O''ljJ = Lg('l/Jg- 1 - 'l/J) E IA'. The lemma is proved. 0
4°. The purpose of this section is to prove the following duality theorem.
THEOREM A.6. Let G be a finite group and let A be a G-module. Then for
n 2: 0 the duality isomorphism
is well defined.
PROOF. First consider the case n = 0. For the Tate cohomology we have
H 0 (G, A) ~ AG /Ao, where Ao is generated by the elements LgEG ag, a E A.
Consider the exact sequence of G-modules (with natural maps)
(5) 0--+ H 0 (G, A)--+ A/Ao--+ A/AG--+ 0.
With this sequence one can associate the dual sequence
(6) 0--+ (A/AG)'--+ (A/Ao)'--+ (H 0 (G,A))'--+ 0.
The group (A/Ao)' consists of the characters x E A' trivial on the subgroup
A 0 , and its subgroup (A/AG)', by Lemma 3, coincides with IA'. Thus, (H 0 (G, A))'
is isomorphic to the corresponding quotient group. But the cohomology group
174 APPENDIX
H- 1 ( G, A') (see (1]) is also equal to this quotient group. Thus, for n = 0 the
theorem is valid.
To prove the gener~l case, we use Proposition 1 from this section. We have
By Proposition 2 and Lemma 2, we obtain
(A® r)' ~A'® (r)* ~A'® r.
Thus, we have
(again by Proposition 1). The theorem is proved. 0

Bibliography
1. J. W. S. Cassels and A. Frohlich (eds.), Algebraic number theory, Academic Press, London;
Thompson Book Co., Washington, DC, 1967.
2. M. I. Bashmakov, The problem of embedding of fields, Mat. Zametki 4 (1968), no. 2, 137-140.
(Russian)
3. G. V. Bely!, Galois extensions of a maximal cyclotomic field, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser.
Mat. 43 (1979), no. 2, 267-276; English transl., Math. USSR-lzv. 14 (1980), no. 2, 247-256.
4. Z. I. Borevich and I. R. Shafarevich, Number theory, 3rd ed., "Nauka", Moscow, 1985; English
transl. of 1st ed., Academic Press, New York-London, 1966.
5. N. Bourbaki, Elements de mathematique. Vol. 14, Pt. 1, Livre 2, Ch. 7, Hermann, Paris,
1952; Elements de matMmatique. Vol. 23, Pt. 1, Livre 2, Ch. 8, Hermann, Paris, 1958;
Elements de mathematique. Vol. 24, Pt. 1, Livre 2, Ch. 9, Hermann, Paris, 1959.
6. B. L. van der Waerden, Algebra. Tei! 1, Springer, Berlin, 1966; Tei! 2, Springer, Berlin, 1967.
7. N. V. Volnina, On fields with extended polygon groups, Dok!. Akad. Nauk SSSR 105 (1955),
no. 5, 889-892. (Russian)
8. E. Galois, Oeuvres mathematiques, Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1897.
9. N. L. Gordeev, Embedding problem with given localizations and restricted ramification, Zap.
Nauchn. Sem. Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. Steklov. (LOMI) 57 (1976), 85-99; English
transl., J. Soviet Math. 11 (1979), no. 4, 585-597.
10. 0. M. Grigoryan and B. B. Lur'e, Completely solvable embedding problems with abelian
kernel for local fields, Zap. Nauchn. Sem. Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. Steklov. (LOMI) 75
(1978), 67-73; English transl., J. Soviet Math. 37 (1987), no. 2, 959-964.
11. B. N. Delone and D. K. Faddeev, Investigations in the geometry of the Galois theory, Mat.
Sb. (N. S.) 15(57) (1944), 243-284. (Russian; English summary)
12. S. P. Demushkin, The group of a maximal p-extension of a local field, Dok!. Akad. Nauk
SSSR 128 (1959), no. 4, 657-660. (Russian)
13. - - - , The group of a maximal p-extension of a local field, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat.
25 (1961), 329-346. (Russian)
14. - - - , An embedding problem for algebraic number fields, Dok!. Akad. Nauk SSSR 144
(1962), 27-28; English transl. in Soviet Math. Dok!. 3 (1962).
15. ___ , On 2-extensions of a local field, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 4 (1963), 951-955; English transl.
in Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. (2) 50 (1966).
16. ___ , Topological 2-groups with an even number of generators and one complete defining
relation, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 29 (1965), no. 1, 3-10; English transl. in Amer.
Math. Soc. Transl. (2) 66 (1968).
17. S. P. Demushkin and I. R. Shafarevich, The embedding problem for local fields, lzv. Akad.
Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 23 (1959), 823-840; English transl. in Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. (2)
27 (1963), 267-288.
18. ___ , The second obstruction for the embedding problem of algebraic number fields, lzv.
Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 26 (1962), no. 6, 911-924; English transl. in Amer. Math. Soc.
Transl. (2) 58 (1966).
19. I. G. Zel'venskil, The algebraic closure of a local field for p = 2, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser.
Mat. 36 (1972), 933-946; English transl., Math. USSR-lzv. 6 (1972), 925-948 (1973).
20. N. P. Zyapkov and A. V. Yakovlev, Galois universally compatible extensions, Zap. Nauchn.
Sem. Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. Steklov. (LOMI) 71 (1977), 133-152; English transl. in J.
Soviet Math. 20 (1982), no. 6.
21. V. V. Ishkhanov, The embedding problem with restricted ramification, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR
Ser. Mat. 36 (1972), no. 4, 742-748; English transl. in Math. USSR-lzv. 6 (1972).
175
176 BIBLIOGRAPHY
22. ___ , The embedding problem with prescr.ibed localizations, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser.
Mat. 39 (1975), no. 3, 512-522; English transl. in Math. USSR-Izv. 9 (1975), no. 3.
23. ___ , On the semidirect embedding problem with a nilpotent kernel, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR
Ser. Mat. 40 (1976), no. 1, 3-25; English transl. in Math. USSR-Izv. 10 (1976), no. 1.
24. ___ , On the semidirect embedding problem with a metabelian kernel, Zap. Nauchn. Sem.
Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. Steklov. (LOMI) 100 (1980), 81-85; English transl. in J. Soviet
Math. 19 (1982), no. 6.
25. ___ , A case of embedding problem with a solvable kernel, Zap. Nauchn. Sem. Leningrad.
Otdel. Mat. Inst. Steklov. (LOMI) 106 (1981), 76-81; English transl., J. Soviet Math. 23
(1983), no. 2, 2158-2162.
26. H. Cartan and S. Eilenberg, Homological algebm, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ,
1956.
27. H. Koch, Galoissche Theorie der p-Erweiterungen, VEB Deutscher Verlag Wiss., Berlin,
1970.
28. L. V. Kuz'min, Homologies of profinite groups, Schur's multiplicator, and class field theory,
Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 33 (1969), no. 6, 1220-1254; English transl. in Math.
USSR-Izv. 3 (1969).
29. C. W. Curtis and I. Reiner, Representation theory of finite groups and associative algebms,
John Wiley and Sons, New York-London, 1962.
30. S. Lang, Algebmic numbers, Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA-London, 1964.
31. B. B. Lur'e, On the problem of embedding with a kernel without center, Izv. Akad. Nauk
SSSR Ser. Mat. 28 (1964), 1135-1138. (Russian)
32. ___ , On the embedding problem with noncommutative kernel of order p3 , Trudy Mat.
Inst. Steklov. 80 (1965), 98-101; English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 1968.
33. ___ , Embeddability conditions when the kernel is a non-Abelian p-group, Mat. Zametki
2 (1967), 233-238; English transl. in Math. Notes 2 (1967).
34. ___ , On the embedding problem for local fields with non-Abelian kernel, Zap. Nauchn.
Sem. Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. Steklov. (LOMI) 31 (1973), 106-114; English transl. in J.
Soviet Math. 6 (1976), no. 3.
35. ___ , On the compatibility condition in the fields embedding problem, Zap. Nauchn. Sem.
Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. Steklov. (LOMI) 71(1977),155-162; English transl. in J. Soviet
Math. 20 (1982), no. 6.
36. ___ , Completely solvable embedding problems for local fields, Zap. Nauchn. Sem. Lenin-
grad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. Steklov. (LOMI) 75 (1978), 121-126; English transl., J. Soviet Math.
37 (1987), no. 2, 998-1002. ·
37. S. Mac Lane, Homology, Grundlehren Math. Wiss., vol. 114, Academic Press, New York;
Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg, 1963.
38. A. S. Merkur'ev, On the embedding problem with non-Abelian kernel, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR
Ser. Mat. 41 (1977), no. 5, 1043-1052; English transl., Math. USSR-Izv. 11 (1977), no. 5,
991-1000 (1978).
39. 0. Neumann, On algebraic number p-closed fields with restricted ramification, Izv. Akad.
Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 39 (1975), 259-271; English transl. in Math. USSR-Izv. 9 (1975).
40. L. S. Pontryagin, Continuous groups, 3rd ed., "Nauka", Moscow, 1973; English transl. of
2nd ed., Topological groups, Gordon and Breach, New York, 1966.
41. J .-P. Serre, Cohomologie galoisienne, Springer-Verlag, Berlin etc., 1964.
42. A. I. Skopin, The factor groups of an upper central series of free groups, Dok!. Akad. Nauk
SSSR 74 (1950), 425-428. (Russian)
43. S. Eilenberg and N. Steenrod, Foundations of algebraic topology, Princeton Univ. Press,
Princeton, NJ, 1952.
44. S. V. Tvaradze and A. V. Yakovlev, On associated problems in field embedding theory, Vestnik
Leningrad. Univ. Mat. Mekh. Astronom. 1968, vyp. 1, 67-76. (Russian)
45.. D. K. Faddeev, Construction of algebraic domains whose Galois group is the quaternion
group, Leningrad. Gos. Univ. Uchen. 'Zap. 3 (1937), no~ 17, 17-23. (Russian)
46. - - - , Construction of algebraic fields of prime degree having solvable Galois group, Lenin-
grad. Gos. Ped. Inst. Uchen. Zap. 28 (1939), 127-139. (Russian)
47. - - - , Construction of algebraic number fields, whose Galois group is the group of quater-
nion units, Dok!. Akad. Nauk SSSR 47 (1945), no. 6, 404-407. (Russian)
48. _ _ , On a conjecture of Hasse, Dok!. Akad. Nauk SSSR 94 (1954), 1013-1016. (Russian)
BIBLIOGRAPHY 177
49. ___ , An interpretation of the supplementary condition in the theory of embedding of fields
with an Abelian kernel, Zap. Nauchn. Sem. Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. Steklov. (LOMI)
94 (1979), 116-118; English transl. in J. Soviet Math. 19 (1982), no. 1.
50. _ _ , Galois theory (in the Mathematics Institute of the Academy of Sciences), Tuudy
Mat. Inst. Steklov. 168 (1984), 46-71; English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 1986,
no. 3, 47-73.
51. D. K. Faddeev and R. A. Shmidt, Conditions for the embeddability of a field in the case of
a cyclic normal subgroup of order 8, Vestnik Leningrad. Univ. Mat. Mekh. Astronom.. 1959,
vyp. 4, 36-42. (Russian)
52. M. Hall, Jr., The theory of groups, Macmillan, New York, 1959.
53. N. G. Chebotarev, Foundations of Galois theory. Vol. I, "ONTI", Moscow-Leningrad, 1934;
German transl., Grundzuge der Galois'schen Theorie, Noordhoff, Groningen, 1950.
54. ___ , Foundations of Galois theory. Vol. II, "ONTI", Moscow-Leningrad, 1937; German
transl., Grundzuge der Galois'schen Theorie, Noordhoff, Groningen, 1950.
55. I. R. Shafarevich, On p-extensions, Mat. Sb. (N. S.) 20(62) (1947), 351-363; English transl.,
Amer. Math. Soc. Thansl. (2) 4 (1956), 59-72.
56. _ _ , On the problem of embedding fields, Dok!. Akad. Nauk SSSR 95 (1954), 459-461.
(Russian)
57. ___ , On the construction of fields with a given Galois group of order l"', Izv. Akad. Nauk
SSSR Ser. Mat. 18 (1954), no. 3, 261-296; English transl., Amer. Math. Soc. TI:ansl. (2) 4
(1956), 107-142.
58. ___ , On an existence theorem in the theory of algebraic numbers, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR
Ser. Mat. 18 (1954), no. 4, 327-334; English transl., Amer. Math. Soc. '!rans!. (2) 4 (1956),
143-150.
59. _ _ , On the problem of embedding fields, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 18 (1954),
no. 5, 389-418; English transl., Amer. Math. Soc. '!rans!. (2) 4 (1956), 151-183.
60. ___ , Construction of fields of algebraic numbers with given solvable Galois group, Izv.
Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 18 (1954), 525-578; English transl., Amer. Math. Soc. '!rans!.
(2) 4 (1956), 185-237.
61. ___ , The embedding problem for split extensions, Dok!. Akad. Nauk SSSR 120 (1958),
1217-1219. (Russian)
62. ___ , Extensions with given points of ramification, Inst. Hautes Etudes Sci. Pub!. Math.
18 (1963), 295-316 (Russian); English transl. in Amer. Math. Soc. '!rans!. (2) 59 (1966).
63. R. A. Shmidt and A. V. Yakovlev, An embeddability condition in the case of a cyclic normal
divisor of order 2n, Vestnik Leningrad. Univ. Mat. Mekh. Astronom. 1963, vyp. 3, 137-139.
(Russian)
64. A. V. Yakovlev, The embedding problem for fields, Dok!. Akad. Nauk SSSR 150 (1963),
1009-1011; English transl. in Soviet Math. Dok!. 4 (1963).
65. _ _ , The embedding problem for fields, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 28 (1964), 645-
660. (Russian)
66. ___ , The embedding problem for number fields, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 31
(1967), 211-224; English transl. in Math. USSR-Izv. 1 (1967).
67. ___ , The Galois group of the algebraic closure of a local field, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser.
Mat. 32 (1968), 1283-1322; English transl. in Math. USSR-Izv. 2 (1968).
68. N. Adachi, On the relatively cyclic embedding problem with given local behavior, J. Math.
Soc. Japan 22 (1970), no. 3, 298-307.
69. A. A. Albert, Structure of algebras, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1961.
70. E. Artin, Galois theory, Univ. Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana, 1944.
71. E. Artin and J. Tate, Class field theory, Harvard, 1961.
72. G. V. Bely!, On extensions of the maximal cyclotomic field having a given classical Galois
group, J. Reine Angew. Math. 341 (1983), 147-156.
73. R. Brauer, Uber die Konstruktion der Schiefkorper, die von endlichem Rang in bezug auf
ein gegebenes Zentrum sind, J. Reine Angew. Math. 168 (1932), no. 1, 44-64.
74. J. Brinkhuis, Galois modules and embedding problems, J. Reine Angew. Math. 346 (1984),
141-165.
75. A. Brumer, Galois groups of extensions of algebraic number fields with given ramification,
Michigan Math. J. 13 (1966), no. 1, 33-40.
178 BIBLIOGRAPHY
76. K. Haberland, Galois cohomology of algebraic number fields, VEB Deutscher Verlag Wiss.,
Berlin, 1978.
77. H. Hasse, Existenz und Mannigfaltigkeit abelscher Algebren mit vorgegebener Galoisgruppe
iiber einem Teilkarper des Grundkarpers, Math. Nachr. 1 (1948), no. 1, 40-61; ibid. 1 (1948),
no. 4, 213-217.
78. K. Hoechsmann, Uber die Gruppe der maximalen l-Erweiterung eines globalen Karpers, J.
Reine Angew. Math. 222 (1966), 142-147.
79. _ _ , Zum Einbettungsproblem, J. Reine Angew. Math. 229 (1968), 81-106.
80. M. Ikeda, Zur Existenz eigentlicher galoisscher Karper beim Einbettungsproblem fiir galoiss-
che Algebren, Abh. Math. Sem. Univ. Hamburg 24 (1960), 126-131.
81. K. Iwasawa, On solvable extensions of algebraic number fields, Ann. of Math. (2) 58 (1953),
no. 3, 548-572.
82. H. Koch, Uber die Faktorgruppen einer absteigenden Zentralreihe, Math. Nachr. 22 (1960),
no. 3-4, 159-161.
83. R. Kochendorffer, Zwei Reduktionssatze zum Einbettungsproblem fiir abelsche Algebren,
Math. Nachr. 10 (1953), no. 1-2, 75-84.
84. S. Lang, Rapport sur la cohomologie des groupes, W. A. Benjamin,, New York-Amsterdam,
1967.
85. W. Magnus, Uber Beziehungen zwischen haheren Kommutatoren, J. Reine Angew. Math.
177 (1937), 105-115.
86. H. Matzat, Zum Einbettungsproblem der algebraischen Zahlentheorie mit nicht abelschem
Kern, Invent. Math. 80 (1985), 365-374.
87. J. Neukirch, Freie Produkte pro-endlicher Gruppen und ihre Kohomologie, Arch. Math. 22
(1971), no. 4, 337-357.
88. ___ , Einbettungsprobleme mit lokaler Vorgabe und freie Produkte lokaler Galoisgruppen,
J. Reine Angew. Math. 259 (1973), 1-47.
89. ___ , Uber das Einbettungsproblem der algebraischen Zahlentheorie, Invent. Math. 21
(1973), no. 1-2, 59-116.
90. ___ , Uber die absolute Galoisgruppe algebraischer Zahlkarper, Jahresber. Deutsch. Math.-
Verein. 76 (1974), 18-37.
91. ___ , Zur Theorie der nilpotenten algebraischen Zahlkarper, Math. Ann. 219 (1976), no. 1,
65-83.
92. ___ , Uber die absoluten Galoisgruppen algebraischer Zahlkarper, Asterisque 41-42
(1977), 67-79.
93. _ _ , On solvable number fields, Invent. Math. 53 {1979), no. 2, 135-164.
94. 0. Neumann, Uber das Einbettungsproblemfiir globale Karper bei beschrankter Verzweigung,
Math. Nachr. 71 (1976), 147-152.
95. ___ , Einige Klassen von endlichen Galois-Moduln mit Hasse-Prinzip, Math. Nachr. 72
(1976), 305-320.
96. 0. Ore, Contribution to the theory of groups of finite order, Duke Math. J. 5 (1939), no. 2,
431-460.
97. H. Reichardt, Konstruktion von Zahlkarpern mit gegebener Galoisgruppe von Primzahlpoten-
zordnung, J. Reine Angew. Math. 177 (1937), 1-5.
98. A. Scholz, Uber die Bildung algebraischer Zahlkarper mit aufiasbarer Galoisscher Gruppe,
Math. Z. 30 (1929), 332-356.
99. ___ , Konstruktion algebraischer Zahlkarper mit beliebiger Gruppe von Primzahlpotenz-
ordnung. I, Math. Z. 42 (1937), 161-188.
100. J.-P. Serre, Corps locaux, Hermann, Paris, 1962.
101. J. Sonn, On the embedding problem for nonsolvable Galois groups of algebraic number fields:
reduction theorems, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 78 (1972), no. 4, 553-557.
102. A. Speiser, ;tahlentheoretische Satze aus der Gruppentheorie, Math. z. 5 {1919), 1-6.
103. J. Tate, The higher dimensional cohomology groups of class field theory, Ann. of Math. (2)
56 (1952), no. 2, 294-297.
104. _ _ , Duality theorems in Galois cohomology over number fields, Proc. Internat. Congr.
Mathematicians (Stockholm, 1962), Inst. Mittag-Leffler, Djursholm, 1963, pp. 288-295.
105. K. Uchida, On Tate's duality theorems on Galois cohomology, Tohoku Math. J. 21 (1969),
no. 1, 92-101.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 179
106. E. Witt, Konstruktion von galoisschen Korpern der Charakteristik p zu vorgegebener Gruppe
der Ordnung pf, J. Reine Angew. Math. 174 (1936), no. 4, 237-245.
107. ___ , '.Ireue Darstellung Liescher Ringe, J. Reine Angew. Math. 177 (1937), 152-160.
108. P. Wolf, Algebraische Theorie der galoisschen Algebren, VEB Deutscher Verlag Wiss., Berlin,
1956.
Subject Index
The numbers given in this index refer to the chapter followed by the section, i.e., 3.15 is Chapter 3,
Section 15. Boldface is used to indicate the numbers of sections that contain definitions and statements
of theorems.
B-equivalence of solutions of embedding prob- Direct product of embedding problems, 1.12

lems, 3.15 Dirichlet's theorem on arithmetic progression,
S-algebra, 1.3 5.1
S-equivalence of solutions of embedding prob- Double cosets, 1.6
lems, 3.15
r-equivalence of solutions of embedding prob- Embedding conditions, 1.1, 1.14
lems, 3.15 Embedding problem
Additionalembeddingcondition, 3.11, 3.13, 3.14; for p-groups, 4.1, 4.2; 5.1
5.1, 5.2 semidirect, 1.9, 1.14; 3.6, 3.12; 5.2, 5.5
Albert theorem, 2.9; App. 2 with Abelian kernel, 3.1, 3.11, 3.13; 4.2
Algebras with cyclic kernel, 1.1; 3.1, 3.4
completely splitting, 1.3 with nilpotent kernel, 4.1; 5.2, 5.5
Galois, 1.4, 1.5 Equivalent embedding problems, 1.13
Magnus, 5.5; App. 4 Equivalent solutions of embedding problem, 1.1,
Artin homomorphism (mapping), 5.3-5 1.14, 1.15; 3.15
Artin mapping (see Artin homomorphism)
Artin-Schreier theorem, 3.9 Factorization of embedding problem, 1.13
Field-kernel of Galois algebra, 1.5
Baer product of extensions, 3.15 First obstruction, see Compatibility condition
Brauer embedding problem, 3.1, 3.2
for algebraic number fields, 3.14; 5.1, 5.6 Gaschutz theorems, 5.2; App. 5
for local fields, 3.14; 4.1, 4.2; 5.1 Generalized Galois algebra, 1.7
Brauer theorem, 3.1 Generalized wreath product, 3.7
Generalized quaternion algebras, 2.9; 4.1; 5.1,
Chebotarev density theorem, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4 5.2; App. 2
Class formation, App. 3 Group algebra, 2.1
Cohomology of profinite groups, App. 3 Groups
Compatibility module, 2.2 Brauer, 4.2; 5.1; App. 2
Compatibility systems, 2.7; 3.1, 3.4 Frattini, 1.6; 4.1; 5.3, 5.5; App. 5
Compatibility condition, 2.1; 2.2
and reduction theorems, 2.3, 2.5, 2.9 Hasse theorem, App. 2
for associated problems, 2.4 Hilbert symbol, 4.1, 4.2; 5.1; App. 2
for problem with Hilbert theorem 90, 1.8; 5.1
Galois algebra, 2.3 Hochschild-Serre theorem, 3.13
Abelian kernel, 3.3 Hochschild-Serre sequence, 3.13
Composition of solutions of embedding prob-
lem, 3.15; 4.5 Induced module, 1.5
Crossed product, 2.1; 2.8 Inverse problem in Galois theory Intr.; 1.1; 5.6
with Galois algebra, 2.3
Cyclic algebra, App. 2 Kernel of
embedding problem, 1.1
Demushkin-Shafarevich theorem, 3.14 factorization, 1.13
Descent of embedding problem, 1.13 Kochendorffer theorems, 3.5, 3.8; 5.2
181
182 SUBJECT INDEX
Lifting of embedding problem, 2.1 Speiser's theorem, 1.8; 3.1, 3.4; 5.1
Local associated problem, 1.11; 3.14; 5.4 Splitting field of
Local behavior of solution of global problem, 5.4 algebra, 5.1; App. 2
embedding problem, 1.14
Module of regular representation, 1.2; 1.5 Standard representation of Galois algebra, 1.5
Nakayama-Tate theorem, App. 3 Structure of
crossed product, 2.8
Neukirch theorem, 5.4
Normal basis of Galois algebra, 1.5
compatibility module, 2.2 Tate global duality, 3.14; 5.5; App. 3
field, 1.2 Tate local duality, 3.14; 4.1; 5.5; App. 3
Galois algebra, 1.4
Unramified Galois algebra, 3.14
Profinite groups, App. 3
Proper solutions of embedding problem, 1.4, 1.6; Witt's theorem, 3.10
3.6; 4.1, 4.2; 5.5, 5.6 Wreath product, 3.6
Quasi-Scholzian solution of embedding problem, Yakovlev theorems, 3.11, 3.12, 3.14

5.5
Scholzian solution of embedding problem, 5.5

Schur's theorem, 5.6
Shafarevich lemma, 5.3
Shafarevich theorems, 5.5, 5.6
Selected Titles in This Series
(Continued from the front of this publication)
127 F. L. Zak, Tangents and secants of algebraic varieties, 1993

126 M. L. Agranovskir, Invariant function spaces on homogeneous manifolds of Lie groups
and applications, 1993
125 Masayoshi Nagata, Theory of commutative fields, 1993
124 Masahisa Adachi, Embeddings and immersions, 1993
123 M. A. Akivis and B. A. Rosenfeld, Elie Cartan (1869-1951), 1993
122 Zhang Guan-Hou, Theory of entire and meromorphic functions: deficient and
asymptotic values and singular directions, 1993
121 I. B. Fesenko and S. V. Vostokov, Local fields and their extensions: A constructive
approach, 1993
120 Takeyuki Hida and Masuyuki Hitsuda, Gaussian processes, 1993
119 M. V. Karasev and V. P. Maslov, Nonlinear Poisson brackets. Geometry and
quantization, 1993
118 Kenkichi lwasawa, Algebraic functions, 1993
117 Boris Zilber, Uncountably categorical theories, 1993
116 G. M. Fel'dman, Arithmetic of probability distributions, and characterization problems
on abelian groups, 1993
115 Nikolai V. Ivanov, Subgroups of Teichmi.iller modular groups, 1992
114 Seizo Ito, Diffusion equations, 1992
113 Michail Zhitomirskir, Typical singularities of differential 1-forms and Pfaffian equations,
1992
112 S. A. Lomov, _Introduction to the general theory of singular perturbations, 1992
111 Simon Gindikin, Tube domains and the Cauchy problem, 1992
110 B. V. Shabat, Introduction to complex analysis Part IL Functions of several variables,
1992
109 Isao Miyadera, Nonlinear semigroups, 1992
108 Takeo Yokonuma, Tensor spaces and exterior algebra, 1992
107 B. M. Makarov, M. G. Goluzina, A. A. Lodkin, and A. N. Podkorytov, Selected
problems in real analysis, 1992
106 G.-C. Wen, Conformal mappings and boundary value problems, 1992
105 D. R. Yafaev, Mathematical scattering theory: General theory, 1992
104 R. L. Dobrushin, R. Kotecky, and S. Shlosman, Wulff construction: A global shape
from local interaction, 1992
103 A. K. Tsikh, Multidimensional residues and their applications, 1992
102 A. M. II'in, Matching of asymptotic expansions of solutions of boundary value problems,
1992
101 Zhang Zhi-fen, Ding Tong-ren, Huang Wen-zao, and Dong Zhen-xi, Qualitative
theory of differential equations, 1992
100 V. L. Popov, Groups, generators, syzygies, and orbits in invariant theory, 1992
99 Norio Shimakura, Partial differential operators of elliptic type, 1992
98 V. A. Vassiliev, Complements of discriminants of smooth maps: Topology and
applications, 1992 (revised edition, 1994)
97 Itiro Tamura, Topology of foliations: An introduction, 1992
96 A. I. Markushevich, Introduction to the classical theory of Abelian functions, 1992
95 Guangchang Dong, Nonlinear partial differential equations of second order, 1991
94 Yu. S. Il'yashenko, Finiteness theorems for limit cycles, 1991
93 A. T. Fomenko and A. A. Tuzhilin, Elements of the geometry and topology of
minimal surfaces in three-dimensional space, 1991
92 E. M. Nikishin and V. N. Sorokin, Rational approximations and orthogonality, 19P-"'
91 Mamoru Mimura and Hirosi Toda, Topology of Lie groups, I and II, 1991 /
ISBN 0-8218-4592-6
9 780821 845929

(Translations of Mathematical Monographs) v. v. Ishkhanov, B. B. Lure, D. K. Faddeev-The Embedding Problem in Galois Theory-American Mathematical Society (1997)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(Translations of Mathematical Monographs) v. v. Ishkhanov, B. B. Lure, D. K. Faddeev-The Embedding Problem in Galois Theory-American Mathematical Society (1997)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Selected Titles in This Series

165 V. V. Ishkhanov, B. B. Lur'e, and D. K. Faddeev, The embedding problem in

The Embedding Problem

3A.IlAqA norPY>KEHMJI B TEOPMM rAJIYA

'franslated from the Russian by N. B. Lebedinskaya

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

§8. The second Kochendorffer theorem 49

Parascientific folklore contains the following scheme parodying a certain kind

§1. Statement of the problem

*The notation §1.14 means §14 of Chapter 1, and so on.-Editor's remark.

Consider the simplest example of the embedding problem. Let G be a cyclic

§2. A module of the regular representation

PROOF. Consider G as the union of cosets with respect to T; namely, G =

§4. Galois algebras

PROOF. If A is a Galois algebra, then it is obvious that its dimension is equal

In proving the theorem we essentially used the multiplicative structure of the

§5. The standard representation of a

M = ind~ M. As is known (see [29]), this notion plays a fundamental role in

that the elements from H give automorphisms of K. It remains to prove that K is

The field K is called the field-kernel of A. A Galois algebra is fully determined

§6. The algebra of T-invariant elements

PROOF. We write the algebra A in the standard form A= L~ K ·Eli. Let

COROLLARY 1. In order that the algebra B = AT be a field it is necessary and

COROLLARY 4. If the algebra A is a solution of the embedding problem (K/k,

COROLLARY 5. If the embedding problem (K/k, G, cp, N) is solvable and N is

COROLLARY 6. For the solvability of the problem of embedding an algebra B

§7. Generalized Galois algebras

PROOF. We denote by u1, u2,. . ., Um a basis of B over k. We regard the

where A 9 is an (m x m) matrix over k. Assume that

is invariant under all g E G. We exclude the trivial case g = 1. Then

and because of the relation z9 = z we conclude that*

THEOREM 1. 7. A generalized Galois algebra B with group G over the S-algebra

PROOF. Let A = Ae1 EB··· EB Aem = ki EB · · · EB km be a decomposition of

§8. Speiser's theorem for a Galois algebra

This theorem can be extended to generalized Galois algebras as well. Namely,

§9. The semidirect embedding problem

§10. Associated problems

§11. An extension of the base field

Ki). Thus, the field L contains a subfield isomorphic to ki and multiplication by E

§12. Direct multiplication of embedding problems

lid l 'P2 lcp;

THEOREM 1.12. If the problems (Kjk,Gi,<pi,Ni) and (Kjk,G2,<p2,N2) are

§13. Lifting, descent, and factorization

be given, as well as an epimorphism () of a group F. onto Fi. Does there exist an

from preimages in G of the elements in F. A representative of the coset that

Now we turn to embedding problems. Let (K/k,Gi,<pi,N1 ) be an embed-

§14. A splitting field for the embedding problem

fixed a component Kie of A. Then HNi = Gi (Corollary 4 to Theorem 1.6). Let

THEOREM 1.14.2. In order that the field L :J K normal over k be a splitting

PROOF. The extension of groups 1 --> Ni ~ G ~ F --> 1, where F =

wo(f1)c1iwo(h)c12 = wo(f1f2)cj~c12- Consequently, cj~ch = CJif2 , i.e., CJ is a

§15. Look "from above" at the embedding problem

The Compatibility Condition

§1. The crossed products

COROLLARY 1. If a Galois algebra A with group G splits completely, then G x A

Indeed, in this case K 1 = k, H = 1, ii = <p- 1 (H) = N, and the crossed product

§2. The compatibility module

PROOF. Let P be a compatibility module. By definition, P has an N-normal

COROLLARY 1. If a group G and a Galois algebra A are compatible, then a

COROLLARY 2. If G and A are compatible and the order of the group F is

Indeed, this is true for a splitting algebra A because G x A decomposes into

COROLLARY 3. If G and A are compatible, then the compatibility module P

Let {qf} be a normal basis of A over k, f E Gal(A/k), so that A= E1

§3. Compatibility for a problem with Galois algebra